WEST VIRGINIA TAX FREE PORTFOLIO
POS AMI, 1996-01-25
Previous: CORPORATE HIGH YIELD FUND INC, NSAR-A, 1996-01-25
Next: RHODE ISLAND TAX FREE PORTFOLIO, POS AMI, 1996-01-25



<PAGE>


        
     As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 25, 1996
         
                                                               File No. 811-7648



                          SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                                WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

                                      FORM N-1A


                                REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                        UNDER
                          THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940     X
        
                                   AMENDMENT NO. 3                       X
         
        
                          WEST VIRGINIA MUNICIPALS PORTFOLIO
                 (formerly called West Virginia Tax Free Portfolio)
                  -------------------------------------------------
                  (Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Charter)

         

                                  24 Federal Street
                             Boston, Massachusetts 02110
                             ---------------------------
                       (Address of Principal Executive Offices)


          Registrant's Telephone Number, including Area Code: (617) 482-8260
                                                              ---------------


                                 H. Day Brigham, Jr.
                    24 Federal Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110
                    ---------------------------------------------
                       (Name and Address of Agent for Service)

        
         
<PAGE>






        
                                  EXPLANATORY NOTE
         
        
              This Registration  Statement, as amended,  has been  filed by  the
     Registrant pursuant to Section 8(b) of the Investment Company Act of  1940,
     as amended.   However, interests in the Registrant have not been registered
     under  the Securities  Act of 1933,  as amended  (the "1933  Act"), because
     such interests  will  be issued  solely in  private placement  transactions
     that  do not  involve any "public  offering" within the  meaning of Section
     4(2) of the  1933 Act.  Investments  in the Registrant may be  made only by
     investment  companies,  common  or  commingled  trust   funds,  or  similar
     organizations  or  entities  that are  "accredited  investors"  within  the
     meaning of  Regulation D under the 1933 Act.   This Registration Statement,
     as amended, does  not constitute an offer  to sell, or the  solicitation of
     an offer to buy, any interest in the Registrant.
         
<PAGE>






                                       PART A 

              Responses  to Items 1 through 3  and 5A have been omitted pursuant
     to Paragraph 4 of Instruction F of the General Instructions to Form N-1A.

     Item 4.  General Description of Registrant
        
              West  Virginia   Municipals  Portfolio  (the   "Portfolio")  is  a
     non-diversified,  open-end   management   investment  company   which   was
     organized  as a  trust under the  laws of the  State of New  York on May 1,
     1992.   Interests in the  Portfolio are issued solely  in private placement
     transactions that do not involve  any "public offering" within  the meaning
     of Section  4(2) of  the  Securities Act  of 1933,  as amended  (the  "1933
     Act").   Investments in the Portfolio may be  made only by U.S. and foreign
     investment  companies,  common  or  commingled  trust   funds,  or  similar
     organizations  or  entities  that are  "accredited  investors"  within  the
     meaning of Regulation  D under the 1933 Act.   This Registration Statement,
     as amended, does  not constitute an offer  to sell, or the  solicitation of
     an offer to buy, any "security" within the meaning of the 1933 Act.
         
        
              The Portfolio's investment objective  is to provide current income
     exempt from regular  federal income tax  and West  Virginia State  personal
     income taxes.   The Portfolio seeks  to achieve its  objective by investing
     primarily in municipal obligations (as  described below) that are  rated at
     least  investment grade  by  a  major rating  agency  or, if  unrated,  are
     determined  to be of  at least investment grade  quality by the Portfolio's
     investment adviser.
         
              Additional  information  about  the  investment  policies  of  the
     Portfolio  appears  in Part  B.   The  Portfolio is  not  intended to  be a
     complete investment program,  and a  prospective investor should  take into
     account its  objectives and other investments when considering the purchase
     of an interest in  the Portfolio.  The Portfolio  cannot assure achievement
     of its investment objective.

     How the Portfolio Invests its Assets 
        
              The  Portfolio  seeks  to  achieve  its  investment  objective  by
     investing at least  80% of its net  assets during periods of  normal market
     conditions in  municipal obligations the  interest on which  is exempt from
     regular federal income tax and  West Virginia State personal  income taxes.
     The foregoing policy  is a fundamental policy of  the Portfolio and may not
     be changed unless authorized by a vote of the investors in the Portfolio.
         
        
              At  least 80%  of  the  Portfolio's net  assets will  normally  be
     invested in  obligations rated  at least  investment grade at  the time  of
     investment (which  are  those rated  Baa  or  higher by  Moody's  Investors
     Service, Inc.  ("Moody's") or  BBB or  higher by  either Standard  & Poor's
     ("S&P")  or  Fitch  Investors  Service,  Inc.  ("Fitch"))  or,  if unrated,
     determined by  the Portfolio's  investment adviser,  Boston Management  and

                                         A-1
<PAGE>






     Research  (the "Investment Adviser" or "BMR"), to be of at least investment
     grade  quality.  The Portfolio  may invest less than  20% of its net assets
     in municipal obligations rated below  investment grade (but not  lower than
     B by  Moody's, S&P or  Fitch) and unrated  municipal obligations considered
     to  be  of  comparable  quality  by  the  Investment  Adviser.    Municipal
     obligations rated Baa or BBB  may have speculative characteristics.   Also,
     changes in  economic conditions or  other circumstances are  more likely to
     lead to a  weakened capacity to make  principal and interest  payments than
     in  the case of  higher rated obligations.   Securities rated  below BBB or
     Baa are  commonly known  as  "junk bonds".   The  Portfolio may  retain  an
     obligation  whose  rating drops  below  B  after  its  acquisition if  such
     retention  is  considered  desirable  by  the   Investment  Adviser.    See
     "Additional  Risk  Considerations."     For  a  description   of  municipal
     obligation ratings, see the Appendix to Part B.
         
        
              Municipal  Obligations.    Municipal  obligations  include  bonds,
     notes and commercial paper issued by a  municipality for a wide variety  of
     both public and private purposes, the interest on which is, in the  opinion
     of bond  counsel, exempt from regular  federal income tax.   Public purpose
     municipal  bonds  include  general  obligation  bonds  and  revenue  bonds.
     General  obligation bonds  are backed  by the  taxing power  of the issuing
     municipality.   Revenue bonds are  backed by the  revenues of a project  or
     facility.     Municipal  notes   include  bond   anticipation  notes,   tax
     anticipation notes  and revenue  anticipation notes,  which are  short-term
     obligations that will be  retired with the proceeds of an  anticipated bond
     issue, tax revenue  or facility revenue, respectively.  Under normal market
     conditions, the Portfolio  will invest at least 65%  of its total assets in
     obligations  issued  by  the  State  of  West  Virginia  or  its  political
     subdivisions.
         
        
              As at September 30, 1995, the Portfolio had  invested 16.6% of its
     net assets in  obligations the interest on  which is a tax  preference item
     for purposes  of the federal  alternative minimum  tax.   At September  30,
     1995, the Portfolio limited its  investment in such obligations to not more
     than 20%  of its net assets.   The Portfolio  is no longer  subject to such
     limitation.   Distributions  to  corporate  investors of  certain  interest
     income may  be  subject  to  the  federal alternative  minimum  tax.    The
     Portfolio may  not  be  suitable  for  investors  subject  to  the  federal
     alternative minimum tax.
         
             
              Concentration  in  West  Virginia Issuers     Risks.   Because the
     Portfolio  will  normally  invest  at  least 65%  of  its  total  assets in
     obligations of West  Virginia issuers, it  is more  susceptible to  factors
     adversely affecting such  issuers than mutual funds that do not concentrate
     in  the  obligations  of issuers  located  in a  single  State.   Municipal
     obligations of issuers located in a single  State may be adversely effected
     by  economic  developments  and  by  legislation   and  other  governmental
     activities in that  State.  To the  extent that the Portfolio's  assets are
     concentrated  in  municipal  obligations  of  West  Virginia  issuers,  the
     Portfolio may be subject to an increased risk of loss.  

                                         A-2
<PAGE>






         
        
              The West  Virginia economy is  heavily dependent  on the resource-
     based  industries,  specifically coal,  chemical and  steel.   Although the
     State  economy has begun to rebound  from the economic recession, the State
     unemployment  rate remains significantly above  the national  average.  For
     August 1995, the  State unemployment rate  was 8.2%,  down from the  August
     1994  level of 8.5%,  but well  above the  national average  of 5.6%.   The
     service and  wood sectors and  tourism are expected  to lead the  improving
     State economy.  The manufacturing sector has contracted  in past years, and
     mining  employment is  16% below  the level  which  existed in  1990.   Per
     capita income for the State is approximately 78% of the national average.
         
        
              Despite  attempts to  make  State government  more  efficient, the
     State continues to experience revenue  shortfalls.  In addition,  the State
     was   faced  with   significant  unfunded   liabilities   in  its   Workers
     Compensation Fund,  Teachers Retirement Fund  and certain other  retirement
     systems  in  1992.   A  Public Retirement  Task  Force  was established  to
     examine  the State's  retirement  systems and  to  make recommendations  to
     place the systems on  a sound financial basis.  The  current status of this
     situation  was unavailable.   In  1994, the  State established  a rainy day
     reserve fund into which  50% of annual  surplus general fund revenues  will
     be deposited  until the reserve  fund balance  reaches 5%  of general  fund
     appropriations.  At  June 30, 1995, the  estimated balance in the  fund was
     $63.7 million or 2.8% of appropriations.
         
              The  West Virginia  Supreme Court of  Appeals recently  declared a
     School  Building  Authority   to  be  unconstitutional.     Although  prior
     issuances  were unaffected  by  the ruling,  the  State cannot  issue lease
     obligations going forward.   There can be  no assurance as to  the level of
     future debt  borrowing  and  the  possible implications  on  the  financial
     position of the State.
        
              General obligations  of West Virginia  are currently  rated A+, A1
     and A+ by S&P,  Moody's and Fitch, respectively.  The bond ratings provided
     are  current as of  the date  hereof and  are based on  economic conditions
     that may not continue; moreover, there can be no  assurance that particular
     bond  issues  may  not  be  adversely  affected  by  changes  in  economic,
     political  or  other conditions.   The  State's political  subdivisions may
     have different ratings that  are unrelated to the ratings assigned to State
     obligations.
         
        
              Subject to the investment policies set  forth above, the Portfolio
     may  invest in  obligations of  the governments  of  Puerto Rico,  the U.S.
     Virgin Islands  and Guam.   The Portfolio may  invest up  to 5% of  its net
     assets in obligations issued  by the governments of each of the U.S. Virgin
     Islands  and  Guam,  and  may  invest  up  to  35% of  its  net  assets  in
     obligations  issued  by the  government  of Puerto  Rico.   The  economy of
     Puerto  Rico  is  dominated  by  the  manufacturing  and  service  sectors.
     Although  the economy  of Puerto  Rico expanded  significantly  from fiscal

                                         A-3
<PAGE>






     1984 through fiscal 1990,  the rate of this expansion  slowed during fiscal
     years  1991, 1992 and 1993.   Growth in fiscal  1994 will depend on several
     factors,  including  the  state  of  the  U.S.  economy  and  the  relative
     stability in  the price of oil,  the exchange rate  of the U.S.  dollar and
     the cost  of borrowing.   Although  the Puerto  Rico unemployment rate  has
     declined  substantially since  1985, the  seasonally  adjusted unemployment
     rate for June 1995 was approximately 13.9%.  The North American Free  Trade
     Agreement ("NAFTA"), which  became effective January 1, 1994, could lead to
     the  loss of  Puerto  Rico's  lower salaried  or  labor intensive  jobs  to
     Mexico.   The federal  budget proposals  currently considered  by the  U.S.
     Congress  include the  elimination  of Section  936,  a federal  tax credit
     program  credited with  encouraging economic  development  in Puerto  Rico.
     The  fate of Section 936 cannot  be determined at this time.   There can be
     no assurance that  the elimination of  the credit  available under  Section
     936  will not  have  a negative  impact on  Puerto  Rico's economy  and the
     credit quality (and value) of Puerto Rican bonds.
         
        
              S&P  rates Puerto  Rico general obligation  debt A,  while Moody's
     rates  it Baa1;  these ratings  have been  in  place since  1956 and  1976,
     respectively.  S&P  assigned a stable outlook  on Puerto Rico on  April 26,
     1994.
         
        
              In addition,  the Portfolio may  invest 25%  or more of its  total
     assets  in  municipal obligations  of  the  same type,  including,  without
     limitation, the following:   lease rental  obligations of  State and  local
     authorities; obligations  of State and  local housing finance  authorities,
     municipal utilities systems  or public housing authorities;  obligations of
     hospitals or life  care facilities; or industrial development  or pollution
     control bonds issued for  electric utility systems, steel companies,  paper
     companies or other purposes.  This may make  the Portfolio more susceptible
     to  adverse economic,  political,  or  regulatory occurrences  affecting  a
     particular category of  issuer.  For example,  health care-related  issuers
     are susceptible to medicaid reimbursement policies,  and national and State
     health care  legislation.   As the Portfolio's  concentration increases, so
     does the potential for fluctuation in the value of its interests.
         
        
              Non-Diversified Status.  The  Portfolio's classification under the
     Internal  Revenue Code  of  1986,  as amended  (the  "Code")   as  a  "non-
     diversified" investment  company allows it  to invest, with  respect to 50%
     of its total  assets, more than  5% (but  not more than  25%) of its  total
     assets in the securities of any issuer.  The Portfolio is likely to  invest
     a  greater percentage of  its assets in the  securities of  a single issuer
     than  would  a   diversified  fund.    Therefore,  the  Portfolio  is  more
     susceptible  to any  single  adverse economic  or  political occurrence  or
     development affecting issuers of municipal obligations.
         
        
     Other Investment Practices
         

                                         A-4
<PAGE>






        
              The Portfolio  may engage  in the following  investment practices,
     some  of  which  may be  considered  to  involve  "derivative"  instruments
     because  they  derive  their value  from  another  instrument, security  or
     index.   In addition, the Portfolio may temporarily  borrow up to 5% of the
     value of  its  total  assets  to  satisfy  redemption  requests  or  settle
     securities transactions.
         
        
              When-Issued Securities.  The  Portfolio may purchase securities on
     a "when-issued" basis,  which means  that payment and  delivery occur on  a
     future  settlement  date.   The  price  and yield  of  such  securities are
     generally  fixed  on the  date  of commitment  to  purchase.   However, the
     market value of  the securities may  fluctuate prior to  delivery and  upon
     delivery  the securities  may be  worth  more or  less  than the  Portfolio
     agreed to pay  for them.  The Portfolio  may also purchase instruments that
     give it the option to purchase a municipal obligation when and if issued.
         
        
              Inverse  Floaters.     The  Portfolio  may   invest  in  municipal
     securities  whose  interest  rates bear  an  inverse  relationship  to  the
     interest  rate on  another  security or  the value  of  an index  ("inverse
     floaters").  An  investment in inverse  floaters may  involve greater  risk
     than an investment in a fixed  rate bond.  Because changes in  the interest
     rate on the other security  or index inversely affect the residual interest
     paid on the inverse  floater, the value of an inverse floater  is generally
     more  volatile than  that  of a  fixed rate  bond.   Inverse  floaters have
     interest  rate  adjustment  formulas  that  generally  reduce  or,  in  the
     extreme,  eliminate the  interest  paid to  the  Portfolio when  short-term
     interest  rates rise, and increase the interest  paid to the Portfolio when
     short-term interest rates fall.   Inverse floaters have varying  degrees of
     liquidity,  and the  market  for these  securities  is thin  and relatively
     volatile.  These securities tend to underperform the market for  fixed rate
     bonds in  a rising interest  rate environment,  but tend to  outperform the
     market for fixed rate  bonds when interest rates decline.  Shifts  in long-
     term interest rates  may, however, alter this tendency.  Although volatile,
     inverse  floaters typically offer  the potential  for yields  exceeding the
     yields available on  fixed rate bonds  with comparable  credit quality  and
     maturity.   These securities  usually permit  the investor  to convert  the
     floating rate  to  a fixed  rate  (normally  adjusted downward),  and  this
     optional  conversion feature  may  provide a  partial hedge  against rising
     rates if  exercised at an opportune  time.  Inverse floaters  are leveraged
     because they provide two or more dollars of bond market exposure for  every
     dollar invested.  As a matter of operating policy, the  Portfolio currently
     may invest up to 7.5% of its net assets in inverse floaters.
         
        
              Futures  Transactions.    The  Portfolio  may  purchase  and  sell
     various kinds of financial futures  contracts and options thereon  to hedge
     against changes  in interest  rates.   Futures  contracts may  be based  on
     various debt  securities (such as  U.S. Government securities),  securities
     indices (such as  the Municipal Bond Index  traded on the Chicago  Board of

                                         A-5
<PAGE>






     Trade) and  other financial  instruments  and indices.   Such  transactions
     involve  a  risk of  loss  or  depreciation  due  to unanticipated  adverse
     changes  in securities  prices, which  may exceed  the Portfolio's  initial
     investment in  these contracts.   The  Portfolio may not  purchase or  sell
     futures contracts or related options,  except for closing purchase  or sale
     transactions, if immediately  thereafter the sum  of the  amount of  margin
     deposits  and premiums paid on the  Portfolio's outstanding positions would
     exceed  5% of  the  market value  of  the Portfolio's  net  assets.   These
     transactions involve transaction  costs.  There  can be  no assurance  that
     the  Investment  Adviser's use  of  futures  will  be  advantageous to  the
     Portfolio.
         
              Insured Obligations.   The Portfolio may  purchase municipal bonds
     that  are additionally  secured  by insurance,  bank credit  agreements, or
     escrow accounts.  The credit quality of  companies that provide such credit
     enhancements  will affect  the  value of  those  securities.   Although the
     insurance  feature  reduces  certain  financial  risks,  the  premiums  for
     insurance and  the higher  market price  paid for  insured obligations  may
     reduce current yield.  Insurance  generally will be obtained  from insurers
     with a claims-paying ability rated  Aaa by Moody's or AAA by S&P  or Fitch.
     The  insurance  does   not  guarantee  the  market  value  of  the  insured
     obligations or the net asset value of the Portfolio's interests.
        
     Additional Risk Considerations
         
        
              Many  municipal obligations  offering  current income  are  in the
     lowest investment grade  category (Baa or BBB), lower  categories or may be
     unrated.    As indicated  above,  the  Portfolio  may  invest in  municipal
     obligations rated below investment  grade (but not lower than B by Moody's,
     S&P or  Fitch) and comparable  unrated obligations.   The lowest investment
     grade, lower rated  and comparable  unrated municipal obligations  in which
     the Portfolio may invest  will have speculative characteristics  in varying
     degrees.   While  such  obligations may  have  some quality  and protective
     characteristics,  these characteristics  can be  expected to  be offset  or
     outweighed by uncertainties or major risk exposures to  adverse conditions.
     Lower  rated and comparable  unrated municipal  obligations are  subject to
     the  risk of an issuer's inability  to meet principal and interest payments
     on the obligations (credit risk) and may  also be subject to greater  price
     volatility  due  to  such  factors as  interest  rate  sensitivity,  market
     perception  of  the  creditworthiness  of  the  issuer and  general  market
     liquidity (market risk).   Lower rated or unrated municipal obligations are
     also  more likely  to  react to  real  or perceived  developments affecting
     market and credit risk than are more highly rated obligations,  which react
     primarily  to  movements in  the  general  level of  interest  rates.   The
     Investment Adviser  seeks  to minimize  the  risks  of investing  in  below
     investment  grade securities  through professional  investment analysis and
     attention  to   current  developments  in   interest  rates  and   economic
     conditions.    When  the  Portfolio  invests  in  lower  rated  or  unrated
     municipal obligations, the  achievement of  the Portfolio's  goals is  more
     dependent on the  Investment Adviser's ability  than would  be the case  if
     the Portfolio were  investing in municipal obligations in the higher rating

                                         A-6
<PAGE>






     categories.
         
        
              The Portfolio  may retain  defaulted obligations in  its portfolio
     when such retention is considered desirable by the Investment  Adviser.  In
     the case  of a  defaulted obligation,  the Portfolio  may incur  additional
     expense seeking recovery  of its investment.  Municipal obligations held by
     the Portfolio that are rated  below investment grade, but  that, subsequent
     to the assignment of such rating, are  backed by escrow accounts containing
     U.S. Government obligations, may  be determined  by the Investment  Adviser
     to  be  of  investment  grade  quality  for  purposes  of  the  Portfolio's
     investment policies.    The  Portfolio  may  retain  in  its  portfolio  an
     obligation whose  rating  drops below  B  after  its acquisition,  if  such
     retention  is considered  desirable by  the  Investment Adviser;  provided,
     however,  that holdings  of obligations  rated below  Baa or  BBB will  not
     exceed 35% of net  assets.  In the event  the rating of an  obligation held
     by the  Portfolio  is downgraded,  causing  the  Portfolio to  exceed  this
     limitation, the Investment  Adviser will (in  an orderly  fashion within  a
     reasonable period  of  time)  dispose  of  such  obligations  as  it  deems
     necessary  in  order  to  comply   with  the  Portfolio's  credit   quality
     limitations.  
         
        
              The  net asset value  of the Portfolio's interests  will change in
     response to  fluctuations in prevailing  interest rates and  changes in the
     value  of the  securities  held  by the  Portfolio.   When  interest  rates
     decline, the value of securities held by  the Portfolio can be expected  to
     rise.  Conversely,  when interest rates  rise, the value of  most portfolio
     security  holdings can  be  expected to  decline.   Changes  in the  credit
     quality of the issuers  of municipal obligations held by the Portfolio will
     affect the  principal value  of (and  possibly the income  earned on)  such
     obligations.  In  addition, the values of  such securities are affected  by
     changes in  general economic conditions  and business conditions  affecting
     the specific industries  of their issuers.   Changes  by recognized  rating
     services  in their ratings of  a security and in the  ability of the issuer
     to  make payments of  principal and interest may  also affect  the value of
     the   Portfolio's  investments.    The  amount  of  information  about  the
     financial condition  of an  issuer of municipal  obligations may not  be as
     extensive  as that  made  available by  corporations  whose securities  are
     publicly  traded.  An  investment in  the Portfolio  will not  constitute a
     complete investment program.
         
        
              At times, a  substantial portion of the Portfolio's assets  may be
     invested in  securities as to  which the  Portfolio, by itself  or together
     with other accounts managed by  the Investment Adviser and  its affiliates,
     holds a major portion  or all of such securities.   Under adverse market or
     economic conditions  or in the  event of adverse  changes in the  financial
     condition of  the issuer,  the Portfolio  could find  it more difficult  to
     sell such securities when the  Investment Adviser believes it  advisable to
     do  so or may be able to sell such  securities only at prices lower than if
     such securities were  more widely held.   Under such circumstances,  it may

                                         A-7
<PAGE>






     also be more  difficult to determine the fair  value of such securities for
     purposes of computing the Portfolio's net asset value.
         
        
              The secondary  market for  some municipal  obligations  (including
     issues that are  privately placed with  the Portfolio) is less  liquid than
     that for taxable  debt obligations or  other more  widely traded  municipal
     obligations.  The Portfolio  will not invest in illiquid securities if more
     than 15% of its  net assets would  be invested in  securities that are  not
     readily marketable.   No established resale  market exists  for certain  of
     the municipal  obligations in which  the Portfolio may invest.   The market
     for obligations rated  below investment  grade is  also likely  to be  less
     liquid  than the market  for higher  rated obligations.   As a  result, the
     Portfolio may be unable to  dispose of these municipal obligations at times
     when  it would  otherwise wish to  do so  at the  prices at which  they are
     valued.
         
        
              Certain securities held by the Portfolio may permit the issuer  at
     its option  to "call",  or redeem, its  securities.   If an issuer  redeems
     securities held  by  the Portfolio  during  a  time of  declining  interest
     rates,  the  Portfolio  may  not  be  able  to  reinvest  the  proceeds  in
     securities  providing  the   same  investment  return  as   the  securities
     redeemed.
         
        
              Some of the securities in which the Portfolio invests may  include
     so-called  "zero-coupon"  bonds,  whose  values  are   subject  to  greater
     fluctuation in  response to  changes in  market interest  rates than  bonds
     that  pay  interest  currently.     Zero-coupon  bonds  are  issued   at  a
     significant discount  from face  value and  pay interest  only at  maturity
     rather than at  intervals during the life  of the security.   The Portfolio
     is required to  accrue and  distribute income from  zero-coupon bonds on  a
     current basis,  even though it  does not  receive that income  currently in
     cash.   Thus, the Portfolio  may have to  sell other investments to  obtain
     cash needed to make income distributions.
         
        
              The Portfolio  may invest in municipal  leases, and participations
     in municipal leases.  The obligation of the issuer to meet its  obligations
     under such leases is  often subject to the appropriation by the appropriate
     legislative body, on  an annual or other basis, of funds for the payment of
     the obligations.  Investments in  municipal leases are thus subject to  the
     risk that  the legislative body  will not make  the necessary appropriation
     and the  issuer  will  not  otherwise  be  willing  or  able  to  meet  its
     obligation.
         
        
              The   Portfolio   has   adopted  certain   fundamental  investment
              restrictions that are enumerated in detail in Part B  and that may
              not be changed unless authorized by an investor vote.  Except  for
              such enumerated  restrictions and  as otherwise indicated  in this

                                         A-8
<PAGE>






              Part  A, the  investment objective and  policies of  the Portfolio
              are  not fundamental  policies and  accordingly may be  changed by
              the Trustees  of the Portfolio  without obtaining  the approval of
              the investors in the Portfolio.  If  any changes were made in  the
              Portfolio's investment  objective,  the Portfolio  might  have  an
              investment  objective  different   from  the  objective  that   an
              investor considered  appropriate at  the time the  investor became
              an interest holder in the Portfolio. 
         

     Item 5.  Management of the Portfolio
        
              The Portfolio is organized as a trust under the  laws of the State
     of New York.   The Portfolio intends to comply with all  applicable federal
     and state securities laws.
         
              Investment  Adviser.   The Portfolio  engages BMR,  a wholly-owned
     subsidiary of  Eaton Vance  Management ("Eaton  Vance"), as  its investment
     adviser.   Eaton Vance, its  affiliates and its  predecessor companies have
     been managing  assets  of  individuals  and  institutions  since  1924  and
     managing investment companies since 1931.
        
              Acting under  the general supervision  of the  Board of  Trustees,
     BMR manages the Portfolio's investments  and affairs and furnishes  for the
     use of  the Portfolio  office space  and all  necessary office  facilities,
     equipment and  personnel for  servicing the  investments of the  Portfolio.
     Under its investment  advisory agreement with the Portfolio, BMR receives a
     monthly advisory fee equal to the aggregate of:
         
              (a)     a daily  asset-based fee computed  by applying the  annual
                      asset rate applicable to  that portion of the total  daily
                      net assets in each Category as indicated below, plus

              (b)     a daily  income-based fee computed  by applying the  daily
                      income rate applicable to that portion  of the total daily
                      gross   income  (which   portion  shall   bear  the   same
                      relationship to the  total daily gross income  on such day
                      as that portion of the total daily net assets  in the same
                      Category bears to  the total daily net assets on such day)
                      in each Category as indicated below:

                                                                 Annual  Daily
                                                                 Asset   Income
     Category         Daily Net Assets                           Rate    Rate

     1                Up to $20 million                          0.100%  1.00%
     2                $20 million but less than $40 million      0.200%  2.00%
     3                $40 million but less than $500 million     0.300%  3.00%
     4                $500 million but less than $1 billion      0.275%  2.75%
     5                $1 billion but less than $1.5 billion      0.250%  2.50%
     6                $1.5 billion but less than $2 billion      0.225%  2.25%
     7                $2 billion but less than $3 billion        0.200%  2.00%

                                         A-9
<PAGE>






     8                $3 billion and over                        0.175%  1.75%
        
              As  at  September  30, 1995,  the  Portfolio  had  net  assets  of
     $40,835,061.  For  the fiscal year ended  September 30, 1995, absent  a fee
     reduction, the  Portfolio would have  paid BMR advisory  fees equivalent to
     0.24%  of the  Portfolio's  average daily  net assets  for  such year.   To
     enhance the  net income  of  the Portfolio,  BMR made  a reduction  of  its
     advisory fee in the amount of $32,526.
         
        
              The  Portfolio is  responsible for  the payment  of all  costs and
     expenses not  expressly stated to  be payable  by BMR under  the investment
     advisory agreement.
         
              Timothy T.  Browse has acted  as the portfolio  manager since  the
     Portfolio commenced  operations.   He has  been a  Vice President of  Eaton
     Vance and  of BMR since  1993 and  an employee of  Eaton Vance since  1992.
     Prior to joining  Eaton Vance, he was  a municipal bond trader  at Fidelity
     Management & Research Company (1987-1992). 
        
              Municipal obligations are normally  traded on a net basis (without
     commission) through broker-dealers and banks acting for  their own account.
     Such firms attempt  to profit from such  transactions by buying at  the bid
     price  and selling  at  the  higher asked  price  of  the market,  and  the
     difference is customarily referred  to as the spread.   In selecting  firms
     that will  execute portfolio  transactions, BMR  judges their  professional
     ability  and  quality  of  service and  uses  its  best  efforts to  obtain
     execution  at  prices  that  are  advantageous  to  the  Portfolio  and  at
     reasonably  competitive  spreads.    Subject  to  the  foregoing,  BMR  may
     consider sales of shares  of other investment companies sponsored by BMR or
     Eaton  Vance as a  factor in  the selection  of firms to  execute portfolio
     transactions.
         
        
              BMR  or  Eaton Vance  acts  as  investment  adviser to  investment
     companies  and various  individual and  institutional  clients with  assets
     under  management  of   approximately  $16  billion.    Eaton  Vance  is  a
     wholly-owned  subsidiary of  Eaton  Vance Corp.,  a  publicly held  holding
     company.   Eaton  Vance  Corp., through  its  subsidiaries and  affiliates,
     engages  in  investment  management  and  marketing  activities,  fiduciary
     services, oil and  gas operations,  real estate investment,  consulting and
     management, and development of precious metals properties.
         
     Item 6.  Capital Stock and Other Securities
        
              The Portfolio is organized as a trust under the  laws of the State
     of New York  and intends to  be treated  as a partnership  for federal  tax
     purposes.  Under the  Declaration of Trust, the Trustees are  authorized to
     issue  interests in the Portfolio.  Each  investor is entitled to a vote in
     proportion to the  amount of its investment in  the Portfolio.  Investments
     in the Portfolio may not be transferred,  but an investor may withdraw  all
     or  any  portion  of  its  investment  at  any  time at  net  asset  value.

                                         A-10
<PAGE>






     Investors in the  Portfolio will each be liable  for all obligations of the
     Portfolio.   However, the  risk of an  investor in  the Portfolio incurring
     financial loss on account of  such liability is limited to circumstances in
     which both inadequate insurance exists  and the Portfolio itself  is unable
     to meet its obligations.
         
        
              The  Declaration  of  Trust   provides  that  the  Portfolio  will
     terminate 120  days after the  complete withdrawal of  any investor in  the
     Portfolio unless either  the remaining investors,  by unanimous  vote at  a
     meeting of such investors, or a majority of  the Trustees of the Portfolio,
     by  written instrument consented to by all investors, agree to continue the
     business  of  the  Portfolio.    This  provision  is  consistent  with  the
     treatment of  the  Portfolio  as  a  partnership  for  federal  income  tax
     purposes.
         
              Investments  in the  Portfolio  have no  preemptive  or conversion
     rights and are  fully paid and  nonassessable by  the Portfolio, except  as
     set  forth above.    The  Portfolio is  not  required  and has  no  current
     intention to hold annual meetings of investors,  but the Portfolio may hold
     special meetings of  investors when in the  judgment of the Trustees  it is
     necessary or desirable to submit matters for an investor vote.  Changes  in
     fundamental policies  or restrictions will  be submitted to   investors for
     approval.   The  investment  objective  and all  nonfundamental  investment
     policies of the  Portfolio may be changed by  the Trustees of the Portfolio
     without  obtaining  the  approval  of  the   investors  in  the  Portfolio.
     Investors  have under  certain circumstances  (e.g.,  upon application  and
     submission of  certain specified documents  to the Trustees  by a specified
     number  of investors)  the  right to  communicate  with other  investors in
     connection with  requesting  a meeting  of  investors  for the  purpose  of
     removing one  or  more  Trustees.    Any Trustee  may  be  removed  by  the
     affirmative  vote  of   holders  of  two-thirds  of  the  interest  in  the
     Portfolio.
        
              Information  regarding pooled  investment entities  or funds  that
     invest  in  the  Portfolio  may  be  obtained  by  contacting  Eaton  Vance
     Distributors, Inc., 24 Federal  Street, Boston,  MA 02110, (617)  482-8260.
     Smaller  investors  in the  Portfolio  may  be  adversely  affected by  the
     actions  of a larger  investor in the  Portfolio.  For example,  if a large
     investor  withdraws  from  the  Portfolio,  the   remaining  investors  may
     experience  higher pro  rata operating  expenses,  thereby producing  lower
     returns.   Additionally, the Portfolio may hold fewer securities, resulting
     in increased portfolio risk,  and experience decreasing economies of scale.
     However, this possibility exists as well  for historically structured funds
     that have large or institutional investors.
         
        
              As of January 15, 1996, EV Marathon West Virginia Municipals  Fund
     controlled the Portfolio  by virtue of  owning approximately  97.2% of  the
     outstanding voting securities of the Portfolio.
         
        

                                         A-11
<PAGE>






              The  net asset  value of the Portfolio  is determined  each day on
     which the  New York Stock  Exchange (the  "Exchange") is  open for  trading
     ("Portfolio  Business Day").   This  determination is  made each  Portfolio
     Business Day as of the close of regular trading on the Exchange  (currently
     4:00 p.m., New York time) (the "Portfolio Valuation Time").
         
        
              Each  investor  in  the  Portfolio  may  add  to  or  reduce   its
     investment  in the  Portfolio on  each  Portfolio Business  Day  as of  the
     Portfolio  Valuation Time.   The value  of each investor's  interest in the
     Portfolio  will be  determined by  multiplying the  net asset  value of the
     Portfolio by  the percentage,  determined on  the prior Portfolio  Business
     Day, which  represents that investor's  share of the  aggregate interest in
     the Portfolio  on such  prior day.   Any additions  or withdrawals for  the
     current Portfolio  Business Day  will then  be recorded.   Each  investor's
     percentage of  the  aggregate  interest  in  the  Portfolio  will  then  be
     recomputed as a percentage  equal to a fraction (i) the numerator  of which
     is the  value of  such investor's  investment in  the Portfolio  as of  the
     Portfolio Valuation  Time  on the  prior  Portfolio  Business Day  plus  or
     minus, as the case  may be, the amount  of any additions to or  withdrawals
     from the  investor's investment in  the Portfolio on  the current Portfolio
     Business Day and  (ii) the denominator of which  is the aggregate net asset
     value of  the Portfolio  as of the  Portfolio Valuation  Time on the  prior
     Portfolio  Business Day plus  or minus, as  the case may  be, the amount of
     the net additions to  or withdrawals from the  aggregate investment in  the
     Portfolio on  the current Portfolio  Business Day by  all investors in  the
     Portfolio.  The percentage so determined will then be  applied to determine
     the value  of the  investor's  interest in  the Portfolio  for the  current
     Portfolio Business Day.
         
              The Portfolio will allocate at  least annually among its investors
     each investor's distributive  share of the Portfolio's net taxable (if any)
     and tax-exempt  investment  income, net  realized  capital gains,  and  any
     other items of income,  gain, loss, deduction  or credit.  The  Portfolio's
     net investment income  consists of all  income accrued  on the  Portfolio's
     assets, less all actual and  accrued expenses of the  Portfolio, determined
     in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.
        
              Under the  anticipated method of  operation of  the Portfolio, the
     Portfolio will  not be  subject to any  federal income tax.   (See  Part B,
     Item 20.)  However,  each investor in the Portfolio will take  into account
     its allocable share of the Portfolio's ordinary  income and capital gain in
     determining its  federal income tax  liability.  The  determination of each
     such share will  be made  in accordance with  the governing instruments  of
     the Portfolio, which are  intended to comply  with the requirements of  the
     Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.
         
        
              It  is intended  that the  Portfolio's assets  and income  will be
     managed  in such  a way that  an investor  in the  Portfolio that  seeks to
     qualify  as a regulated investment  company ("RIC") under  the Code will be
     able to satisfy the requirements for such qualification.

                                         A-12
<PAGE>






         

     Item 7.  Purchase of Interests in the Portfolio

              Interests in the Portfolio are issued solely  in private placement
     transactions that do not involve  any "public offering" within  the meaning
     of Section 4(2)  of the 1933 Act.   See "General Description of Registrant"
     above.
        
              An investment in the Portfolio will  be made without a sales load.
     All investments received by  the Portfolio will be effected as of  the next
     Portfolio  Valuation Time.    The  net  asset  value of  the  Portfolio  is
     determined at the  Portfolio Valuation Time on each Portfolio Business Day.
     The Portfolio will  be closed for business  and will not determine  its net
     asset   value  on  the  following   business  holidays:   New  Year's  Day,
     Presidents' Day, Good  Friday (a New York Stock Exchange holiday), Memorial
     Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day.   The
     Portfolio's net  asset  value is  computed  in accordance  with  procedures
     established by the Portfolio's Trustees.
         
        
              The Portfolio's net asset value is determined by Investors Bank  &
     Trust Company (as custodian  and agent for  the Portfolio) based on  market
     or fair value  in the manner authorized  by the Trustees of  the Portfolio.
     The  net asset  value is  computed by  subtracting the  liabilities  of the
     Portfolio from the  value of its total assets.   Inasmuch as the market for
     municipal obligations is a dealer  market with no central  trading location
     or  continuous  quotation  system,  it  is  not  feasible  to  obtain  last
     transaction prices  for most municipal obligations  held by  the Portfolio,
     and such  obligations, including  those purchased  on a when-issued  basis,
     will normally be  valued on the basis of  valuations furnished by a pricing
     service.    The   pricing  service   uses  information   with  respect   to
     transactions in  bonds, quotations from  bond dealers, market  transactions
     in  comparable securities,  various relationships  between  securities, and
     yield to  maturity in  determining value.   Taxable  obligations for  which
     price quotations are readily available  normally will be valued at the mean
     between the latest available bid and asked  prices.  Open futures positions
     on  debt securities are valued at  the most recent settlement prices unless
     such price does  not reflect the fair value of  the contract, in which case
     the positions will  be valued by or at the direction of the Trustees of the
     Portfolio.  Other assets  are valued at fair value using methods determined
     in  good faith  by  or at  the  direction  of the  Trustees.   For  further
     information regarding the valuation of the Portfolio's assets, see Part B.
         
              There is  no  minimum  initial or  subsequent  investment  in  the
     Portfolio.    The  Portfolio   reserves  the   right  to  cease   accepting
     investments at any time or to reject any investment order.

              The   placement   agent  for   the   Portfolio   is   Eaton  Vance
     Distributors, Inc. ("EVD").   The principal  business address of EVD  is 24
     Federal Street,  Boston, Massachusetts 02110.  EVD receives no compensation
     for serving as the placement agent for the Portfolio.

                                         A-13
<PAGE>






     Item 8.  Redemption or Decrease of Interest
        
              An  investor in the Portfolio may  withdraw all of (redeem) or any
     portion  of  (decrease) its  interest  in  the  Portfolio  if a  withdrawal
     request in proper form is furnished by the investor to the Portfolio.   All
     withdrawals will be effected  as of the next Portfolio Valuation Time.  The
     proceeds  of a withdrawal  will be  paid by  the Portfolio normally  on the
     Portfolio Business Day the  withdrawal is effected, but in any event within
     seven days.   The Portfolio  reserves the right  to pay the  proceeds of  a
     withdrawal (whether a redemption or decrease) by a  distribution in kind of
     portfolio securities  (instead of  cash).   The  securities so  distributed
     would be valued at the same amount as that  assigned to them in calculating
     the net  asset value for the  interest (whether complete  or partial) being
     withdrawn.   If  an  investor received  a  distribution in  kind  upon such
     withdrawal,  the  investor  could  incur  brokerage  and  other  charges in
     converting the  securities  to cash.   The  Portfolio  has filed  with  the
     Securities and  Exchange Commission  (the "Commission")  a notification  of
     election on  Form  N-18F-1 committing  to  pay  in cash  all  requests  for
     withdrawals  by  any investor,  limited  in  amount  with  respect to  such
     investor during  any 90 day period to the lesser of  (a) $250,000 or (b) 1%
     of the net asset value of the Portfolio at the beginning of such period.
         
              Investments in the Portfolio may not be transferred.
        
              The  right of any investor to  receive payment with respect to any
     withdrawal  may be  suspended  or the  payment  of the  withdrawal proceeds
     postponed during  any period  in which the  Exchange is closed  (other than
     weekends or holidays)  or trading on the Exchange  is restricted or, to the
     extent otherwise  permitted  by the  Investment  Company  Act of  1940,  as
     amended (the  "1940 Act"),  if an  emergency exists,  or  during any  other
     period  permitted  by  order  of  the  Commission  for  the  protection  of
     investors.
         
     Item 9.  Pending Legal Proceedings

     Not applicable.

















                                         A-14
<PAGE>






                                       PART B

     Item 10.  Cover Page

     Not applicable.

     Item 11.  Table of Contents
                                                                   Page 
     General Information and History   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-1 
     Investment Objectives and Policies  . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-1 
     Management of the Portfolio   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-15
     Control Persons and Principal Holder of Securities  . . . . . B-18
     Investment Advisory and Other Services  . . . . . . . . . . . B-19
     Brokerage Allocation and Other Practices  . . . . . . . . . . B-22
     Capital Stock and Other Securities  . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-24
     Purchase, Redemption and Pricing of Securities  . . . . . . . B-26
     Tax Status  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-26
     Underwriters  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-30
     Calculation of Performance Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-30
     Financial Statements  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-30
     Appendix  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . a-1 
         
     Item 12.  General Information and History
        
              Effective December  8, 1995, the Portfolio's name was changed from
     "West  Virginia   Tax  Free   Portfolio"  to   "West  Virginia   Municipals
     Portfolio."
         
     Item 13.  Investment Objectives and Policies
        
              Part  A  contains  additional  information  about  the  investment
     objective  and policies  of  the West  Virginia  Municipals Portfolio  (the
     "Portfolio").   This Part  B should  be read  in conjunction  with Part  A.
     Capitalized terms used  in this Part B  and not otherwise defined  have the
     meanings given them in Part A.
         
        
     Municipal Obligations
         
        
              Municipal  obligations  are issued  to  obtain  funds  for various
     public and  private purposes.  Such  obligations include bonds, as  well as
     tax-exempt commercial  paper, project  notes, and municipal  notes such  as
     tax, revenue and  bond anticipation notes of short maturity, generally less
     than three years.   In  general, there  are three  categories of  municipal
     obligations the interest on which is exempt from federal income tax and  is
     not a  tax preference item for purposes of  the federal alternative minimum
     tax:  (i) certain  "public purpose"  obligations  (whenever issued),  which
     include  obligations  issued directly  by  state and  local  governments or
     their agencies  to fulfill essential  governmental functions; (ii)  certain
     obligations  issued  before   August  8,  1986  for  the  benefit  of  non-
     governmental  persons or  entities;  and  (iii) certain  "private  activity

                                         B-1
<PAGE>






     bonds"  issued after  August  7,  1986,  which include  "qualified  Section
     501(c)(3)  bonds" or  refundings  of certain  obligations  included in  the
     second category. In  assessing the federal income tax treatment of interest
     on any  municipal  obligation, the  Portfolio  will  generally rely  on  an
     opinion of the  issuer's counsel (when  available) and  will not  undertake
     any  independent verification  of  the  basis for  the  opinion.   The  two
     principal  classifications  of  municipal  bonds are  "general  obligation"
     bonds and "revenue" bonds.
         
        
              Interest on  certain "private activity bonds"  issued after August
     7,  1986 is exempt  from regular federal income  tax, but  such interest is
     treated as a tax  preference item  that could subject  the recipient to  or
     increase  the recipient's  liability for  the  federal alternative  minimum
     tax.   It  should be  noted that,  for  a corporate  holder (other  than  a
     regulated investment company)  of an interest in the Portfolio, interest on
     all  municipal  obligations  (whenever issued)  is  included  in  "adjusted
     current earnings"  for purposes of  the federal alternative  minimum tax as
     applied to corporations  (to the extent not already included in alternative
     minimum taxable income as income attributable to private activity bonds).
         
        
              Market  discount  on  long-term  tax-exempt municipal  obligations
     (i.e., obligations with  a term  of more than  one year)  purchased in  the
     secondary market after April  30, 1993  is taxable as  ordinary income.   A
     long-term debt  obligation is  generally treated  as acquired  at a  market
     discount if  the  secondary market  purchase price  is  less than  (i)  the
     stated principal amount  payable at maturity, in the  case of an obligation
     that  does not  have original  issue discount  or  (ii) in  the case  of an
     obligation that  does have original  issue discount, the  sum of  the issue
     price and  any original issue  discount that accrued  before the obligation
     was purchased, subject to a de minimis exclusion.
         
              Issuers of  general  obligation  bonds include  states,  counties,
     cities, towns  and regional districts.   The proceeds  of these obligations
     are  used   to  fund  a  wide  range  of   public  projects  including  the
     construction  or  improvement of  schools,  highways and  roads,  water and
     sewer systems and a  variety of other public purposes.  The  basic security
     of  general obligation bonds  is the  issuer's pledge of  its faith, credit
     and  taxing power for  the payment  of principal  and interest.   The taxes
     that can  be  levied for  the payment  of debt  service may  be limited  or
     unlimited as to rate and amount.

              The principal  security for a  revenue bond is  generally the  net
     revenues derived from a  particular facility or group of  facilities or, in
     some  cases, from  the  proceeds of  a  special  excise or  other  specific
     revenue source.  Revenue  bonds have been issued to fund  a wide variety of
     capital projects  including: electric,  gas, water,  sewer and solid  waste
     disposal systems; highways, bridges and tunnels; port,  airport and parking
     facilities;  transportation  systems;  housing   facilities,  colleges  and
     universities and hospitals.   Although the principal security  behind these
     bonds  varies widely,  many provide additional  security in  the form  of a

                                         B-2
<PAGE>






     debt service reserve  fund whose monies may  be used to make  principal and
     interest  payments   on  the   issuer's  obligations.     Housing   finance
     authorities have  a wide  range of  security including  partially or  fully
     insured, rent  subsidized and/or collateralized  mortgages, and/or the  net
     revenues from  housing or  other public projects.   In  addition to a  debt
     service  reserve fund,  some authorities  provide  further security  in the
     form  of  a  state's  ability   (without  legal  obligation)  to   make  up
     deficiencies in the debt  service reserve fund.  Lease rental revenue bonds
     issued by  a state  or local  authority for capital  projects are  normally
     secured by annual  lease rental payments from the  state or locality to the
     authority sufficient to  cover debt service on the authority's obligations.
     Such  payments are usually subject to annual appropriations by the state or
     locality.

              Industrial  development and  pollution control  bonds are  in most
     cases revenue bonds  and are generally not  secured by the taxing  power of
     the municipality, but  are usually secured  by the revenues derived  by the
     authority from payments of the industrial user or users.

              The Portfolio  may on  occasion acquire revenue bonds  which carry
     warrants or  similar rights covering  equity securities.   Such warrants or
     rights  may  be  held   indefinitely,  but  if  exercised,  the   Portfolio
     anticipates  that it  would,  under normal  circumstances,  dispose of  any
     equity securities so acquired within a reasonable period of time.

              While  most   municipal  bonds  pay  a   fixed  rate  of  interest
     semi-annually  in cash, there  are exceptions.  Some  bonds pay no periodic
     cash interest,  but rather make  a single payment  at maturity representing
     both principal and interest.   Bonds may be issued or  subsequently offered
     with  interest  coupons   materially  greater  or  less  than   those  then
     prevailing, with price adjustments reflecting such deviation.
        
              The  obligations of any person  or entity to  pay the principal of
     and interest  on a municipal  obligation are  subject to the  provisions of
     bankruptcy, insolvency and  other laws affecting the rights and remedies of
     creditors, such as the Federal Bankruptcy Act,  and laws, if any, that  may
     be  enacted  by Congress  or  state  legislatures  extending  the time  for
     payment of  principal or interest,  or both, or  imposing other constraints
     upon enforcement of  such obligations.  There is  also the possibility that
     as  a result of litigation or other conditions  the power or ability of any
     person or entity to pay when  due principal of and interest on a  municipal
     obligation may  be materially affected.   There have  been recent instances
     of defaults and bankruptcies  involving municipal obligations that were not
     foreseen by the financial and  investment communities.  The  Portfolio will
     take whatever action it considers  appropriate in the event  of anticipated
     financial difficulties, default or bankruptcy  of either the issuer  of any
     municipal obligation  or  of  the  underlying  source  of  funds  for  debt
     service.    Such action  may  include  retaining  the  services of  various
     persons  or  firms  (including affiliates  of  the  Investment Adviser)  to
     evaluate or  protect any real  estate, facilities or  other assets securing
     any such obligation  or acquired by the  Portfolio as a result of  any such
     event, and  the  Portfolio may  also  manage (or  engage  other persons  to

                                         B-3
<PAGE>






     manage)  or otherwise deal with any real estate, facilities or other assets
     so acquired.   The Portfolio anticipates  that real  estate consulting  and
     management services  may be  required with  respect to properties  securing
     various municipal obligations in its portfolio or  subsequently acquired by
     the Portfolio.   The Portfolio will incur additional expenditures in taking
     protective  action with  respect to  portfolio  obligations in  default and
     assets securing such obligations.
         
        
              The  yields on  municipal  obligations  will  be  dependent  on  a
     variety of factors,  including purposes  of issue and  source of funds  for
     repayment,  general money  market  conditions,  general conditions  of  the
     municipal  bond market,  size  of a  particular  offering, maturity  of the
     obligation and rating of the issue.   The ratings of Moody's, S&P and Fitch
     represent their opinions  as to the  quality of  the municipal  obligations
     that they  undertake  to rate.   It  should  be emphasized,  however,  that
     ratings are based  on judgment and  are not absolute standards  of quality.
     Consequently,  municipal obligations  with the  same  maturity, coupon  and
     rating may have  different yields while  obligations of  the same  maturity
     and coupon with  different ratings may have  the same yield.   In addition,
     the market price of such  obligations will normally fluctuate  with changes
     in interest rates, and therefore the net asset value of the Portfolio  will
     be affected by such changes.
         
     Risks of Concentration
        
              West  Virginia  Obligations.    The  following information  as  to
     certain West Virginia  considerations is given to investors  in view of the
     Portfolio's  policy  of  concentrating its  investments  in  West  Virginia
     issuers.  Such  information supplements the information  in Part A.   It is
     derived  from sources  that  are generally  available  to investors  and is
     believed  to  be accurate.    Such  information  constitutes  only a  brief
     summary,  does not purport  to be a complete  description, and  is based on
     information from  official statements relating  to securities offerings  of
     West Virginia issuers.  The  Portfolio has not independently  verified this
     information.
         
              The economy  of  the State  is based  primarily on  manufacturing,
     mining  and tourism.   Major  manufacturing sectors  include chemicals  and
     primary metals.   The State is the second  leading coal producing state and
     the leading  coal exporting state in the nation.  The  State is also one of
     the  leading  oil  and  gas  producing  states  east  of  the  Mississippi.
     Technological advancements have  reduced the size of employment in the coal
     industry.  The  majority of the job  creation in the State  has occurred in
     the service  sector.  The  State has taken  steps to foster  growth in this
     sector as well as other non-resource related industries.
        
              Based  on a  1990 task  force  report indicating  potential fiscal
     problems  for the State,  the State  took a  number of actions  designed to
     eliminate the  projected deficit,  including revenue enhancement  measures,
     such as changes  to the Consumer Sales  and Service tax, and  reductions in
     State spending.   The 1994 General Revenue  Fund balance was  $135 million.

                                         B-4
<PAGE>






     Unfunded trust  liabilities and  a possible  reduction of  federal aid  may
     have a negative impact on the State's financial position.
         
        
              The Business  and Occupation  Tax, the  Personal Income  tax,  the
     Consumer Sales  and  Service Tax,  the  Severance  Tax, the  Corporate  Net
     Income Tax and  the Business Franchise  Tax together  provided over 80%  of
     the revenue  for the General Revenue Fund in the fiscal year ended June 30,
     1994.    The  amounts  collected  pursuant to  the  business  registration,
     cigarette, insurance,  telecommunications, inheritance, other taxes, liquor
     profits and racing  fees constitute the  remainder of  the General  Revenue
     Fund,  but individually  did  not  account  for  more than  2.9%  of  total
     revenues.
         
              The  federal   programs  administered  in  West   Virginia  are  a
     substantial  part  of the  operation  of State  government.   Historically,
     federal grants have  either been part of  an ongoing program, limited  to a
     specific project or  structured to institute  immediate state  action.   In
     all  cases, they  become due either  temporarily or  permanently and  are a
     significant feature of State services and the budget process.
        
              Obligations of  Puerto Rico,  the U.S.  Virgin  Islands and  Guam.
     Subject to the Portfolio's investment policies as set  forth in Part A, the
     Portfolio may invest  in the obligations of the governments of Puerto Rico,
     the U.S. Virgin  Islands and Guam  (the "Territories").   Accordingly,  the
     Portfolio  may  be  adversely affected  by  local  political  and  economic
     conditions and  developments within the  Territories affecting the  issuers
     of such obligations.
         
        
              Puerto   Rico  has   a  diversified   economy  dominated   by  the
     manufacturing and  service  sectors.   The  three  largest sectors  of  the
     economy  (as a  percentage of  employment)  are services  (47%), government
     (22%) and  manufacturing (16.4%).   These three sectors  represent 39%, 11%
     and 39%, respectively, of the gross  domestic product.  The service  sector
     is the  fastest  growing, while  the government  and manufacturing  sectors
     have been stagnant for  the past five years.  The North American Free Trade
     Agreement (NAFTA),  which became effective  January 1, 1994,  could lead to
     the  loss of  Puerto  Rico's  lower salaried  or  labor  intensive jobs  to
     Mexico.  The June 1995 unemployment rate was 13.9%.
         
        
                The  Commonwealth of  Puerto Rico  exercises virtually  the same
     control  over its  internal  affairs as  do the  fifty states;  however, it
     differs from  the states in  its relationship with  the federal government.
     Most  federal taxes, except  those such as  social security  taxes that are
     imposed by  mutual consent,  are not levied  in Puerto  Rico.  However,  in
     conjunction  with the 1993  U.S. budget plan, Section  936 of  the Code was
     amended and provided  for two alternative  limitations to  the Section  936
     credit.  The first  option will limit the credit against such income to 40%
     of  the credit  allowable  under current  law,  with a  five year  phase-in
     period  starting at 60%  of the allowable  credit.  The second  option is a

                                         B-5
<PAGE>






     wage and depreciation  based credit.  The reduction  of the tax benefits to
     those U.S.  companies with operations  in Puerto  Rico may  lead to  slower
     growth in the future.  There can  be no assurance that these  modifications
     will not lead to  a weakened economy, a lower rating on  Puerto Rico's debt
     or lower prices for Puerto Rican bonds that may be held by the Portfolio.
         
        
                Puerto  Rico's  financial   reporting  was  first  conformed  to
     generally  accepted accounting  principles in  fiscal  1990.   Nonrecurring
     revenues have been  used frequently to balance  recent years' budgets.   In
     November, 1993  Puerto Ricans voted on whether  they wished to retain their
     Commonwealth status,  become a  state or  establish an independent  nation.
     Puerto  Ricans  voted to  retain  Commonwealth status,  leaving  intact the
     current relationship  with  the  federal  government.    There  can  be  no
     assurance  that the statehood  issue will not be  brought to a  vote in the
     future.   A successful  statehood vote  in Puerto  Rico would then  require
     ratification by the U.S. Congress.
         
        
                The   United   States   Virgin  Islands   (USVI)   are   located
     approximately 1,100 miles  east-southeast of Miami and  are made up of  St.
     Croix, St. Thomas  and St.  John.  The  economy is heavily  reliant on  the
     tourism  industry,  with  roughly 43%  of  non-agricultural  employment  in
     tourist-related trade and services.   The tourism industry  is economically
     sensitive and  would likely be adversely affected by  a recession in either
     the  United States or  Europe. In September  1995, St. Thomas was  hit by a
     hurricane  and sustained extensive  damage.  The longer  term impact on the
     tourism industry  is not  yet known.   There can  be no assurance  that the
     market for USVI bonds will not be affected.
         
        
                An important component  of the USVI revenue base is  the federal
     excise tax on rum  exports.  Tax revenues rebated by the federal government
     to the USVI provide  the primary security  of many outstanding USVI  bonds.
     Because more than 90% of the rum distilled in the USVI  is distilled at one
     plant, any  interruption  in its  operations (as  occurred after  Hurricane
     Hugo in 1989) would adversely  affect these revenues.   Consequently, there
     can be no  assurance that rum exports  to the United States and  the rebate
     of  tax revenues to  the USVI will  continue at their present  levels.  The
     preferential tariff treatment the USVI rum industry  currently enjoys could
     be reduced under NAFTA.   Increased competition from Mexican  rum producers
     could reduce USVI rum imported to the  U.S., decreasing excise tax revenues
     generated.  The USVI experienced  budget deficits in fiscal years 1989  and
     1990;  in  1989 due  to  wage  settlements  with  the unionized  government
     employees and in 1990  as a result of Hurricane Hugo.  The  USVI recorded a
     small surplus in  fiscal year 1991.   At the end  of fiscal 1992, the  last
     year for which results  are available, the USVI  had an unreserved  General
     Fund  deficit of  approximately  $8.31 million,  or  approximately 2.1%  of
     expenditures.  In  order to close a  forecasted fiscal 1994 revenue  gap of
     $45.6  million,  the  Department  of  Finance  has  proposed  several   tax
     increases and  fund transfers.   There  is currently  no rated,  unenhanced
     U.S. Virgin  Islands  debt  outstanding (although  there  is  unrated  debt

                                         B-6
<PAGE>






     outstanding).
         
        
                Guam, an  unincorporated U.S. territory, is  located 1,500 miles
     southeast  of Tokyo.    The U.S.  military  is a  key  component of  Guam's
     economy.  The  federal government directly  comprises more than 10%  of the
     employment base,  with a  substantial component  of the  service sector  to
     support these personnel.   Guam is expected to benefit from the  closure of
     the Subic  Bay Naval Base and the Clark Air  Force Base in the Philippines.
     The  Naval  Air Station,  one of  several U.S.  military facilities  on the
     island, has  been  slated  for closure  by  the  Defense Base  Closure  and
     Realignment  Committee; however,  the  administration  plans to  use  these
     facilities  to  expand the  Island's  commercial  airport.    Guam is  also
     heavily reliant on tourists, particularly  the Japanese.  During  1994, the
     financial  position  of Guam  was  weakened  as  it  incurred an  unaudited
     General Fund  operating deficit.   The  administration has  taken steps  to
     improve its  financial position; however,  there are no  guarantees that an
     improvement will  be realized.  Guam's general obligation debt is rated Baa
     by Moody's.
         
        
              Obligations of Particular  Types of  Issuers.   The Portfolio  may
     invest 25%  or more  of its total  assets in  municipal obligations of  the
     same type.   There could be  economic, business  or political  developments
     which  might  affect  all municipal  obligations  of a  similar  type.   In
     particular, investments in industrial revenue bonds  might involve (without
     limitation) the following risks.
         
        
                Hospital  bond ratings  are often  based on  feasibility studies
     which  contain projections  of  expenses,  revenues and  occupancy  levels.
     Among the influences affecting a  hospital's gross receipts and  net income
     available  to  service its  debt  are  demand  for  hospital services,  the
     ability of  the  hospital  to provide  the  services  required,  management
     capabilities,  economic  developments  in  the  service  area,  efforts  by
     insurers and  government agencies  to limit rates  and expenses, confidence
     in  the  hospital,   service  area   economic  developments,   competition,
     availability and  expense of malpractice  insurance, Medicaid and  Medicare
     funding and possible  federal legislation limiting the rates of increase of
     hospital charges.
         
        
                Electric    utilities   face   problems   in   financing   large
     construction programs in  an inflationary period, cost increases  and delay
     occasioned by  safety and  environmental considerations (particularly  with
     respect  to nuclear facilities), difficulty in obtaining fuel at reasonable
     prices and in  achieving timely and  adequate rate  relief from  regulatory
     commissions,  effects  of  energy  conservation  and   limitations  on  the
     capacity of the capital market to absorb utility debt.
         
        
         

                                         B-7
<PAGE>






        
                Life  care  facilities  are  an  alternative form  of  long-term
     housing  for  the elderly  which  offer  residents  the  independence of  a
     condominium life  style and, if  needed, the comprehensive  care of nursing
     home services.    Bonds to  finance these  facilities have  been issued  by
     various state  and  local authorities.    Because  the bonds  are  normally
     secured only by  the revenues of each  facility and not  by state or  local
     government tax  payments, they  are subject  to a  wide  variety of  risks.
     Primarily, the projects  must maintain adequate occupancy levels to be able
     to provide  revenues sufficient to  meet debt service  payments.  Moreover,
     because  a portion  of  housing, medical  care and  other  services may  be
     financed  by an initial deposit, it is important that the facility maintain
     adequate  financial  reserves to  secure  estimated  actuarial liabilities.
     The  ability  of  management  to  accurately   forecast  inflationary  cost
     pressures is an important  factor in this process.  The facilities may also
     be affected  adversely by  regulatory cost restrictions  applied to  health
     care  delivery in  general, particularly  state regulations  or changes  in
     Medicare and Medicaid  payments or qualifications, or  restrictions imposed
     by medical  insurance  companies.   They  may  also face  competition  from
     alternative health care or conventional  housing facilities in the  private
     or public sector.
         
        
     Municipal Leases
         
        
              The Portfolio  may invest  in municipal leases  and participations
     therein, which  arrangements  frequently involve  special risks.  Municipal
     leases are  obligations in  the form  of  a lease  or installment  purchase
     arrangement  which are  issued by a  state or  local government  to acquire
     equipment  and  facilities.  Interest  income  from   such  obligations  is
     generally  exempt  from local  and state  taxes in  the state  of issuance.
     "Participations" in such  leases are undivided  interests in  a portion  of
     the total  obligation. Participations  entitle their holders  to receive  a
     pro  rata share  of all  payments under  the  lease. A  trustee is  usually
     responsible for administering the terms of the participation  and enforcing
     the participants' rights in  the underlying  lease. Leases and  installment
     purchase or  conditional sale contracts (which  normally provide  for title
     to  the leased asset  to pass  eventually to the  governmental issuer) have
     evolved  as  a means  for  governmental  issuers  to  acquire property  and
     equipment  without meeting  the constitutional  and  statutory requirements
     for the issuance of debt. State debt-issuance  limitations are deemed to be
     inapplicable to these  arrangements because of the inclusion in many leases
     or  contracts  of   "non-appropriation"  clauses  that  provide   that  the
     governmental issuer has  no obligation to  make future  payments under  the
     lease or  contract unless money  is appropriated  for such  purpose by  the
     appropriate legislative  body on  a yearly  or other  periodic basis.  Such
     arrangements  are, therefore,  subject to  the risk  that the  governmental
     issuer will not appropriate funds for lease payments. 
         
        
              Certain municipal  lease obligations owned by the Portfolio may be

                                         B-8
<PAGE>






     deemed   illiquid  for  purposes  of  the  Portfolio's  15%  limitation  on
     investments in  illiquid securities,  unless determined  by the  Investment
     Adviser,  pursuant to  guidelines  adopted by  the  Trustees, to  be liquid
     securities  for purposes  of such limitation.  In determining the liquidity
     of  municipal lease  obligations,  the Investment  Adviser will  consider a
     variety  of factors including:  (1) the  willingness of dealers  to bid for
     the security; (2) the  number of  dealers willing to  purchase or sell  the
     obligation  and the number of other potential  buyers; (3) the frequency of
     trades  and  quotes  for  the  obligation;  and   (4)  the  nature  of  the
     marketplace  trades. In  addition,  the  Investment Adviser  will  consider
     factors unique to particular lease obligations  affecting the marketability
     thereof. These  include the general  creditworthiness of the  municipality,
     the importance  of the property covered  by the lease  to the municipality,
     and  the  likelihood that  the  marketability  of  the  obligation will  be
     maintained throughout the time the obligation is  held by the Portfolio. In
     the event  the Portfolio  acquires an unrated  municipal lease  obligation,
     the  Investment Adviser  will  be responsible  for  determining the  credit
     quality of  such obligation on an ongoing basis, including an assessment of
     the likelihood that the lease may or may not be canceled.
         
     Zero Coupon Bonds

              Zero  coupon bonds are  debt obligations which do  not require the
     periodic payment of  interest and are issued at a significant discount from
     face value.   The discount approximates  the total amount  of interest  the
     bonds  will accrue and compound over the period until maturity at a rate of
     interest  reflecting  the  market  rate of  the  security  at  the time  of
     issuance.  Zero coupon bonds benefit the issuer by mitigating its need  for
     cash  to meet debt  service, but also  require a  higher rate of  return to
     attract investors who are willing to defer receipt of such cash.

     Insurance
        
              Insured municipal  obligations held by the Portfolio (if any) will
     be insured  as to their scheduled  payment of principal  and interest under
     either (i) an  insurance policy obtained  by the issuer  or underwriter  of
     the obligation at  the time of its  original issuance or (ii)  an insurance
     policy  obtained  by  the Portfolio  or  a  third party  subsequent  to the
     obligation's  original  issuance  (which  may  not   be  reflected  in  the
     obligation's market  value).  In  either event, such  insurance may provide
     that, in  the event of  nonpayment of interest  or principal when due  with
     respect to an insured  obligation, the insurer is not required to make such
     payment until  a specified time has  lapsed (which may  be 30 days  or more
     after notice).
         
     Credit Quality
        
              The Portfolio  is dependent on the  Investment Adviser's judgment,
     analysis   and  experience   in  evaluating   the   quality  of   municipal
     obligations.  In evaluating the credit quality of a particular issue,  when
     rated  or  unrated,  the   Investment  Adviser  will  normally   take  into
     consideration, among other  things, the financial resources  of the  issuer

                                         B-9
<PAGE>






     (or, as appropriate, of  the underlying source of funds  for debt service),
     its sensitivity  to economic conditions and  trends, any  operating history
     of and the community support for the  facility financed by the issuer,  the
     ability of the  issuer's management and regulatory matters.  The Investment
     Adviser  will  attempt  to reduce  the  risks  of investing  in  the lowest
     investment   grade,   below  investment   grade   and   comparable  unrated
     obligations  through  active  portfolio  management,  credit  analysis  and
     attention  to  current developments  and  trends  in  the  economy and  the
     financial markets.
         
        
              See  "Portfolio  of  Investments"  in  the  "Financial Statements"
     incorporated by  reference into this Part  B with respect  to any defaulted
     obligations held by the Portfolio.
         
        
     Short-Term Trading
         
        
              The Portfolio  may  sell securities  in anticipation  of a  market
     decline (a rise in interest rates) or purchase  (and later sell) securities
     in  anticipation  of  a  market  rise (a  decline  in  interest  rates). In
     addition, a security  may be sold  and another  purchased at  approximately
     the same  time to take  advantage of what  the Portfolio  believes to be  a
     temporary disparity  in  the  normal yield  relationship  between  the  two
     securities. Yield  disparities may occur  for reasons not directly  related
     to  the investment quality of particular  issues or the general movement of
     interest  rates, such as  changes in  the overall  demand for or  supply of
     various types  of  municipal  obligations  or  changes  in  the  investment
     objectives  of investors.  Such  trading may  be  expected to  increase the
     portfolio turnover rate,  which may increase capital gains and the expenses
     incurred in connection  with such  trading. The Portfolio  anticipates that
     its  annual   portfolio  turnover  rate  will  generally  not  exceed  100%
     (excluding turnover of securities  having a maturity of one  year or less).
     A  100%  annual  turnover  rate  would  occur,  for  example,  if  all  the
     securities held by  the Portfolio  were replaced once  in a  period of  one
     year.   A high turnover  rate (100% or  more) necessarily involves  greater
     expenses to  the Portfolio.   The  Portfolio engages  in portfolio  trading
     (including short-term trading) if it believes  that a transaction including
     all  costs  will  help  in   achieving  its  investment  objective.     The
     Portfolio's portfolio  turnover rates for the  fiscal years ended September
     30, 1994 and September 30, 1995 were 39% and 19%, respectively.
         
     When-Issued Securities
        
              New  issues of  municipal obligations are  sometimes offered  on a
     "when-issued"  basis, that  is,  delivery and  payment  for the  securities
     normally  take place within  a specified number of  days after  the date of
     the Portfolio's  commitment and are  subject to certain  conditions such as
     the issuance  of  satisfactory legal  opinions.    The Portfolio  may  also
     purchase securities  on a when-issued basis pursuant to refunding contracts
     in   connection  with   the   refinancing   of  an   issuer's   outstanding

                                         B-10
<PAGE>






     indebtedness.   Refunding contracts  generally require  the issuer  to sell
     and the Portfolio  to buy such securities  on a settlement date  that could
     be several months or several years in the future.
         
                The Portfolio  will  make commitments  to  purchase  when-issued
     securities  only with the intention  of actually  acquiring the securities,
     but may sell such  securities before  the settlement date  if it is  deemed
     advisable  as a matter of investment strategy.   The payment obligation and
     the interest rate that will be received  on the securities are fixed at the
     time the  Portfolio enters into  the purchase commitment.   The Portfolio's
     custodian will segregate  cash or  high grade liquid  debt securities in  a
     separate  account of  the  Portfolio in  an amount  at  least equal  to the
     when-issued commitments.   If the  value of  the securities  placed in  the
     separate account  declines,  additional  cash  or high  grade  liquid  debt
     securities will  be placed  in the  account on  a daily  basis so that  the
     value  of the account  will at  least equal  the amount of  the Portfolio's
     when-issued  commitments.    When  the  Portfolio  commits  to  purchase  a
     security on  a when-issued basis,  it records the  transaction and reflects
     the value of  the security in determining its  net asset value.  Securities
     purchased on a when-issued  basis and the securities held by  the Portfolio
     are  subject  to  changes  in  value  based  upon  the  perception  of  the
     creditworthiness of  the issuer and changes in  the level of interest rates
     (i.e.,  appreciation when  interest  rates  decline and  depreciation  when
     interest rates rise).   Therefore, to the extent that the Portfolio remains
     substantially  fully  invested at  the  same  time  that  it has  purchased
     securities on  a when-issued basis,  there will be  greater fluctuations in
     the Portfolio's net  asset value than  if it solely  set aside cash  to pay
     for when-issued securities.

     Variable Rate Obligations

              The Portfolio  may purchase  variable rate obligations.   Variable
     rate instruments provide  for adjustments in the interest rate at specified
     intervals (weekly, monthly,  semi-annually, etc.).  The  revised rates  are
     usually set  at  the  issuer's  discretion,  in  which  case  the  investor
     normally  enjoys the right to "put" the  security back to the issuer or his
     agent.   Rate revisions may  alternatively be determined  by formula or  in
     some  other  contractual  fashion.    Variable  rate  obligations  normally
     provide that  the holder  can  demand payment  of the  obligation on  short
     notice at par with accrued  interest and are frequently secured  by letters
     of credit or other  credit support arrangements provided by banks.   To the
     extent that  such letters  of credit  or other  arrangements constitute  an
     unconditional guarantee of  the issuer's obligations, a bank may be treated
     as  the  issuer of  a  security  for  the  purpose of  complying  with  the
     diversification  requirements set forth in Section 5(b) of the 1940 Act and
     Rule   5b-2  thereunder.    The  Portfolio  would  anticipate  using  these
     obligations  as cash  equivalents  pending longer  term  investment of  its
     funds.

     Redemption, Demand and Put Features 

              Most municipal bonds  have a fixed final maturity date.   However,

                                         B-11
<PAGE>






     it is  commonplace for  the issuer to  reserve the right  to call  the bond
     earlier.  Also, some  bonds may have "put" or "demand" features  that allow
     early redemption by the bondholder.   Interest income generated  by certain
     bonds  having  demand  features may  not  qualify  as tax-exempt  interest.
     Longer  term  fixed-rate  bonds may  give  the  holder a  right  to request
     redemption  at  certain  times  (often  annually  after  the  lapse  of  an
     intermediate term).   These bonds are more defensive than conventional long
     term bonds  (protecting to some  degree against a  rise in  interest rates)
     while  providing  greater  opportunity  than  comparable intermediate  term
     bonds, because  the  Portfolio  may  retain  the  bond  if  interest  rates
     decline.  By  acquiring these kinds  of obligations  the Portfolio  obtains
     the contractual right to require the issuer  of the security or some  other
     person (other  than a  broker or  dealer) to  purchase the  security at  an
     agreed upon  price,  which right  is  contained  in the  obligation  itself
     rather than in a separate agreement with  the seller or some other  person.
     Because this  right  is assignable  with  the  security, which  is  readily
     marketable  and valued  in  the customary  manner,  the Portfolio  will not
     assign any separate value to such right.

     Liquidity and Protective Put Options 

              The  Portfolio may also  enter into a separate  agreement with the
     seller of the  security or  some other  person granting  the Portfolio  the
     right to put the  security to the seller thereof or the other  person at an
     agreed  upon  price.    The   Portfolio  intends  to  limit  this  type  of
     transaction to  institutions (such  as banks  or securities dealers)  which
     the Investment  Adviser  believes present  minimal credit  risks and  would
     engage in this  type of transaction  to facilitate  portfolio liquidity  or
     (if the seller  so agrees) to hedge  against rising interest rates.   There
     is no  assurance that  this kind  of put  option will be  available to  the
     Portfolio or  that  selling institutions  will  be  willing to  permit  the
     Portfolio to  exercise a  put to hedge  against rising  interest rates.   A
     separate put  option may  not be  marketable or  otherwise assignable,  and
     sale  of the  security to  a third  party  or lapse  of time  with  the put
     unexercised  may terminate the  right to exercise  the put.   The Portfolio
     does not  expect to assign any  value to any separate  put option which may
     be acquired  to facilitate portfolio  liquidity, inasmuch as  the value (if
     any) of the put  will be reflected in the value assigned  to the associated
     security;  any put acquired  for hedging  purposes would be  valued in good
     faith  under  methods  or  procedures established  by  the  Trustees  after
     consideration of  all relevant factors, including  its expiration date, the
     price volatility  of the associated  security, the  difference between  the
     market price of the associated security and the exercise price of the  put,
     the creditworthiness  of the  issuer of the  put and  the market prices  of
     comparable put options.   Interest income generated by certain bonds having
     put features may not qualify as tax-exempt interest.
        
     Securities Lending
         
        
              The  Portfolio  may  seek  to  increase  its  income  by   lending
     portfolio securities  to broker-dealers  or other institutional  borrowers.

                                         B-12
<PAGE>






     Under  present  regulatory  policies  of  the  Commission,  such loans  are
     required  to   be  secured  continuously  by   collateral  in   cash,  cash
     equivalents  or  U.S.   Government  securities  held  by   the  Portfolio's
     custodian and maintained on a current basis at an  amount at least equal to
     the market value of  the securities loaned, which will be marked  to market
     daily. Cash  equivalents include short-term  municipal obligations as  well
     as  taxable certificates of deposit, commercial  paper and other short-term
     money  market instruments.  The Portfolio would  have the  right to  call a
     loan  and obtain the securities  loaned at any time on  up to five business
     days' notice. During the existence  of a loan, the Portfolio will  continue
     to  receive the  equivalent  of the  interest  paid by  the  issuer on  the
     securities loaned and will also receive  a fee, or all or a  portion of the
     interest on  investment of the  collateral, if any.  However, the Portfolio
     may pay lending  fees to such borrowers.  The Portfolio would not  have the
     right to vote any  securities having voting rights during the  existence of
     the loan, but would call  the loan in anticipation of an  important vote to
     be taken among  holders of the securities  or the giving or  withholding of
     their consent  on a material matter affecting the investment. As with other
     extensions of credit there are risks of  delay in recovery or even loss  of
     rights in  the securities loaned  if the borrower  of the securities  fails
     financially. However, the loans will  be made only to  organizations deemed
     by the  Portfolio's management  to be  of good  standing and  when, in  the
     judgment  of the  Portfolio's  management, the  consideration  that can  be
     earned from  securities loans justifies  the attendant risk.  Distributions
     of  any income  realized by  the Portfolio  from securities  loans  will be
     taxable. If  the management  of the  Portfolio decides  to make  securities
     loans,  it is intended  that the value of  the securities  loaned would not
     exceed 30% of  the Portfolio's total  assets. The Portfolio has  no present
     intention of engaging in securities lending.
         
        
     Futures Contracts and Options on Futures Contracts
         
        
              A change  in the level of  interest rates may affect  the value of
     the securities  held by the Portfolio (or of  securities that the Portfolio
     expects to  purchase).  To  hedge against changes  in rates, the  Portfolio
     may enter  into (i)  futures contracts  for the  purchase or  sale of  debt
     securities, (ii) futures contracts on securities  indices and (iii) futures
     contracts  on  other  financial  instruments  and  indices.    All  futures
     contracts  entered into by the Portfolio are  traded on exchanges or boards
     of trade that are  licensed and regulated by the Commodity  Futures Trading
     Commission  ("CFTC")  and must  be  executed through  a  futures commission
     merchant or brokerage firm that is a member of the relevant exchange.   The
     Portfolio  may purchase and write call and put options on futures contracts
     that are traded on a  United States or foreign exchange or board  of trade.
     The Portfolio will  be required, in connection with transactions in futures
     contracts and the writing  of options on futures, to make  margin deposits,
     which  will be held  by the  Portfolio's custodian  for the benefit  of the
     futures  commission merchant  through  whom the  Portfolio engages  in such
     futures and options transactions.
         

                                         B-13
<PAGE>






        
              Some  futures contracts  and options  thereon may  become illiquid
     under adverse market  conditions.  In  addition, during  periods of  market
     volatility, a  commodity exchange may  suspend or limit  transactions in an
     exchange-traded  instrument,  which  may make  the  instrument  temporarily
     illiquid and  difficult to price.   Commodity exchanges  may also establish
     daily limits on the amount that the price of a  futures contract or futures
     option can vary from  the previous day's settlement price.  Once  the daily
     limit  is reached, no  trades may be  made that day  at a  price beyond the
     limit.    This may  prevent the  Portfolio from  closing out  positions and
     limiting its losses.
         
        
              The  Portfolio   will  engage  in  futures   and  related  options
     transactions  only  for  bona  fide  hedging  purposes  as  defined  in  or
     permitted  by CFTC  regulations.   The  Portfolio  will determine  that the
     price fluctuations  in the  futures contracts  and options  on futures  are
     substantially related  to  price fluctuations  in  securities held  by  the
     Portfolio or  that  it  expects  to  purchase.    The  Portfolio's  futures
     transactions will be entered into  for traditional hedging purposes  - that
     is, futures contracts  will be  sold to protect  against a  decline in  the
     price of  securities that the Portfolio owns,  or futures contracts will be
     purchased to protect  the Portfolio  against an  increase in  the price  of
     securities  it intends to  purchase.  As  evidence of  this hedging intent,
     the Portfolio  expects that on  75% or  more of the  occasions on which  it
     takes a  "long" futures  (or option)  position (involving  the purchase  of
     futures  contracts), the Portfolio  will have purchased, or  will be in the
     process of  purchasing, equivalent  amounts  of related  securities in  the
     cash market  at the time  when the futures  (or option) position is  closed
     out.   However, in particular  cases, when it  is economically advantageous
     for the  Portfolio to do so, a long  futures position may be terminated (or
     an option may  expire) without  the corresponding  purchase of  securities.
     The Portfolio  will engage in  transactions in futures  and related options
     contracts only  to the  extent such  transactions are  consistent with  the
     requirements of the Code for maintaining  the qualification of each of  the
     Portfolio's investment company investors as a  regulated investment company
     for federal income tax purposes (see "Tax Status").
         
        
              Transactions  using  futures  contracts  and  options  (other than
     options that  the  Portfolio has  purchased)  expose  the Portfolio  to  an
     obligation to another  party.  The Portfolio  will not enter into  any such
     transactions  unless it owns either (1)  an offsetting ("covered") position
     in  securities  or  other  options  or  futures  contracts,  or  (2)  cash,
     receivables and short-term debt securities  with a value sufficient  at all
     times  to cover its  potential obligations not  covered as  provided in (1)
     above.   The Portfolio will comply with SEC  guidelines regarding cover for
     these instruments and, if  the guidelines so require, set aside  cash, U.S.
     Government  securities  or other  liquid, high-grade  debt securities  in a
     segregated account with its custodian in the prescribed amount.
         
        

                                         B-14
<PAGE>






              Assets  used as  cover or held in  a segregated  account cannot be
     sold while the  position in the corresponding futures contract or option is
     open,  unless  they  are replaced  with  other appropriate  assets.    As a
     result, the  commitment of  a large  portion of the  Portfolio's assets  to
     cover  or segregated  accounts  could impede  portfolio  management or  the
     Portfolio's  ability   to  meet  redemption   requests  or  other   current
     obligations.
         
     Investment Restrictions

              Whenever an investment policy  or investment restriction set forth
     in Part A or this Part  B states a maximum percentage of assets that may be
     invested  in any security  or other asset  or describes  a policy regarding
     quality  standards,  such  percentage  limitation  or   standard  shall  be
     determined   immediately  after  and  as   a  result   of  the  Portfolio's
     acquisition of  such  security or  other  asset.   Accordingly,  any  later
     increase  or decrease resulting  from a  change in values,  assets or other
     circumstances,  other than  a  subsequent  rating change  below  investment
     grade made by  a rating service, will  not compel the Portfolio  to dispose
     of such security or other asset.

              The Portfolio  has adopted  the following  investment restrictions
     which  may  not be  changed  without  the  approval  of the  holders  of  a
     "majority of the  outstanding voting securities" of the Portfolio, which as
     used in this Part B means the lesser of (a) 67%  or more of the outstanding
     voting securities  of the Portfolio  present or represented  by proxy at  a
     meeting  if  the  holders  of  more  than 50%  of  the  outstanding  voting
     securities of the  Portfolio are present  or represented at the  meeting or
     (b)  more than 50% of  the outstanding voting  securities of the Portfolio.
     The  term  "voting securities"  as  used in  this  paragraph  has the  same
     meaning as in the 1940 Act.  The Portfolio may not:
        
              (1)     Borrow  money  or  issue  senior  securities,   except  as
     permitted by the Investment Company Act of 1940;
         
              (2)     Purchase  securities  on margin  (but  the  Portfolio  may
     obtain such  short-term credits as  may be necessary  for the clearance  of
     purchases  and  sales  of  securities).   The  deposit  or  payment by  the
     Portfolio  of initial  or  maintenance margin  in  connection with  futures
     contracts  or related  options transactions is  not considered the purchase
     of a security on margin;

              (3)     Underwrite or  participate in the marketing  of securities
     of  others, except  insofar  as  it may  technically  be  deemed to  be  an
     underwriter  in selling a portfolio  security under circumstances which may
     require the registration of the same under the Securities Act of 1933;

              (4)     Purchase   or   sell   real   estate  (including   limited
     partnership  interests in  real estate,  but  excluding readily  marketable
     interests  in   real  estate  investment   trusts  or  readily   marketable
     securities of companies which invest  or deal in real estate  or securities
     which are secured by real estate);

                                         B-15
<PAGE>






              (5)     Purchase  or sell  physical commodities  or contracts  for
     the purchase or sale of physical commodities; or
        
              (6)     Make  loans to  any person, except  by (a) the acquisition
     of debt instruments  and making  portfolio investments,  (b) entering  into
     repurchase agreements and (c) lending portfolio securities. 
         
        
              The Portfolio has adopted  the following investment policies which
     may be  changed by the Portfolio  without approval of its  investors.  As a
     matter  of nonfundamental  policy,  the Portfolio  may  not: (a)  engage in
     options,  futures  or forward  transactions  if  more than  5%  of  its net
     assets,  as  measured  by  the  aggregate  of  the  premiums  paid  by  the
     Portfolio, would  be so  invested; (b) make  short sales  of securities  or
     maintain  a short position,  unless at all times  when a  short position is
     open  the Portfolio owns  an equal amount of  such securities or securities
     convertible  into   or  exchangeable,  without   payment  of  any   further
     consideration, for securities  of the same  issue as,  and equal in  amount
     to,  the securities  sold  short,  and unless  not  more  than 25%  of  the
     Portfolio's net assets (taken  at current value) is held as  collateral for
     such sales at any one time.   (The Portfolio will make such sales only  for
     the purpose of  deferring realization  of gain or  loss for federal  income
     tax purposes); (c)  invest more than 15%  of its net assets  in investments
     which  are not  readily  marketable,  including restricted  securities  and
     repurchase  agreements maturing  in  more  than  seven  days.    Restricted
     securities for  the purposes of  this limitation do  not include securities
     eligible for resale pursuant  to Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933
     and commercial paper  issued pursuant to Section 4(2)  of said Act that the
     Board of Trustees, or its  delegate, determines to be liquid;  (d) purchase
     or retain in its portfolio any securities issued by  an issuer any of whose
     officers, directors, trustees  or security holders is an officer or Trustee
     of the  Portfolio, or  is a  member, officer,  director or  trustee of  any
     investment  adviser  of  the  Portfolio,  if  after  the  purchase  of  the
     securities  of such issuer  by the  Portfolio one  or more of  such persons
     owns beneficially  more than 1/2 of 1% of the  shares or securities or both
     (all  taken at market  value) of such issuer  and such  persons owning more
     than 1/2 of 1% of such shares or securities together own beneficially  more
     than 5% of such  shares or securities or both (all taken  at market value);
     or (e) purchase  oil, gas or  other mineral leases or  purchase partnership
     interests  in  oil,  gas  or  other  mineral   exploration  or  development
     programs.
         
        
              For  purposes of  the  Portfolio's  investment  restrictions,  the
     determination  of the  "issuer" of  a  municipal obligation  that is  not a
     general  obligation bond  will be  made by  the  Investment Adviser  on the
     basis of the  characteristics of the obligation and other relevant factors,
     the most significant of which is the  source of funds committed to  meeting
     interest and principal payments of such obligation.
         
        
         

                                         B-16
<PAGE>






        
              In  order  to permit  the  sale  in certain  states  of shares  of
     certain  open-end   investment  companies  which   are  investors  in   the
     Portfolio,  the Portfolio  may make  commitments more  restrictive than the
     policies described above.   Should the  Portfolio determine  that any  such
     commitment is no  longer in  the best interests  of the  Portfolio and  its
     investors, it will revoke such commitment.
         
     Item 14.  Management of the Portfolio
        
              The  Trustees  and officers  of  the Portfolio  are listed  below.
     Except as  indicated, each individual  has held  the office shown  or other
     offices  in the same  company for  the last  five years.   Unless otherwise
     noted,  the business  address of  each Trustee  and officer  is  24 Federal
     Street,  Boston, Massachusetts  02110,  which is  also  the address  of the
     Portfolio's investment  adviser, Boston Management  and Research ("BMR"  or
     the  "Investment Adviser"),  which is  a wholly-owned  subsidiary of  Eaton
     Vance Management  ("Eaton  Vance"); of  Eaton Vance's  parent, Eaton  Vance
     Corp. ("EVC"); and  of BMR's and Eaton  Vance's trustee, Eaton  Vance, Inc.
     ("EV").   Eaton Vance  and EV  are both wholly-owned  subsidiaries of  EVC.
     Those Trustees  who are "interested  persons" of the  Portfolio, BMR, Eaton
     Vance, EVC  or  EV,  as  defined  in the  1940  Act,  by  virtue  of  their
     affiliation with any  one or more of  the Portfolio, BMR, Eaton  Vance, EVC
     or EV, are indicated by an asterisk (*).
         
                              TRUSTEES OF THE PORTFOLIO
        
     DONALD R. DWIGHT (64), Trustee
     President   of  Dwight   Partners,   Inc.   (a  corporate   relations   and
     communications  company)  founded  in  1988;  Chairman   of  the  Board  of
     Newspapers  of New  England,  Inc.  since 1983.    Director or  Trustee  of
     various investment companies managed by Eaton Vance or BMR. 
     Address: Clover Mill Lane, Lyme, New Hampshire 03768
         
        
     JAMES B. HAWKES (54), Vice President and Trustee*
     Executive Vice President  of BMR, Eaton Vance,  EVC and EV, and  a Director
     of EVC  and EV.   Director  or Trustee  and officer  of various  investment
     companies managed by Eaton Vance or BMR.
         
        
     SAMUEL L. HAYES, III (60), Trustee
     Jacob  H.  Schiff  Professor  of  Investment  Banking,  Harvard  University
     Graduate  School  of  Business Administration.    Director  or  Trustee  of
     various investment companies managed by Eaton Vance or BMR.
     Address: Harvard  University Graduate  School  of Business  Administration,
     Soldiers Field Road, Boston, Massachusetts 02134
         
        
     NORTON H. REAMER (60), Trustee
     President  and Director,  United Asset  Management  Corporation, a  holding
     company  owning  institutional  investment   management  firms.   Chairman,

                                         B-17
<PAGE>






     President and Director, UAM  Funds (mutual funds).  Director  or Trustee of
     various investment companies managed by Eaton Vance or BMR.
     Address: One International Place, Boston, Massachusetts 02110
         
        
     JOHN L. THORNDIKE (69), Trustee
     Director,  Fiduciary Company Incorporated.  Director  or Trustee of various
     investment companies managed by Eaton Vance or BMR.
     Address: 175 Federal Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110
         
        
     JACK L. TREYNOR (65), Trustee
     Investment  Adviser  and  Consultant.    Director  or  Trustee  of  various
     investment companies managed by Eaton Vance or BMR.
     Address: 504 Via Almar, Palos Verdes Estates, California 90274
         
                              OFFICERS OF THE PORTFOLIO
        
     THOMAS J. FETTER (52), President
     Vice  President of  BMR,  Eaton  Vance and  EV.    Mr. Fetter  was  elected
     President  of  the Portfolio  on December  13,  1993.   Officer  of various
     investment companies managed by Eaton Vance or BMR.
         
        
     ROBERT B. MACINTOSH (39), Vice President
     Vice  President of BMR  since August 11,  1992, and of Eaton  Vance and EV.
     Employee of  Eaton  Vance since  March 8,  1991.   Fidelity  Investments  -
     Portfolio Manager  (1986-1991).   Officer of  various investment  companies
     managed by Eaton Vance or BMR.  
         
        
     TIMOTHY T. BROWSE (36), Vice President 
     Vice President of BMR and  Eaton Vance since 1993 and an employee  of Eaton
     Vance since  1992.  Municipal  Bond Trader, Fidelity  Management & Research
     Company (1987-1992).   Officer of  various investment companies managed  by
     Eaton  Vance  or  BMR.   Mr.  Browse  was  elected  Vice  President of  the
     Portfolio on June 19, 1995.
         
        
     JAMES L. O'CONNOR (50), Treasurer
     Vice President of BMR,  Eaton Vance and EV.  Officer of  various investment
     companies managed by Eaton Vance or BMR.
         
        
     THOMAS OTIS (64), Secretary
     Vice President and Secretary of  BMR, Eaton Vance, EVC and EV.   Officer of
     various investment companies managed by Eaton Vance or BMR.
         
        
     JANET E. SANDERS (60), Assistant Secretary
     Vice President of BMR, Eaton Vance and  EV.  Officer of various  investment
     companies managed by Eaton Vance or BMR.

                                         B-18
<PAGE>






         
        
     A. JOHN MURPHY (33), Assistant Secretary
     Assistant Vice President  of BMR, Eaton Vance  and EV since March  1, 1994;
     employee of  Eaton Vance since  March 1993.   State Regulations Supervisor,
     The  Boston  Company  (1991-1993)  and  Registration  Specialist,  Fidelity
     Management  &  Research Co.  (1986-1991).   Officer  of  various investment
     companies managed by Eaton Vance or BMR.   Mr. Murphy was elected Assistant
     Secretary of the Portfolio on March 27, 1995.
         
        
     ERIC G. WOODBURY (38), Assistant Secretary
     Vice President  of BMR, Eaton Vance  and EV since  February 1993; formerly,
     associate attorney at Dechert,  Price & Rhoads and Gaston & Snow.   Officer
     of  various investment  companies  managed  by Eaton  Vance  or BMR.    Mr.
     Woodbury  was elected  Assistant  Secretary of  the  Portfolio on  June 19,
     1995.
         
              Messrs. Thorndike (Chairman), Hayes and Reamer are members  of the
     Special Committee  of  the Board  of  Trustees.   The  Special  Committee's
     functions  include  a  continuous review  of  the  Portfolio's  contractual
     relationship with  the Investment  Adviser, making  recommendations to  the
     Trustees regarding the compensation of  those Trustees who are  not members
     of  the  Eaton  Vance  organization,  and  making  recommendations  to  the
     Trustees regarding  candidates to fill  vacancies, as and  when they occur,
     in the  ranks of  those Trustees who  are not  "interested persons" of  the
     Portfolio or the Eaton Vance organization.

              Messrs.  Treynor (Chairman)  and Dwight  are members of  the Audit
     Committee of  the  Board of  Trustees.    The Audit  Committee's  functions
     include making recommendations to  the Trustees regarding the selection  of
     the  independent certified  public  accountants,  and reviewing  with  such
     accountants  and  the  Treasurer  of  the  Portfolio  matters  relative  to
     accounting and  auditing  practices  and  procedures,  accounting  records,
     internal accounting controls, and the functions  performed by the custodian
     and transfer agent of the Portfolio.
        
              The fees and expenses of  those Trustees of the Portfolio  who are
     not members  of the Eaton  Vance organization (the noninterested  Trustees)
     are paid by the Portfolio.   (The Trustees of the Portfolio who are members
     of  the   Eaton  Vance  organization  receive   no  compensation  from  the
     Portfolio).    During  the  fiscal  year  ended  September  30,  1995,  the
     noninterested Trustees of  the Portfolio earned the  following compensation
     in their  capacities as Trustees  of the Portfolio  and the other funds  in
     the Eaton Vance fund complex(1):
         

        





                                         B-19
<PAGE>






                                       Aggregate        Total Compensation
                                       Compensation     from Portfolio
     Name                              from Portfolio   and Fund Complex
         
        
     Donald R.
     Dwight                                $336(2)            $135,000(4)

     Samuel L.
     Hayes, III                             324(3)             150,000(5)

     Norton H.
     Reamer                                 316                135,000

     John L.
     Thorndike                              321                140,000

     Jack L.
     Treynor                                346                140,000
         
        
     (1)      The Eaton Vance fund complex consists of 211 registered investment
              companies or series thereof.
     (2)      Includes $113 of deferred compensation.
     (3)      Includes $103 of deferred compensation.
     (4)      Includes $35,000 of deferred compensation.
     (5)      Includes $33,750 of deferred compensation.
         
              Trustees  of the  Portfolio who  are not  affiliated with  BMR may
     elect to  defer receipt  of all  or a  percentage of their  annual fees  in
     accordance with the  terms of a  Trustees Deferred  Compensation Plan  (the
     "Plan").   Under  the  Plan, an  eligible  Trustee may  elect  to have  his
     deferred fees invested by the Portfolio in the shares of  one or more funds
     in the  Eaton Vance Family  of Funds, and  the amount paid to  the Trustees
     under  the  Plan will  be  determined based  upon  the performance  of such
     investments.   Deferral of Trustees' fees in accordance  with the Plan will
     have a  negligible effect on  the Portfolio's assets,  liabilities, and net
     income  per  share,  and will  not  obligate  the Portfolio  to  retain the
     services  of any Trustee  or obligate  the Portfolio to  pay any particular
     level of compensation to the Trustee. 

              The  Portfolio's  Declaration  of  Trust  provides  that  it  will
     indemnify  its  Trustees  and officers  against  liabilities  and  expenses
     incurred in  connection  with litigation  in  which  they may  be  involved
     because of  their offices with  the Portfolio,  unless, as to  liability to
     the  Portfolio  or its  investors,  it  is  finally  adjudicated that  they
     engaged  in willful  misfeasance, bad faith,  gross negligence  or reckless
     disregard of the duties  involved in their offices, or unless  with respect
     to any other  matter it  is finally adjudicated  that they  did not act  in
     good faith  in the reasonable  belief that their  actions were in the  best
     interests  of   the  Portfolio.     In   the  case   of  settlement,   such
     indemnification will  not be provided  unless it has  been determined  by a

                                         B-20
<PAGE>






     court or other body approving the settlement or other disposition, or by  a
     reasonable determination, based upon a  review of readily available  facts,
     by vote of  a majority of noninterested Trustees or in a written opinion of
     independent counsel, that  such officers or  Trustees have  not engaged  in
     willful misfeasance,  bad faith, gross negligence  or reckless disregard of
     their duties.

     Item 15.  Control Persons and Principal Holder of Securities 
        
              As of January 15, 1996, EV Marathon West Virginia Municipals  Fund
     (the "Marathon  Fund"), a  series of  Eaton Vance  Municipals Trust,  owned
     approximately 97.2%  of  the value  of  the  outstanding interests  in  the
     Portfolio.  Because the Marathon Fund  controls the Portfolio, it may  take
     actions without the approval of any other investor.   The Marathon Fund has
     informed the  Portfolio that whenever  it is requested  to vote on  matters
     pertaining to  the fundamental  policies of the  Portfolio, it will  hold a
     meeting  of  shareholders and  will  cast its  votes as  instructed  by its
     shareholders.  It is anticipated  that any other investor in  the Portfolio
     which  is an investment company registered under  the 1940 Act would follow
     the same or a similar  practice.  Eaton Vance Municipals Trust is  an open-
     end management investment company organized  as a business trust  under the
     laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.
         
     Item 16.  Investment Advisory and Other Services
        
              Investment  Adviser.   The  Portfolio  engages  BMR  as investment
     adviser pursuant  to an Investment  Advisory Agreement dated  June 7, 1993.
     BMR or Eaton  Vance acts as investment adviser  to investment companies and
     various individual  and institutional  clients with  combined assets  under
     management of approximately $16 billion.
         
        
              BMR manages  the investments and affairs of  the Portfolio subject
     to the supervision of the Portfolio's Board of Trustees.  BMR furnishes  to
     the Portfolio  investment research,  advice and  supervision, furnishes  an
     investment  program and determines what  securities will be purchased, held
     or sold  by the  Portfolio and  what portion,  if any,  of the  Portfolio's
     assets  will  be  held  uninvested.    The  Investment  Advisory  Agreement
     requires BMR to  pay the salaries and fees of  all officers and Trustees of
     the Portfolio who are members of the BMR organization and all personnel  of
     BMR performing  services relating  to research  and investment  activities.
     The Portfolio  is responsible for all  expenses not expressly stated  to be
     payable by BMR under  the Investment Advisory Agreement, including, without
     implied  limitation,  (i)   expenses  of  maintaining  the   Portfolio  and
     continuing its  existence,  (ii) registration  of the  Portfolio under  the
     1940 Act, (iii)  commissions, fees and  other expenses  connected with  the
     acquisition, holding and  disposition of securities and  other investments,
     (iv) auditing, accounting  and legal expenses, (v) taxes and interest, (vi)
     governmental  fees,  (vii)  expenses  of  issue,  sale  and  redemption  of
     interests in  the Portfolio, (viii) expenses  of registering and qualifying
     the Portfolio  and  interests in  the  Portfolio  under federal  and  state
     securities laws and  of preparing and printing  registration statements  or

                                         B-21
<PAGE>






     other  offering  statements   or  memoranda  for  such   purposes  and  for
     distributing the  same to investors,  and fees and  expenses of registering
     and  maintaining registrations  of  the Portfolio  and  of the  Portfolio's
     placement  agent  as broker-dealer  or agent  under state  securities laws,
     (ix) expenses  of  reports and  notices to  investors  and of  meetings  of
     investors  and proxy  solicitations therefor,  (x)  expenses of  reports to
     governmental  officers  and  commissions,  (xi) insurance  expenses,  (xii)
     association membership  dues, (xiii)  fees, expenses  and disbursements  of
     custodians  and subcustodians for all  services to the Portfolio (including
     without   limitation   safekeeping  for   funds,   securities   and   other
     investments, keeping of books, accounts  and records, and determination  of
     net asset values,  book capital account  balances and  tax capital  account
     balances),  (xiv) fees,  expenses  and  disbursements of  transfer  agents,
     dividend disbursing  agents, investor servicing  agents and registrars  for
     all services to the Portfolio, (xv) expenses  for servicing the accounts of
     investors, (xvi) any direct charges  to investors approved by  the Trustees
     of  the Portfolio,  (xvii)  compensation and  expenses  of Trustees  of the
     Portfolio who are  not members of  the BMR  organization, and (xviii)  such
     nonrecurring  items as may arise, including expenses incurred in connection
     with  litigation,  proceedings   and  claims  and  the  obligation  of  the
     Portfolio to  indemnify its Trustees,  officers and investors with  respect
     thereto.
         
        
              For a description of the compensation that the Portfolio pays  BMR
     under the Investment Advisory Agreement, see  "Management of the Portfolio"
     in Part  A.  As  at September  30, 1995,  the Portfolio had  net assets  of
     $40,835,061.  For  the fiscal year ended  September 30, 1995, absent  a fee
     reduction,  the Portfolio  would  have paid  BMR  advisory fees  of $98,033
     (equivalent  to 0.24% of the Portfolio's average  daily net assets for such
     year).  To  enhance the net income  of the Portfolio, BMR  made a reduction
     of its advisory  fee in the amount  of $32,526.  For the  fiscal year ended
     September 30,  1994, absent a fee reduction,  the Portfolio would have paid
     BMR advisory  fees  of $82,158  (equivalent  to  0.23% of  the  Portfolio's
     average daily net assets for such year).  To enhance the  net income of the
     Portfolio,  BMR made a reduction of its  advisory fee in the full amount of
     such fee.   For the period  from the start  of business, June  11, 1993, to
     the fiscal  year  ended September  30, 1993,  absent a  fee reduction,  the
     Portfolio would have paid BMR advisory fees of $6,768 (equivalent to  0.15%
     (annualized) of the  Portfolio's average daily net assets for such period).
     To  enhance the net  income of the Portfolio,  BMR made a  reduction of its
     advisory  fee in  the full  amount of  such  fee, and  BMR was  allocated a
     portion of the  expenses related to the  operation of the Portfolio  in the
     amount of $2,559.
         
        
              The Investment Advisory Agreement with BMR remains in effect until
     February 28, 1996.   It may be continued indefinitely thereafter so long as
     such continuance after February 28, 1996 is approved at  least annually (i)
     by the vote  of a majority  of the  Trustees of the  Portfolio who are  not
     interested persons of the  Portfolio or of BMR cast in person  at a meeting
     specifically called for the purpose of voting on such approval and (ii)  by

                                         B-22
<PAGE>






     the Board of  Trustees of the  Portfolio or  by vote of  a majority of  the
     outstanding  voting securities  of  the Portfolio.    The Agreement  may be
     terminated at  any time without penalty on sixty  (60) days' written notice
     by the Board  of Trustees of  either party, or by  vote of the majority  of
     the outstanding voting  securities of the Portfolio, and the Agreement will
     terminate automatically  in the  event of  its assignment.   The  Agreement
     provides that  BMR  may render  services  to  others and  engage  in  other
     business  activities   and  may  permit   other  fund  clients  and   other
     corporations and  organizations to use  the words "Eaton  Vance" or "Boston
     Management and Research" in their names.  The  Agreement also provides that
     BMR  shall not  be liable  for any  loss  incurred in  connection with  the
     performance  of  its   duties,  or  action  taken  or  omitted  under  that
     Agreement,  in  the  absence  of  willful  misfeasance,  bad  faith,  gross
     negligence in the  performance of its duties  or by reason of  its reckless
     disregard  of its  obligations  and duties  thereunder,  or for  any losses
     sustained in the  acquisition, holding or  disposition of  any security  or
     other investment.
         
        
              BMR is a wholly-owned  subsidiary of Eaton Vance.  Eaton Vance and
     EV are both  wholly-owned subsidiaries  of EVC.   BMR and  Eaton Vance  are
     both Massachusetts business trusts, and EV is the trustee of BMR and  Eaton
     Vance.   The Directors of EV  are Landon T.  Clay, H. Day  Brigham, Jr., M.
     Dozier  Gardner,  James  B. Hawkes,  and  Benjamin  A.  Rowland,  Jr.   The
     Directors of EVC consist of the same persons and  John G.L. Cabot and Ralph
     Z. Sorenson.   Mr. Clay is chairman and Mr.  Gardner is president and chief
     executive officer  of EVC, BMR, Eaton Vance and EV.   All of the issued and
     outstanding shares  of Eaton  Vance and EV  are owned by  EVC.  All  of the
     issued and outstanding  shares of BMR are owned by Eaton Vance.  All shares
     of  the outstanding Voting  Common Stock of EVC  are deposited  in a Voting
     Trust, which  expires on December  31, 1996, the  Voting Trustees of  which
     are  Messrs.  Clay, Brigham,  Gardner,  Hawkes  and  Rowland.   The  Voting
     Trustees have unrestricted voting rights  for the election of  Directors of
     EVC.   All  of the  outstanding  voting trust  receipts issued  under  said
     Voting  Trust are owned by  certain of the officers of  BMR and Eaton Vance
     who are also  officers and Directors  of EVC  and EV.   As of December  31,
     1995, Messrs. Clay, Gardner and Hawkes each owned 24% of such voting  trust
     receipts, and Messrs.  Rowland and Brigham owned 15% and 13%, respectively,
     of  such voting trust  receipts.  Messrs. Hawkes  and Otis  are officers or
     Trustees of the Portfolio and are  members of the EVC, BMR, Eaton Vance and
     EV organizations.  Messrs. Browse, Fetter, MacIntosh, Murphy, O'Connor  and
     Woodbury  and Ms.  Sanders  are  officers of  the  Portfolio and  are  also
     members of the BMR,  Eaton Vance  and EV organizations.   BMR will  receive
     the fees paid under the Investment Advisory Agreement.
         
        
              Eaton Vance owns  all of the stock of Energex  Energy Corporation,
     which is engaged in oil and gas  operations.  In addition, Eaton Vance owns
     all of the  stock of Northeast Properties,  Inc., which is engaged  in real
     estate investment, consulting  and management.   EVC owns all of  the stock
     of Fulcrum  Management, Inc.  and MinVen  Inc.,  which are  engaged in  the
     development of precious  metal properties.  EVC also  owns 24% of the Class

                                         B-23
<PAGE>






     A  shares  of  Lloyd  George  Management  (B.V.I.)  Limited,  a  registered
     investment adviser.   EVC,  BMR, Eaton  Vance and  EV may  also enter  into
     other businesses.
         
              EVC and its affiliates and their officers and employees from  time
     to time  have transactions with  various banks, including  the custodian of
     the Portfolio,  Investors  Bank &  Trust  Company.   It  is  Eaton  Vance's
     opinion that  the terms and  conditions of such  transactions were  not and
     will not  be  influenced  by  existing  or  potential  custodial  or  other
     relationships between the Portfolio and such banks.
        
              Custodian.   Investors  Bank  &  Trust Company  ("IBT"),  89 South
     Street, Boston,  Massachusetts, acts as  custodian for the  Portfolio.  IBT
     has the custody  of all of  the Portfolio's assets,  maintains the  general
     ledger  of  the Portfolio,  and  computes  the  daily net  asset  value  of
     interests  in the Portfolio.   In  such capacity  it attends to  details in
     connection with the sale, exchange,  substitution or transfer of,  or other
     dealings  with, the  Portfolio's investments,  receives  and disburses  all
     funds,  and performs  various  other  ministerial  duties upon  receipt  of
     proper  instructions  from the  Portfolio.    IBT  charges  fees which  are
     competitive within the industry.   A portion of the fee relates to custody,
     bookkeeping and  valuation  services and  is  based  upon a  percentage  of
     Portfolio net assets and a portion of the  fee relates to activity charges,
     primarily the  number  of portfolio  transactions.    These fees  are  then
     reduced by a credit for  cash balances of the particular investment company
     at the  custodian equal to  75% of the  91-day, U.S. Treasury Bill  auction
     rate  applied  to   the  particular  investment  company's   average  daily
     collected balances for the week.  Landon T. Clay, a Director  of EVC and an
     officer,  Trustee  or  Director  of  other  entities  in  the  Eaton  Vance
     organization,  owns approximately  13%  of the  voting  stock of  Investors
     Financial Services  Corp., the holding  company parent of  IBT.  Management
     believes  that  such  ownership  does  not  create  an  affiliated   person
     relationship  between the Portfolio  and IBT under the  1940 Act.   For the
     fiscal year ended September  30, 1995, the  Portfolio paid IBT $19,975  for
     its services as custodian.
         
              Independent Certified Public  Accountants.  Deloitte & Touche LLP,
     125 Summer  Street, Boston,  Massachusetts, are  the independent  certified
     public accountants of  the Portfolio, providing audit services,  tax return
     preparation,  and   assistance  and  consultation   with  respect  to   the
     preparation of filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

     Item 17.  Brokerage Allocation and Other Practices

              Decisions   concerning  the   execution  of   portfolio   security
     transactions,  including  the selection  of  the market  and  the executing
     firm, are  made by  BMR.   BMR  is also  responsible for  the execution  of
     transactions for all other accounts managed by it.

              BMR places  the portfolio  security transactions  of the Portfolio
     and of all  other accounts  managed by it  for execution  with many  firms.
     BMR  uses  its best  efforts  to  obtain  execution  of portfolio  security

                                         B-24
<PAGE>






     transactions at  prices  that are  advantageous  to  the Portfolio  and  at
     reasonably  competitive spreads  or (when a  disclosed commission  is being
     charged)  at reasonably  competitive  commission rates.    In seeking  such
     execution,  BMR will use  its best  judgment in  evaluating the terms  of a
     transaction  and  will  give  consideration  to  various  relevant  factors
     including, without  limitation, the size  and type of  the transaction, the
     nature and character of the  market for the security,  the confidentiality,
     speed and  certainty of effective  execution required for the  transaction,
     the  general execution and operational  capabilities of the executing firm,
     the  reputation, reliability,  experience and  financial  condition of  the
     firm, the  value and quality of the  services rendered by the  firm in this
     and  other   transactions,  and  the   reasonableness  of  the  spread   or
     commission, if  any.   Municipal  obligations  purchased  and sold  by  the
     Portfolio are  generally traded  in the  over-the-counter market  on a  net
     basis (i.e.,  without commission) through  broker-dealers and banks  acting
     for their  own  account  rather  than  as  brokers,  or  otherwise  involve
     transactions directly  with the  issuer of  such obligations.   Such  firms
     attempt  to profit from  such transactions by buying  at the  bid price and
     selling at the  higher asked price of the  market for such obligations, and
     the difference between the bid and asked  prices is customarily referred to
     as the spread.  The Portfolio may also  purchase municipal obligations from
     underwriters,  the  cost  of   which  may  include  undisclosed  fees   and
     concessions to  the  underwriters.    While  it  is  anticipated  that  the
     Portfolio  will not  pay significant  brokerage  commissions in  connection
     with such portfolio  security transactions, on occasion it may be necessary
     or  appropriate to  purchase or  sell a  security  through a  broker on  an
     agency  basis,  in   which  case  the  Portfolio  will  incur  a  brokerage
     commission.    Although  spreads  or  commissions   on  portfolio  security
     transactions will, in  the judgment of  BMR, be  reasonable in relation  to
     the value of  the services provided, spreads or commissions exceeding those
     that another firm  might charge may be  paid to firms who  were selected to
     execute transactions on  behalf of the  Portfolio and  BMR's other  clients
     for providing brokerage and research services to BMR.

              As authorized in  Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange  Act of
     1934, a broker or  dealer who executes a portfolio transaction on behalf of
     the Portfolio may receive a commission  that is in excess of the  amount of
     commission another broker or dealer  would have charged for  effecting that
     transaction if  BMR  determines in  good  faith  that such  commission  was
     reasonable in  relation to the value of the brokerage and research services
     provided.   This determination  may be  made either  on the  basis of  that
     particular transaction  or on the  basis of  overall responsibilities  that
     BMR  and  its  affiliates  have  for  accounts  over  which  they  exercise
     investment discretion.   In  making any  such determination,  BMR will  not
     attempt to place  a specific  dollar value  on the  brokerage and  research
     services provided or  to determine what portion of the commission should be
     related to  such services.   Brokerage  and research  services may  include
     advice as  to the value  of securities, the  advisability of investing  in,
     purchasing  or selling  securities, and  the availability  of securities or
     purchasers  or  sellers  of securities;  furnishing  analyses  and  reports
     concerning issuers, industries,  securities, economic  factors and  trends,
     portfolio strategy  and the performance  of accounts; effecting  securities

                                         B-25
<PAGE>






     transactions  and   performing  functions   incidental  thereto  (such   as
     clearance and settlement); and the  "Research Services" referred to  in the
     next paragraph.

              It is a common practice of the investment advisory industry and of
     the advisers of investment  companies, institutions and other  investors to
     receive research,  statistical  and quotation  services, data,  information
     and other services,  products and materials  that assist  such advisers  in
     the  performance of their investment responsibilities ("Research Services")
     from  broker-dealer  firms  that execute  portfolio  transactions  for  the
     clients  of  such  advisers  and   from  third  parties  with   which  such
     broker-dealers  have arrangements.    Consistent  with this  practice,  BMR
     receives  Research Services  from many  broker-dealer firms  with which BMR
     places  the Portfolio's  transactions  and from  third  parties with  which
     these broker-dealers  have arrangements.   These Research Services  include
     such matters as general economic  and market reviews, industry  and company
     reviews,   evaluations  of   securities   and  portfolio   strategies   and
     transactions and recommendations  as to the purchase and sale of securities
     and   other   portfolio  transactions,   financial,   industry  and   trade
     publications,  news  and  information   services,  pricing  and   quotation
     equipment and services, and research oriented  computer hardware, software,
     data bases and  services.  Any particular Research Service obtained through
     a  broker-dealer may  be used  by  BMR in  connection with  client accounts
     other than those  accounts that pay commissions to such broker-dealer.  Any
     such  Research Service  may  be  broadly useful  and  of  value to  BMR  in
     rendering investment advisory services to  all or a significant  portion of
     its  clients, or may be relevant and useful  for the management of only one
     client's account or of only a  few clients' accounts, or may be useful  for
     the  management  of  merely  a   segment  of  certain  clients'   accounts,
     regardless of whether any  such account or accounts paid commissions to the
     broker-dealer  through  which  such Research  Service  was  obtained.   The
     advisory  fee paid  by the  Portfolio is  not reduced because  BMR receives
     such  Research Services.    BMR evaluates  the nature  and  quality of  the
     various  Research  Services  obtained   through  broker-dealer  firms   and
     attempts to allocate  sufficient commissions to  such firms  to ensure  the
     continued receipt  of Research Services that BMR believes  are useful or of
     value to it in rendering investment advisory services to its clients.

              Subject to the requirement that BMR shall use  its best efforts to
     seek and  execute portfolio  security transactions  at advantageous  prices
     and  at  reasonably  competitive  spreads  or  commission  rates,  BMR   is
     authorized to consider as a  factor in the selection of any  firm with whom
     portfolio orders  may be  placed the  fact that  such firm has  sold or  is
     selling shares  of any investment company sponsored  by BMR or Eaton Vance.
     This policy is not  inconsistent with a rule of the National Association of
     Securities  Dealers,  Inc., which  rule  provides that  no  firm that  is a
     member  of the  Association  shall favor  or  disfavor the  distribution of
     shares  of  any  particular  investment  company  or  group  of  investment
     companies on the  basis of brokerage  commissions received  or expected  by
     such firm from any source.

              Municipal obligations considered  as investments for the Portfolio

                                         B-26
<PAGE>






     may also  be appropriate for  other investment  accounts managed by  BMR or
     its affiliates.   BMR will attempt to allocate equitably portfolio security
     transactions  among  the   Portfolio  and  the  portfolios  of   its  other
     investment  accounts  purchasing municipal  obligations  whenever decisions
     are made to  purchase or sell securities  by the Portfolio and  one or more
     of such other  accounts simultaneously.   In making  such allocations,  the
     main factors to be considered  are the respective investment  objectives of
     the  Portfolio and  such  other accounts,  the  relative size  of portfolio
     holdings of the  same or comparable  securities, the  availability of  cash
     for investment by the Portfolio  and such accounts, the size of  investment
     commitments  generally held  by  the Portfolio  and  such accounts  and the
     opinions of  the persons  responsible for  recommending investments to  the
     Portfolio  and  such  accounts.     While  this  procedure  could   have  a
     detrimental effect on the  price or amount of  the securities available  to
     the Portfolio from time  to time, it is the opinion  of the Trustees of the
     Portfolio that the  benefits available from the  BMR organization  outweigh
     any   disadvantage  that   may   arise   from  exposure   to   simultaneous
     transactions.
        
              For the fiscal year  ended September 30, 1995, for the fiscal year
     ended September 30,  1994, and for the  period from the start  of business,
     June 11, 1993,  to the fiscal year ended  September 30, 1993, the Portfolio
     paid no brokerage commissions on portfolio transactions.
         
     Item 18.  Capital Stock and Other Securities

              Under  the  Portfolio's Declaration  of  Trust,  the  Trustees are
     authorized to issue interests in the Portfolio.  Investors are entitled  to
     participate pro rata  in distributions of  taxable income,  loss, gain  and
     credit  of the Portfolio.  Upon dissolution  of the Portfolio, the Trustees
     shall liquidate  the assets of the  Portfolio and apply and  distribute the
     proceeds thereof  as follows: (a)  first, to the  payment of all debts  and
     obligations  of   the  Portfolio  to   third  parties  including,   without
     limitation, the retirement  of outstanding debt, including any debt owed to
     holders of  record  of interests  in  the  Portfolio ("Holders")  or  their
     affiliates, and the expenses of liquidation, and  to the setting up of  any
     reserves  for contingencies  which  may be  necessary;  and (b)  second, in
     accordance with the Holders' positive  Book Capital Account balances  after
     adjusting Book  Capital Accounts  for certain  allocations provided in  the
     Declaration of Trust and in  accordance with the requirements  described in
     Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(b)(2).   Notwithstanding the
     foregoing, if the Trustees  shall determine that an immediate sale  of part
     or  all of  the assets  of  the Portfolio  would cause  undue  loss to  the
     Holders,  the Trustees,  in  order to  avoid such  loss, may,  after having
     given notification to all  the Holders, to  the extent not then  prohibited
     by the law  of any jurisdiction in  which the Portfolio  is then formed  or
     qualified and applicable  in the circumstances, either defer liquidation of
     and withhold  from distribution  for a  reasonable time any  assets of  the
     Portfolio  except  those necessary  to  satisfy the  Portfolio's  debts and
     obligations  or  distribute  the  Portfolio's  assets  to  the  Holders  in
     liquidation.   Interests in the  Portfolio have  no preference, preemptive,
     conversion or similar rights and  are fully paid and  nonassessable, except

                                         B-27
<PAGE>






     as set forth below.   Interests  in the Portfolio  may not be  transferred.
     Certificates  representing an  investor's  interest  in the  Portfolio  are
     issued only upon the written request of a Holder.

              Each Holder is entitled to vote in proportion to the amount of its
     interest in the  Portfolio.  Holders do not  have cumulative voting rights.
     The Portfolio is  not required and has no  current intention to hold annual
     meetings  of Holders, but the Portfolio will  hold meetings of Holders when
     in the  judgment of the Portfolio's  Trustees it is necessary  or desirable
     to submit matters to a vote of Holders at a meeting.   Any action which may
     be taken by Holders  may be taken without a meeting if Holders holding more
     than  50% of  all interests  entitled  to vote  (or such  larger proportion
     thereof as  shall be required by  any express provision  of the Declaration
     of  Trust of  the  Portfolio) consent  to  the action  in  writing and  the
     consents are filed with the records of meetings of Holders.

              The Portfolio's  Declaration of  Trust may be amended  by vote  of
     Holders of  more than 50% of all interests  in the Portfolio at any meeting
     of Holders or by an  instrument in writing without a meeting, executed by a
     majority of the Trustees and  consented to by the Holders of more  than 50%
     of  all interests.   The Trustees may also  amend the  Declaration of Trust
     (without the vote or consent of Holders) to change the Portfolio's name  or
     the state or  other jurisdiction whose law  shall be the governing  law, to
     supply  any   omission  or  cure,  correct  or  supplement  any  ambiguous,
     defective or inconsistent  provision, to conform the  Declaration of  Trust
     to applicable  Federal law  or regulations  or to the  requirements of  the
     Code, or  to change,  modify or rescind  any provision, provided  that such
     change, modification  or rescission  is determined  by the  Trustees to  be
     necessary or appropriate  and not to  have a  materially adverse effect  on
     the financial interests  of the Holders.   No amendment of  the Declaration
     of  Trust which  would  change  any rights  with  respect to  any  Holder's
     interest  in the  Portfolio  by reducing  the  amount payable  thereon upon
     liquidation of the Portfolio may be made,  except with the vote or  consent
     of  the  Holders  of  two-thirds  of  all  interests.    References in  the
     Declaration of  Trust  and  in  Part  A or  this  Part  B  to  a  specified
     percentage of,  or fraction of,  interests in the  Portfolio, means Holders
     whose  combined Book  Capital  Account  balances represent  such  specified
     percentage or  fraction of  the combined  Book Capital  Account balance  of
     all, or a specified group of, Holders.

              The Portfolio may merge or consolidate with any other corporation,
     association, trust  or other organization  or may sell  or exchange all  or
     substantially  all of  its assets  upon such  terms and conditions  and for
     such consideration  when and  as authorized by  the Holders  of (a) 67%  or
     more of  the  interests in  the  Portfolio present  or represented  at  the
     meeting of  Holders, if  Holders  of more  than 50%  of all  interests  are
     present or  represented by proxy,  or (b) more  than 50% of all  interests,
     whichever is less.   The Portfolio may be terminated (i) by the affirmative
     vote  of  Holders of  not  less than  two-thirds  of all  interests  at any
     meeting  of  Holders or  by  an instrument  in writing  without  a meeting,
     executed by a majority  of the Trustees and consented to by  Holders of not
     less than two-thirds  of all interests, or (ii)  by the Trustees by written

                                         B-28
<PAGE>






     notice to the Holders.
        
              In accordance  with the Declaration of  Trust, there normally will
     be  no meetings  of the  investors  for the  purpose  of electing  Trustees
     unless and until such time as less than a majority of the Trustees  holding
     office have been elected by investors.   In such an event, the Trustees  of
     the  Portfolio then  in  office will  call  an investors'  meeting for  the
     election of Trustees.  Except  for the foregoing circumstances,  and unless
     removed  by action  of  the investors  in  accordance with  the Portfolio's
     Declaration of Trust,  the Trustees shall continue  to hold office and  may
     appoint successor Trustees.
         
        
              The Declaration  of Trust provides that no person shall serve as a
     Trustee if investors holding  two-thirds of the outstanding  interests have
     removed him  from that  office either by  a written declaration  filed with
     the Portfolio's  custodian or by  votes cast at  a meeting called for  that
     purpose.   The Declaration  of Trust  further provides  that under  certain
     circumstances, the  investors may call  a meeting to  remove a  Trustee and
     that the Portfolio  is required to provide assistance in communicating with
     investors about such a meeting.
         
        
              The  Portfolio is organized as a trust under the laws of the State
     of New York.   Investors in  the Portfolio will  be held personally  liable
     for its obligations  and liabilities, subject, however,  to indemnification
     by the  Portfolio in  the event that  there is imposed  upon an  investor a
     greater portion  of the liabilities  and obligations of  the Portfolio than
     its proportionate  interest in  the Portfolio.   The  Portfolio intends  to
     maintain fidelity  and errors and  omissions  insurance  deemed adequate by
     the Trustees.  Therefore, the risk of  an investor incurring financial loss
     on account of investor liability is limited to  circumstances in which both
     inadequate insurance exists and the Portfolio itself is unable to  meet its
     obligations.
         
              The Declaration of Trust further provides  that obligations of the
     Portfolio are not binding upon the Trustees  individually but only upon the
     property of the Portfolio and that the Trustees will  not be liable for any
     action or failure to  act, but nothing in the Declaration of Trust protects
     a Trustee against  any liability to which he  would otherwise be subject by
     reason of willful  misfeasance, bad  faith, gross  negligence, or  reckless
     disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his office.

     Item 19.  Purchase, Redemption and Pricing of Securities 

              Interests in the Portfolio are issued solely in  private placement
     transactions that do not involve  any "public offering" within  the meaning
     of Section 4(2) of the Securities Act  of 1933.  See "Purchase of Interests
     in the Portfolio" and "Redemption or Decrease of Interest" in Part A.

     Item 20.  Tax Status


                                         B-29
<PAGE>






        
              The Portfolio has  been advised by tax counsel that,  provided the
     Portfolio is operated at all  times during its existence in accordance with
     certain organizational and  operational documents, the Portfolio  should be
     classified as  a partnership  under the Internal  Revenue Code of  1986, as
     amended (the "Code"), and it should not be a "publicly traded  partnership"
     within  the  meaning of  Section  7704  of  the  Code.   Consequently,  the
     Portfolio does  not expect  that it  will be  required to  pay any  federal
     income  tax,  and  a  Holder will  be  required  to  take  into account  in
     determining its federal income tax  liability its share of  the Portfolio's
     income, gains, losses, deductions and tax preference items.
         
        
              Under Subchapter  K of the Code, a partnership is considered to be
     either an aggregate of  its members or a separate entity depending upon the
     factual  and  legal  context  in  which  the  question  arises.  Under  the
     aggregate  approach, each partner  is treated  as an owner  of an undivided
     interest  in partnership assets and  operations. Under the entity approach,
     the partnership is  treated as a separate entity  in which partners have no
     direct  interest in  partnership assets and  operations. The  Portfolio has
     been  advised by tax  counsel that, in the  case of a Holder  that seeks to
     qualify  as a  RIC,  the aggregate  approach should  apply,  and each  such
     Holder should accordingly be  deemed to own  a proportionate share of  each
     of the assets  of the Portfolio and to  be entitled to the gross  income of
     the Portfolio attributable to that  share for purposes of  all requirements
     of Sections  851(b) and 852(b)(5) of  the Code. Further, the  Portfolio has
     been advised by  tax counsel that  each Holder that  seeks to qualify  as a
     RIC  should be deemed  to hold  its proportionate share  of the Portfolio's
     assets for the period the  Portfolio has held the assets or  for the period
     the Holder  has been an  investor in the  Portfolio, whichever  is shorter.
     Investors  should consult  their tax advisers  regarding whether the entity
     or the aggregate approach applies  to their investment in the Portfolio  in
     light of  their particular tax status and  any special tax rules applicable
     to them.
         
        
              In order  to enable  a Holder in  the Portfolio  that is otherwise
     eligible  to  qualify  as  a RIC,  the  Portfolio  intends  to satisfy  the
     requirements of Subchapter M  of the Code relating to sources of income and
     diversification of assets as if  they were applicable to the  Portfolio and
     to allocate and  permit withdrawals in a  manner that will enable  a Holder
     that  is a  RIC  to comply  with those  requirements.   The  Portfolio will
     allocate  at least  annually to each  Holder its distributive  share of the
     Portfolio's  net taxable  (if any)  and tax-exempt  investment income,  net
     realized capital  gains,  and  any  other  items  of  income,  gain,  loss,
     deduction or  credit in  a  manner intended  to comply  with the  Code  and
     applicable  Treasury regulations.   Tax counsel  has advised  the Portfolio
     that the Portfolio's  allocations of taxable  income and  loss should  have
     "economic effect" under applicable Treasury regulations.
         
        
              To the  extent the  cash  proceeds of  any withdrawal  (or,  under

                                         B-30
<PAGE>






     certain  circumstances,  such proceeds  plus  the value  of  any marketable
     securities  distributed  to  an  investor)  ("liquid  proceeds")  exceed  a
     Holder's adjusted  basis of his interest in the  Portfolio, the Holder will
     generally  realize a  gain for  federal  income tax  purposes.  If, upon  a
     complete  withdrawal (redemption  of  the  entire interest),  the  Holder's
     adjusted basis  of  his  interest  exceeds  the  liquid  proceeds  of  such
     withdrawal, the Holder  will generally realize  a loss  for federal  income
     tax purposes.   The tax consequences of  a withdrawal of  property (instead
     of or in addition to liquid proceeds)  will be different and will depend on
     the specific  factual  circumstances.   A  Holder's  adjusted basis  of  an
     interest  in the  Portfolio  will generally  be  the aggregate  prices paid
     therefor  (including the  adjusted basis  of contributed  property and  any
     gain recognized  on such  contribution), increased  by the  amounts of  the
     Holder's distributive  share of items of  income (including interest income
     exempt from  federal income tax)  and realized net  gain of the  Portfolio,
     and  reduced,  but not  below  zero, by  (i)  the amounts  of  the Holder's
     distributive share of items  of Portfolio loss, and (ii) the amount  of any
     cash distributions (including distributions of interest  income exempt from
     federal   income  tax  and  cash  distributions  on  withdrawals  from  the
     Portfolio) and  the basis to  the Holder of  any property received by  such
     Holder  other than  in  liquidation, and  (iii)  the Holder's  distributive
     share   of  the   Portfolio's  nondeductible   expenditures  not   properly
     chargeable  to capital account.  Increases or decreases in a Holder's share
     of the Portfolio's liabilities  may also result in  corresponding increases
     or decreases  in such adjusted basis.  Distributions  of liquid proceeds in
     excess  of a  Holder's adjusted  basis  in its  interest  in the  Portfolio
     immediately prior thereto  generally will result in the recognition of gain
     to the Holder in the amount of such excess.
         
        
              The Portfolio may  acquire zero coupon or  other securities issued
     with  original  issue discount.   As  the holder  of those  securities, the
     Portfolio must account for the  original issue discount (even  on municipal
     securities) that  accrues on the  securities during the  taxable year, even
     if it receives  no corresponding payment on the securities during the year.
     Because each  Holder that is  a RIC must  distribute annually substantially
     all of its  investment company taxable  income and  net tax-exempt  income,
     including  any original issue discount, to  qualify for treatment as a RIC,
     any such Holder may  be required in a  particular year to distribute  as an
     "exempt-interest  dividend"  an  amount  that  is  greater  than  its  pro-
     portionate  share  of the  total  amount  of  cash  the Portfolio  actually
     receives.  Those distributions will be made  from the Holder's cash assets,
     if any, or  from its proportionate share of  the Portfolio's cash assets or
     the proceeds of  sales of  the Portfolio's securities,  if necessary.   The
     Portfolio  may realize  capital  gains or  losses  from those  sales, which
     would  increase or decrease  the investment  company taxable  income and/or
     net capital gain (the excess of net long-term  capital gain over net short-
     term capital loss) of a Holder  that is a RIC.  In addition, any such gains
     may be realized  on the disposition of securities  held for less than three
     months.   Because of the  Short-Short Limitation (defined  below), any such
     gains would reduce  the Portfolio's ability  to sell  other securities,  or
     options or  futures contracts,  held for  less than  three  months that  it

                                         B-31
<PAGE>






     might wish to sell in the ordinary course of its portfolio management.
         
        
              Investments  in  lower rated  or  unrated  securities  may present
     special  tax issues  for the  Portfolio and  hence  to an  investor in  the
     Portfolio to the  extent actual or anticipated defaults  may be more likely
     with respect to  such securities.  Tax  rules are not entirely  clear about
     issues such as  when the Portfolio may  cease to accrue  interest, original
     issue discount, or market discount; when and  to what extent deductions may
     be taken for  bad debts or worthless  securities; how payments received  on
     obligations in  default should be allocated  between principal  and income;
     and whether  exchanges  of  debt  obligations  in  a  workout  context  are
     taxable.
         
        
              In order for  a Holder that  is a  RIC to be entitled  to pay  the
     tax-exempt   interest   income   the   Portfolio   allocates   to   it   as
     exempt-interest  dividends to  its shareholders,  the  Holder must  satisfy
     certain requirements, including  the requirement that, at the close of each
     quarter of its taxable year, at least  50% of the value of its total assets
     consists of  obligations the  interest on  which is  excludable from  gross
     income  under  Section  103(a)  of  the Code.    The  Portfolio  intends to
     concentrate its investments  in such  tax-exempt obligations  to an  extent
     that will enable a  RIC that invests its investable assets in the Portfolio
     to satisfy this 50% requirement.  
         
        
              Interest  on certain  municipal obligations  is treated  as a  tax
     preference  item  for  purposes of  the  federal  alternative  minimum tax.
     Holders  that are required to file federal  income tax returns are required
     to report  tax-exempt interest allocated to  them by the Portfolio  on such
     returns.
         
              From time to time  proposals have been introduced before  Congress
     for the  purpose  of restricting  or  eliminating  the federal  income  tax
     exemption for  interest on certain  types of municipal  obligations, and it
     can be  expected that similar  proposals may be  introduced in the  future.
     Under  federal tax  legislation  enacted in  1986,  the federal  income tax
     exemption for interest  on certain municipal obligations was  eliminated or
     restricted.    As  a  result  of  such  legislation,  the  availability  of
     municipal obligations for investment  by the Portfolio and the value of the
     Portfolio may be affected.
        
              In  the course  of  managing  its investments,  the  Portfolio may
     realize some  short-term and long-term  capital gains (and/or  losses) as a
     result  of market transactions, including sales of portfolio securities and
     rights  to when-issued  securities and  options  and futures  transactions.
     The  Portfolio may  also  realize taxable  income  from certain  short-term
     taxable  obligations,  securities  loans,  a  portion   of  original  issue
     discount with respect  to certain  stripped municipal obligations  or their
     stripped  coupons  and  certain  realized  accrued  market  discount.   Any
     allocations of such capital  gains or other taxable income to Holders would

                                         B-32
<PAGE>






     be taxable to  Holders that are  subject to tax.   However, it  is expected
     that such amounts, if any, would  normally be insubstantial in relation  to
     the tax-exempt interest earned by the Portfolio.
         
              The Portfolio's transactions in options and futures contracts will
     be subject to  special tax  rules that may  affect the  amount, timing  and
     character of its  items of income, gain  or loss and hence  the allocations
     of such  items to investors.   For example,  certain positions held by  the
     Portfolio on  the last business day of each taxable  year will be marked to
     market  (i.e., treated as  if closed  out on  such day), and  any resulting
     gain or loss will generally be treated as  60% long-term and 40% short-term
     capital  gain  or loss.    Certain  positions held  by  the  Portfolio that
     substantially diminish the Portfolio's risk  of loss with respect  to other
     positions in its  portfolio may  constitute "straddles," which  are subject
     to tax  rules that may cause  deferral of Portfolio losses,  adjustments in
     the holding  period of  Portfolio securities and  conversion of  short-term
     into long-term capital losses. 
        
         
        
              Income from transactions  in options and futures contracts derived
     by the  Portfolio with respect  to its business of  investing in securities
     will qualify as permissible income for its Holders  that are RICs under the
     requirement  that at least  90% of a RIC's  gross income  each taxable year
     consist of  specified types  of income.   However, income  from the  dispo-
     sition by  the Portfolio  of options  and futures contracts  held for  less
     than  three months will  be subject to the  requirement applicable to those
     Holders that  less than  30%  of a  RIC's gross  income each  taxable  year
     consist of certain short-term gains ("Short-Short Limitation").
         
        
              If the  Portfolio satisfies certain requirements,  any increase in
     value of a  position that is part of a "designated hedge" will be offset by
     any decrease in value  (whether realized or not) of  the offsetting hedging
     position  during  the period  of  the  hedge  for  purposes of  determining
     whether the  Holders  that are  RICs  satisfy the  Short-Short  Limitation.
     Thus,  only the  net  gain  (if any)  from  the  designated hedge  will  be
     included  in gross income  for purposes of that  limitation.  The Portfolio
     will consider whether it  should seek to qualify for this treatment for its
     hedging transactions.  To the extent the Portfolio does not so qualify,  it
     may be  forced to defer  the closing out  of options and futures  contracts
     beyond the time  when it otherwise would be advantageous to do so, in order
     for Holders that are RICs to continue to qualify as such.
         
              Interest on indebtedness incurred  or continued by an  investor to
     purchase or carry  an investment in the Portfolio  is not deductible to the
     extent it is  deemed attributable to the investor's investment, through the
     Portfolio,  in   tax-exempt  obligations.     Further,   persons  who   are
     "substantial  users"  (or  persons  related  to   "substantial  users")  of
     facilities financed  by industrial  development or  private activity  bonds
     should  consult  their tax  advisers  before  investing  in the  Portfolio.
     "Substantial  user"  is  defined  in  applicable  Treasury  regulations  to

                                         B-33
<PAGE>






     include a  "non-exempt person" who  regularly uses  in trade or  business a
     part of a  facility financed from  the proceeds  of industrial  development
     bonds and would  likely be interpreted  to include  private activity  bonds
     issued to finance similar facilities.

              An entity that is treated as a partnership under the Code, such as
     the Portfolio,  is generally treated as a partnership under state and local
     tax  laws, but  certain  states may  have  different entity  classification
     criteria and may  therefore reach a  different conclusion.   Entities  that
     are  classified  as  partnerships  are  not  treated  as  separate  taxable
     entities  under  most state  and  local  tax  laws,  and the  income  of  a
     partnership is considered  to be income of  partners both in timing  and in
     character.    The exemption  of  interest  income  for  federal income  tax
     purposes does  not necessarily result in exemption under  the income or tax
     laws of  any state  or local  taxing authority.   The  laws of the  various
     states  and local taxing  authorities vary with respect  to the taxation of
     such interest income,  as well as to  the status of a  partnership interest
     under state  and local  tax laws,  and each  holder of  an interest  in the
     Portfolio is advised to consult his own tax adviser.

              The foregoing  discussion does  not address the  special tax rules
     applicable  to certain  classes of investors,  such as tax-exempt entities,
     insurance companies and  financial institutions.  Investors  should consult
     their own tax advisers  with respect to special tax rules that may apply in
     their particular situations,  as well as  the state, local  or foreign  tax
     consequences of investing in the Portfolio.

     Item 21.  Underwriters

              The placement agent for the Portfolio is Eaton Vance Distributors,
     Inc.,  which  receives  no  compensation  for  serving  in  this  capacity.
     Investment  companies,  common  and  commingled  trust  funds  and  similar
     organizations and entities may continuously invest in the Portfolio.

     Item 22.  Calculation of Performance Data

     Not applicable.

     Item 23.  Financial Statements
        
              The following audited financial statements of the Portfolio, which
     are  included in  the Annual  Report to  Shareholders of  EV Marathon  West
     Virginia Tax Free  Fund for the fiscal  year ended September 30,  1995, are
     incorporated by  reference into this  Part B and have  been so incorporated
     in  reliance  upon the  report  of  Deloitte  and  Touche LLP,  independent
     certified public accountants, as experts in accounting and auditing.  
         
        
              Portfolio of Investments as of September 30, 1995
              Statement of Assets and Liabilities as of September 30, 1995
              Statement of Operations  for the fiscal year  ended September  30,
              1995

                                         B-34
<PAGE>






              Statement of  Changes in  Net  Assets for  the fiscal  year  ended
              September  30, 1995, and  for the fiscal year  ended September 30,
              1994
              Supplementary Data for  the fiscal year ended  September 30, 1995,
              for the fiscal year ended  September 30, 1994, and  for the period
              from the start of business, June 11, 1993, to September 30, 1993
              Notes to Financial Statements
              Independent Auditors' Report
         
        
              For  purposes  of  the  EDGAR filing  of  this  amendment  to  the
     Portfolio's  registration   statement,   the  Portfolio   incorporates   by
     reference  the  above   audited  financial  statements  of   the  Portfolio
     contained in  the  Annual  Report  to  Shareholders  of  EV  Marathon  West
     Virginia  Tax Free Fund  for the fiscal year  ended September  30, 1995, as
     previously   filed  electronically   with   the  Securities   and  Exchange
     Commission (Accession Number 0000950135-95-002502).
         



































                                         B-35
<PAGE>






                                       APPENDIX

                          Description of Securities Ratings+

                           Moody's Investors Service, Inc.

     Municipal Bonds

     Aaa: Bonds which are rated Aaa  are judged to be of the best quality.  They
     carry the smallest degree of investment risk and  are generally referred to
     as  "gilt edged."   Interest payments  are protected  by a  large or  by an
     exceptionally stable margin  and principal is  secure.   While the  various
     protective  elements  are   likely  to  change,  such  changes  as  can  be
     visualized are most  unlikely to  impair the fundamentally  strong position
     of such issues.

     Aa: Bonds  which are  rated Aa  are judged  to be  of high  quality by  all
     standards.   Together with the  Aaa group they  comprise what are generally
     known  as high  grade bonds.   They  are rated  lower  than the  best bonds
     because margins of protection may  not be as large as in Aaa  securities or
     fluctuation of protective  elements may be  of greater  amplitude or  there
     may  be  other  elements  present  which make  the  long  term  risk appear
     somewhat larger than the Aaa securities.

     A: Bonds which  are rated A  possess many  favorable investment  attributes
     and  are  to be  considered  as  upper-medium-grade obligations.    Factors
     giving security  to  principal and  interest are  considered adequate,  but
     elements  may be  present  which  suggest  a susceptibility  to  impairment
     sometime in the future.

     Baa: Bonds which are rated  Baa are considered as  medium-grade obligations
     (i.e., they are  neither highly protected  nor poorly  secured).   Interest
     payments  and  principal  security  appear  adequate  for  the  present but
     certain protective  elements may  be lacking or  may be  characteristically
     unreliable over  any great length  of time.   Such  bonds lack  outstanding
     investment characteristics and in fact have  speculative characteristics as
     well.

     Ba: Bonds  which are  rated  Ba are  judged to  have speculative  elements;
     their  future cannot be considered  as well assured.   Often the protection
     of interest  and principal payments  may be very  moderate and  thereby not
     well  safeguarded  during  other  good  and  bad  times  over  the  future.
     Uncertainty of position characterizes bonds in this class.


     ---------------
     + The ratings indicated  herein are believed to be the most  recent ratings
     available at the  date of this  Registration Statement  for the  securities
     listed.    Ratings  are  generally  given  to securities  at  the  time  of
     issuance.   While the  rating agencies may  from time  to time revise  such
     ratings, they undertake no obligation  to do so, and the  ratings indicated
     do not  necessarily  represent  ratings  which  would  be  given  to  these

                                         a-1
<PAGE>






     securities on the date of the Portfolio's fiscal year end.

     B: Bonds which are rated  B generally lack characteristics of the desirable
     investment.     Assurance   of  interest  and   principal  payments  or  of
     maintenance of  other terms of  the contract over  any long period of  time
     may be small.

     Caa: Bonds which are rated  Caa are of poor  standing.  Such issues may  be
     in default  or there  may be  present elements  of danger  with respect  to
     principal or interest.

     Ca: Bonds  which are rated  Ca represent obligations  which are speculative
     in  a high degree.  Such  issues are often in default  or have other marked
     shortcomings.

     C: Bonds which are rated  C are the lowest rated class of bonds, and issues
     so  rated can  be  regarded  as having  extremely  poor  prospects of  ever
     attaining any real investment standing.

     Absence of Rating: Where no rating has been assigned or  where a rating has
     been  suspended  or withdrawn,  it  may  be for  reasons  unrelated to  the
     quality of the issue. 

     Should no rating be assigned, the reason may be one of the following:

              1.      An application for rating was not received or accepted.
              2.      The issue  or issuer belongs  to a group  of securities or
                      companies that are not rated as a matter of policy.
              3.      There is  a lack of essential data pertaining to the issue
     or issuer.
              4.      The issue was privately  placed, in which case  the rating
                      is not published in Moody's publications.

     Suspension or  withdrawal  may  occur if  new  and  material  circumstances
     arise, the effects  of which preclude satisfactory analysis; if there is no
     longer available  reasonable up-to-date  data to  permit a  judgment to  be
     formed; if a bond is called for redemption; or for other reasons.

     Note:   Moody's applies  numerical modifiers, 1, 2,  and 3  in each generic
     rating classification  from  Aa through  B  in  its corporate  bond  rating
     system.   The modifier 1  indicates that the  security ranks in the  higher
     end of  its generic rating category;  the modifier 2 indicates  a mid-range
     ranking; and the modifier  3 indicates  that the issue  ranks in the  lower
     end of its generic rating category.

     Municipal Short-Term Obligations

     Ratings:   Moody's ratings for  state and municipal short-term  obligations
     will be  designated  Moody's  Investment  Grade  or  (MIG).    Such  rating
     recognizes the differences  between short term  credit risk  and long  term
     risk.   Factors affecting  the liquidity  of  the borrower  and short  term
     cyclical elements are critical in  short term ratings, while  other factors

                                         a-2
<PAGE>






     of major  importance in bond  risk, long  term secular trends  for example,
     may be less important over the short run.

     A  short term  rating may  also be  assigned on  an issue  having a  demand
     feature, variable  rate demand  obligation (VRDO).   Such  ratings will  be
     designated as  VMIGI, SG or  if the  demand feature  is not rated,  NR.   A
     short term  rating on issues with demand features are differentiated by the
     use of  the VMIGI symbol  to reflect such  characteristics as  payment upon
     periodic demand rather  than fixed maturity  dates and  payment relying  on
     external liquidity.   Additionally, investors  should be alert  to the fact
     that the source  of payment may be  limited to the external  liquidity with
     no or limited legal recourse to  the issuer in the event the  demand is not
     met.

     Commercial Paper

     Moody's commercial paper ratings are opinions of the ability of issuers  to
     repay punctually promissory obligations not having an original  maturity in
     excess of 365 days.

     Issuers (or  supporting institutions) rated  Prime-1 (P-1) have a  superior
     ability for  repayment of senior  short-term debt obligations.   Prime-1 or
     P-1 repayment ability  will often  be evidenced  by many  of the  following
     characteristics:

       -      Leading market positions in well established industries.

       -      High rates of return on funds employed.

       -      Conservative  capitalization structure  with moderate  reliance on
              debt and ample asset protection.

       -      Broad margins in earnings coverage of fixed financial charges  and
              high internal cash generation.

       -      Well  established access  to  a range  of  financial  markets  and
              assured sources of alternate liquidity.

     Prime-2

     Issuers  (or supporting  institutions)  rated Prime-2  (P-2) have  a strong
     ability for repayment  of senior short-term  debt obligations.   This  will
     normally be evidenced by many of the characteristics cited above, but to  a
     lesser degree.   Earnings trends  and coverage ratios, while  sound, may be
     more subject  to variation.   Capitalization  characteristics, while  still
     appropriate, may be  more affected by external conditions.  Ample alternate
     liquidity is maintained.

     Prime-3

     Issuers  (or   supporting  institutions)  rated   Prime-3  (P-3)  have   an
     acceptable ability  for repayment  of senior short-term  obligations.   The

                                         a-3
<PAGE>






     effect of  industry characteristics  and  market compositions  may be  more
     pronounced.    Variability  in earnings  and  profitability  may  result in
     changes in  the  level of  debt  protection  measurements and  may  require
     relatively  high  financial  leverage.   Adequate  alternate  liquidity  is
     maintained.
















































                                         a-4
<PAGE>






                                  Standard & Poor's
        
         
     Investment Grade

     AAA: Debt rated  AAA has the highest rating  assigned by S&P.   Capacity to
     pay interest and repay principal is extremely strong.

     AA:  Debt rated AA has  a very strong capacity to  pay interest and differs
     from the highest rated issues only in small degree.

     A: Debt rated A  has a strong capacity to pay interest  and repay principal
     although it is  somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes
     in  circumstances  and  economic  conditions  than  debt  in  higher  rated
     categories.

     BBB: Debt  rated BBB  is regarded  as having  an adequate  capacity to  pay
     interest  and  repay  principal.    Whereas it  normally  exhibit  adequate
     protection   parameters,    adverse   economic   conditions   or   changing
     circumstances  are more  likely  to  lead to  a  weakened capacity  to  pay
     interest  and  repay principal  for debt  in this  category than  in higher
     rated categories.

     Speculative Grade

     Debt  rated BB,  B, CCC,  CC, and  C  is regarded  as having  predominantly
     speculative characteristics  with respect  to capacity to  pay interest and
     repay principal.   BB indicates the least  degree of speculation and  C the
     highest.   While such  debt will  likely have  some quality  and protective
     characteristics,  these are  outweighed  by  large uncertainties  or  major
     exposures to adverse conditions.

     BB: Debt  rated BB has  less near-term vulnerability to  default than other
     speculative  issues.   However,  it  faces major  ongoing  uncertainties or
     exposure  to adverse  business,  financial,  or economic  conditions  which
     could lead to  inadequate capacity to  meet timely  interest and  principal
     payments.  The BB  rating category  is also used  for debt subordinated  to
     senior debt that is assigned an actual or implied BBB-  rating.

     B: Debt rated  B has a greater  vulnerability to default but  currently has
     the capacity to meet interest  payments and principal repayments.   Adverse
     business, financial,  or economic conditions will likely impair capacity or
     willingness to pay interest and repay principal.  The B rating category  is
     also used for debt  subordinated to senior debt that is assigned  an actual
     or implied BB or BB- rating.

     CCC: Debt rated  CCC has a currently identifiable vulnerability to default,
     and  is  dependent   upon  favorable  business,  financial,   and  economic
     conditions to meet timely payment  of interest and repayment  of principal.
     In the event of adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, it  is
     not likely to have  the capacity to pay interest and repay  principal.  The
     CCC rating category is also used for debt subordinated to senior debt  that

                                         a-5
<PAGE>






     is assigned an actual or implied B or B- rating.

     CC: The rating CC  is typically applied to debt subordinated to senior debt
     which is assigned an actual or implied CCC debt rating.

     C: The rating  C is typically applied  to debt subordinated to  senior debt
     which is assigned an actual or implied CCC- debt rating.   The C rating may
     be used to  cover a situation where  a bankruptcy petition has  been filed,
     but debt service payments are continued.

     C1: The  Rating C1 is  reserved for income  bonds on  which no interest  is
     being paid.

     D:  Debt rated D is in payment default.  The D rating category is used when
     interest payments or principal payments are not  made on the date due  even
     if  the applicable grace  period has not expired,  unless S&P believes that
     such payments  will be made during  such grace period.   The D  rating also
     will be  used upon  the filing  of a  bankruptcy petition  if debt  service
     payments are jeopardized.

     Plus (+) or Minus (-):  The ratings from AA to  CCC may be modified  by the
     addition of  a plus  or minus  sign to  show relative  standing within  the
     major rating categories.

     p: The letter "p" indicates that the rating is provisional.  A  provisional
     rating assumes the successful completion  of the project being  financed by
     the  debt  being  rated  and   indicates  that  payment  of   debt  service
     requirements  is  largely or  entirely  dependent upon  the  successful and
     timely   completion of the project.  This rating, however, while addressing
     credit quality  subsequent to completion  of the project,  makes no comment
     on the  likelihood  of,  or  the  risk of  default  upon  failure  of  such
     completion.  The investor should exercise his own  judgment with respect to
     such likelihood and risk.

     L:  The letter  "L" indicates  that the  rating  pertains to  the principal
     amount of those bonds to  the extent that the underlying deposit collateral
     is  insured  by  the  Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Corp.  and  interest  is
     adequately collateralized.   In  the case  of certificates  of deposit  the
     letter "L" indicates  that the deposit, combined with other deposits, being
     held  in the same  right and  capacity, will  be honored for  principal and
     accrued pre-default interest up to  the federal insurance limits  within 30
     days  after closing of  the insured institution or,  in the  event that the
     deposit is assumed by a successor insured institution, upon maturity.

     NR: NR indicates no  rating has been requested, that  there is insufficient
     information  on  which to  base  a rating,  or  that S&P  does  not rate  a
     particular type of obligation as a matter of policy.

     Municipal Notes

     S&P's note ratings reflect the  liquidity concerns and market  access risks
     unique to notes.  Notes due  in 3 years or less will likely receive  a note

                                         a-6
<PAGE>






     rating.    Notes  maturing  beyond  3  years  will  most  likely receive  a
     long-term debt rating.  The following criteria will  be used in making that
     assessment:

       -      Amortization schedule  (the larger the final  maturity relative to
              other maturities the more likely it will be treated as a note).

       -      Sources  of payment (the more dependent the issue is on the market
              for  its refinancing,  the more  likely it  will  be treated  as a
              note).

     Note rating symbols are as follows:

     SP-1: Strong  capacity  to  pay  principal  and  interest.    Those  issues
     determined to possess very strong  characteristics will be given  a plus(+)
     designation.

     SP-2:  Satisfactory  capacity  to  pay  principal and  interest  with  some
     vulnerability to adverse financial and  economic changes over the  terms of
     the note.

     SP-3: Speculative capacity to pay principal and interest.

     Commercial Paper

     S&P's commercial paper ratings are  a current assessment of  the likelihood
     of timely payment of debts considered short-term in the relevant market.

     A: Issues  assigned this highest rating are regarded as having the greatest
     capacity  for timely payment.  Issues in  this category are delineated with
     the numbers 1, 2 and 3 to indicate the relative degree of safety.

     A-1: This designation  indicates that the degree of safety regarding timely
     payment is strong.   Those issues  determined to  possess extremely  strong
     safety characteristics are denoted with a plus (+) sign designation.

     A-2:  Capacity  for timely  payment  on  issues  with  this designation  is
     satisfactory.   However, the relative  degree of safety  is not as high  as
     for issues designated "A-1".

     A-3: Issues carrying  this designation  have adequate  capacity for  timely
     payment.   They are,  however, more  vulnerable to the  adverse effects  of
     changes   in   circumstances   than   obligations   carrying   the   higher
     designations.

     B: Issues  rated "B" are regarded  as having only  speculative capacity for
     timely payment.

     C: This  rating is  assigned to short  term debt obligations  with doubtful
     capacity for payment.

     D: Debt rated 'D'  is in payment default.  The 'D' rating  category is used

                                         a-7
<PAGE>






     when interest payments or principal payments are not made on the date  due,
     even if  the applicable grace period  had not expired,  unless S&P believes
     that such payments will be made during such grace period.


















































                                         a-8
<PAGE>






                            Fitch Investors Service, Inc.

     Investment Grade Bond Ratings

     AAA: Bonds  considered to  be investment  grade and  of the highest  credit
     quality.  The  obligor has an exceptionally strong  ability to pay interest
     and  repay  principal, which  is  unlikely  to  be  affected by  reasonably
     foreseeable events.

     AA:  Bonds  considered to  be  investment  grade and  of  very high  credit
     quality.   The  obligor's ability  to pay  interest and  repay principal is
     very strong, although  not quite as strong  as bonds rated 'AAA'.   Because
     bonds rated  in  the  'AAA'  and  'AA'  categories  are  not  significantly
     vulnerable to  foreseeable future  developments, short-term  debt of  these
     issuers is generally rated 'F-1+'.

     A: Bonds  considered to  be investment  grade and  of high  credit quality.
     The obligors ability to pay  interest and repay principal is  considered to
     be strong,  but  may be  more  vulnerable to  adverse  changes in  economic
     conditions and circumstances than bonds with higher ratings.

     BBB: Bonds considered  to be investment  grade and  of satisfactory  credit
     quality.  The  obligor's ability  to pay  interest and  repay principal  is
     considered to  be adequate.   Adverse  changes in  economic conditions  and
     circumstances, however, are  more likely to  have adverse  impact on  these
     bonds,  and therefore,  impair  timely payment.    The likelihood  that the
     ratings of these bonds  will fall below investment grade is higher than for
     bonds with higher ratings.

     High Yield Bond Ratings

     BB:  Bonds  are considered  speculative.    The  obligor's  ability to  pay
     interest and repay principal may be affected over time by  adverse economic
     changes.  However,  business and financial alternatives  can be  identified
     that could assist the obligor in satisfying its debt service requirements.

     B: Bonds are considered highly speculative.  While bonds in this class  are
     currently meeting debt  service requirements, the probability  of continued
     timely payment  of principal  and interest  reflects the obligor's  limited
     margin of  safety  and  the  need  for  reasonable  business  and  economic
     activity throughout the life of the issue.

     CCC:  Bonds  have  certain  identifiable  characteristics   which,  if  not
     remedied, may  lead to default.   The ability to  meet obligations requires
     an advantageous business and economic environment.

     CC: Bonds  are minimally protected.  Default in  payment of interest and/or
     principal seems probable over time.

     C: Bonds are in imminent default in payment of interest or principal.



                                         a-9
<PAGE>






     DDD,  DD,  and  D:  Bonds  are  in  default  on  interest and/or  principal
     payments.   Such bonds  are extremely speculative  and should  be valued on
     the   basis  of   their   ultimate  recovery   value   in  liquidation   or
     reorganization of the  obligor.  `DDD' represents the highest potential for
     recovery on  these  bonds, and  `D'  represents  the lowest  potential  for
     recovery.

     Plus (+)  or Minus (-): The  ratings from  AA to C  may be modified  by the
     addition of a plus  or minus sign  to indicate the  relative position of  a
     credit within the rating category.

     NR: Indicates that Fitch does not rate the specific issue.

     Conditional: A conditional rating is premised on the successful  completion
     of a project or the occurrence of a specific event.

     Investment Grade Short-Term Ratings

     Fitch's short-term  ratings apply to  debt obligations that  are payable on
     demand or  have  original  maturities  of  generally  up  to  three  years,
     including commercial  paper,  certificates of  deposit, medium-term  notes,
     and municipal and investment notes.

     F-1+: Exceptionally  Strong Credit Quality.   Issues  assigned this  rating
     are  regarded  as having  the  strongest  degree  of  assurance for  timely
     payment.

     F-1: Very Strong  Credit Quality.   Issues assigned this rating  reflect an
     assurance of  timely payment only slightly less in degree than issues rated
     'F-1+'.

     F-2: Good Credit Quality.  Issues carrying this  rating have a satisfactory
     degree of assurance for timely payment, but the margin of  safety is not as
     great as the `F-1+' and `F-1' categories.

     F-3:   Fair   Credit   Quality.     Issues   carrying   this   rating  have
     characteristics  suggesting that the degree of assurance for timely payment
     is  adequate;   however,  near-term  adverse   change  could  cause   these
     securities to be rated below investment grade.

                                   * * * * * * * *

     Notes: Bonds which  are unrated expose the  investor to risks with  respect
     to capacity  to pay interest  or repay principal  which are similar to  the
     risks  of lower-rated speculative bonds.  The Portfolio is dependent on the
     Investment Adviser's  judgment, analysis and  experience in the  evaluation
     of such bonds.

     Investors  should note  that  the assignment  of a  rating to  a bond  by a
     rating  service may not  reflect the  effect of recent  developments on the
     issuer's ability to make interest and principal payments.


                                         a-10
<PAGE>






                                       PART C 


     Item 24.  Financial Statements and Exhibits

              (a)     Financial Statements
        
                      The  financial statements  called  for  by this  Item  are
                      incorporated by  reference in Part B and listed in Item 23
                      hereof.
         
        
              (b)     Exhibits
         
        
                      1.      (a)  Declaration of Trust dated May  1, 1992 filed
                              herewith.
         
        
                              (b)  Amendment  to the Declaration of Trust  dated
                              December 8, 1995 filed herewith.
         
        
                      2.      By-Laws of the  Registrant as adopted May 1,  1992
                              filed herewith.
         
        
                      5.      Investment   Advisory   Agreement   between    the
                              Registrant  and  Boston  Management  and  Research
                              dated June 7, 1993 filed herewith.
         
        
                      6.      Placement   Agent   Agreement  with   Eaton  Vance
                              Distributors,  Inc.  dated  June   7,  1993  filed
                              herewith.
         
        
                      8.      (a)   Custodian  Agreement with  Investors Bank  &
                              Trust Company dated June 7, 1993 filed herewith.
         
        
                              (b)   Amendment to  the Custodian Agreement  dated
                              October 23, 1995 filed herewith.
         
        
                      13.     Investment  representation  letter of  Eaton Vance
                              Management dated March 22, 1993 filed herewith.
         
     Item 25.  Persons Controlled by or under Common Control with Registrant

              Not applicable.


                                         c-1
<PAGE>






     Item 26.  Number of Holders of Securities
        
                           (1)                     (2)
                                                Number of
                      Title of Class          Record Holders
                                           As of January 15, 1996

                       Interests                      3                        
         
     Item 27.  Indemnification
        
              Reference  is  hereby  made  to  Article  V  of  the  Registrant's
     Declaration of Trust, filed as Exhibit 1(a) hereto.
         
              The Trustees and  officers of the Registrant and the  personnel of
     the  Registrant's investment  adviser  are  insured  under  an  errors  and
     omissions liability insurance  policy.  The Registrant and its officers are
     also insured  under the  fidelity bond  required  by Rule  17g-1 under  the
     Investment Company Act of 1940.

     Item 28.  Business and Other Connections

              To  the  knowledge  of  the  Portfolio, none  of  the  trustees or
     officers of the  Portfolio's investment adviser, except as set forth on its
     Form ADV  as filed with the Securities and  Exchange Commission, is engaged
     in any other  business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial
     nature,  except  that  certain  trustees  and officers  also  hold  various
     positions with  and engage  in business  for affiliates  of the  investment
     adviser.

     Item 29.  Principal Underwriters

              Not applicable.

     Item 30.  Location of Accounts and Records
        
              All  applicable  accounts,  books  and  documents  required to  be
     maintained by the  Registrant by Section  31(a) of  the Investment  Company
     Act of 1940 and  the Rules promulgated thereunder are in the possession and
     custody of the Registrant's custodian,  Investors Bank & Trust  Company, 89
     South  Street,  Boston, MA    02111, and  its  transfer  agent, First  Data
     Investor Services  Group, Inc., 53  State Street, Boston,  MA  02104,  with
     the  exception  of  certain  corporate  documents   and  portfolio  trading
     documents  which are  in  the possession  and  custody of  the Registrant's
     investment  adviser  at  24  Federal  Street,  Boston,  MA    02110.    The
     Registrant is informed that  all applicable  accounts, books and  documents
     required to  be maintained  by registered  investment advisers  are in  the
     custody and possession of the Registrant's investment adviser.
         
     Item 31.  Management Services

              Not applicable.

                                         c-2
<PAGE>






     Item 32.  Undertakings

              Not applicable.


















































                                         c-3
<PAGE>






        
                                     SIGNATURES 
         
        
              Pursuant to  the requirements  of the  Investment Company  Act  of
     1940, the Registrant  has duly caused  this amendment  to the  Registration
     Statement on  Form N-1A  to be  signed on  its behalf  by the  undersigned,
     thereunto duly  authorized,  in the  City  of  Boston and  Commonwealth  of
     Massachusetts on the 24th day of January, 1996.
         
        
                                           WEST VIRGINIA MUNICIPALS PORTFOLIO
         
        
                                           By:/s/ Thomas J. Fetter
                                             -------------------------
                                              Thomas J. Fetter
                                              President
         


































                                         c-4
<PAGE>






        
                                  INDEX TO EXHIBITS
         
        
     Exhibit No.              Description of Exhibit
         
        
     1.       (a)  Declaration of Trust dated May 1, 1992 
         
        
              (b)  Amendment to the Declaration of Trust dated December 8, 1995 
         
        
     2.       By-Laws of the Registrant as adopted May 1, 1992 
         
        
     5.       Investment Advisory  Agreement between  the Registrant  and Boston
              Management and Research dated June 7, 1993 
         
        
     6.       Placement  Agent Agreement  with  Eaton Vance  Distributors,  Inc.
              dated June 7, 1993 
         
        
     8.       (a)  Custodian Agreement with Investors Bank & Trust Company dated
              June 7, 1993
         
        
              (b)  Amendment to the Custodian Agreement dated October 23, 1995 
         
        
     13.      Investment representation  letter of Eaton Vance  Management dated
              March 22, 1993
         



















                                         c-5
<PAGE>






                           WEST VIRGINIA TAX FREE PORTFOLIO

                             ----------------------------

                                DECLARATION OF TRUST

                               Dated as of May 1, 1992
<PAGE>






                                  TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                                                               
     PAGE


     ARTICLE I--The Trust  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1

              Section 1.1      Name  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1
              Section 1.2      Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1

     ARTICLE II--Trustees  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3

              Section 2.1      Number and Qualification  . . . . . . . . . .   3
              Section 2.2      Term and Election . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3
              Section 2.3      Resignation, Removal and Retirement . . . . .   3
              Section 2.4      Vacancies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4
              Section 2.5      Meetings  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4
              Section 2.6      Officers; Chairman of the Board . . . . . . .   5
              Section 2.7      By-Laws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   5

     ARTICLE III--Powers of Trustees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   5

              Section 3.1      General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   5
              Section 3.2      Investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   5
              Section 3.3      Legal Title . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   6
              Section 3.4      Sale and Increases of Interests . . . . . . .   6
              Section 3.5      Decreases and Redemptions of Interests  . . .   7
              Section 3.6      Borrow Money  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   7
              Section 3.7      Delegation; Committees  . . . . . . . . . . .   7
              Section 3.8      Collection and Payment  . . . . . . . . . . .   7
              Section 3.9      Expenses  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   7
              Section 3.10     Miscellaneous Powers  . . . . . . . . . . . .   7
              Section 3.11     Further Powers  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   8

     ARTICLE IV--Investment Advisory, Administration and Placement Agent
                               Arrangements  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   8

              Section 4.1      Investment Advisory, Administration and Other
                                       Arrangements  . . . . . . . . . . . .   8
              Section 4.2      Parties to Contract . . . . . . . . . . . . .   9

     ARTICLE V--Liability of Holders; Limitations of Liability of Trustees,
                               Officers, etc.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   9

              Section 5.1      Liability of Holders; Indemnification . . . .   9
              Section 5.2      Limitations of Liability of Trustees, Officers,
                                       Employees,      Agents,       Independent
                                       Contractors to Third Parties  . . . .   9
              Section 5.3      Limitations    of    Liability    of    Trustees,
                               Officers,Employees,      Agents,      Independent
                               Contractors to Trust, Holders, etc. . . . . .  10
              Section 5.4      Mandatory Indemnification . . . . . . . . . .  10

                                          i
<PAGE>






              Section 5.5      No Bond Required of Trustees  . . . . . . . .  10
              Section 5.6      No Duty of Investigation; Notice in Trust 
                                       Instruments, etc  . . . . . . . . . .  10
              Section 5.7      Reliance on Experts, etc  . . . . . . . . . .  11

     ARTICLE VI--Interests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11

              Section 6.1      Interests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11
              Section 6.2      Non-Transferability . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11
              Section 6.3      Register of Interests . . . . . . . . . . . .  11

     ARTICLE VII--Increases, Decreases And Redemptions of Interests  . . . .  12

     ARTICLE VIII--Determination of Book Capital Account Balances,
                               and Distributions . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  12

              Section 8.1      Book Capital Account Balances . . . . . . . .  12
              Section 8.2      Allocations and Distributions to Holders  . .  12
              Section 8.3      Power to Modify Foregoing Procedures  . . . .  13

     ARTICLE IX--Holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  13

              Section 9.1      Rights of Holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  13
              Section 9.2      Meetings of Holders . . . . . . . . . . . . .  13
              Section 9.3      Notice of Meetings  . . . . . . . . . . . . .  13
              Section 9.4      Record Date for Meetings, Distributions, etc.  13
              Section 9.5      Proxies, etc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  14
              Section 9.6      Reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  14
              Section 9.7      Inspection of Records . . . . . . . . . . . .  14
              Section 9.8      Holder Action by Written Consent  . . . . . .  14
              Section 9.9      Notices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  15

     ARTICLE X--Duration; Termination; Amendment; Mergers; Etc.  . . . . . .  15

              Section 10.1     Duration  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  15
              Section 10.2     Termination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  16
              Section 10.3     Dissolution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  17
              Section 10.4     Amendment Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . .  17
              Section 10.5     Merger, Consolidation and Sale of Assets  . .  18
              Section 10.6     Incorporation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  18

     ARTICLE XI--Miscellaneous . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  18

              Section 11.1     Certificate of Designation; Agent for 
                                       Service of Process  . . . . . . . . .  19
              Section 11.2     Governing Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  19
              Section 11.3     Counterparts  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  19
              Section 11.4     Reliance by Third Parties . . . . . . . . . .  20
              Section 11.5     Provisions in Conflict With Law or Regulations20




                                          ii
<PAGE>






                                DECLARATION OF TRUST

                                          OF

                           WEST VIRGINIA TAX FREE PORTFOLIO
                             ----------------------------                       
            

              This DECLARATION OF  TRUST of West Virginia Tax Free  Portfolio is
     made as  of the 1st day  of May, 1992 by  the parties signatory  hereto, as
     Trustees (as defined in Section 1.2 hereof).

                                 W I T N E S S E T H:
                                 - - - - - - - - - -

              WHEREAS, the Trustees desire  to form a  trust fund under the  law
     of  the State  of  New York  for  the investment  and  reinvestment of  its
     assets; and

              WHEREAS, it  is proposed  that  the trust  assets be  composed  of
     money and property contributed thereto  by the holders of interests in  the
     trust entitled to ownership rights in the trust;

              NOW,  THEREFORE, the  Trustees hereby declare that  they will hold
     in  trust all money  and property  contributed to  the trust fund  and will
     manage  and dispose of the same for the benefit of the holders of interests
     in the Trust and subject to the provisions hereof, to wit:


                                      ARTICLE I

                                      The Trust

              1.1.    Name.  The  name of the trust created hereby (the "Trust")
     shall be West Virginia Tax Free Portfolio  and so far as may be practicable
     the Trustees  shall conduct  the Trust's activities,  execute all documents
     and sue  or be  sued under  that name,  which  name (and  the word  "Trust"
     wherever hereinafter used)  shall refer to  the Trustees  as Trustees,  and
     not individually,  and shall not  refer to the  officers, employees, agents
     or  independent contractors of  the Trust  or holders  of interests  in the
     Trust.  

              1.2.    Definitions.  As  used in this Declaration,  the following
     terms shall have the following meanings:

              "Administrator" shall  mean any  party furnishing services  to the
     Trust pursuant  to any  administration contract  described  in Section  4.1
     hereof.

              "Book Capital  Account" shall mean,  for any Holder  at any  time,
     the  Book  Capital Account  of  the  Holder  for  such day,  determined  in
     accordance with Section 8.1 hereof. 

              "Code" shall  mean the  U.S.  Internal Revenue  Code of  1986,  as
<PAGE>






     amended from time to time, as well as any non-superseded provisions of  the
     U.S. Internal  Revenue  Code of  1954,  as  amended (or  any  corresponding
     provision or provisions of succeeding law).

              "Commission"  shall  mean   the  U.S.   Securities  and   Exchange
     Commission.

              "Declaration"  shall mean  this  Declaration of  Trust  as amended
     from time  to  time.   References  in  this Declaration  to  "Declaration",
     "hereof",  "herein"  and "hereunder"  shall  be  deemed  to  refer to  this
     Declaration  rather than  the  article or  section in  which any  such word
     appears.

              "Fiscal  Year" shall  mean  an  annual period  determined  by  the
     Trustees which ends on September  30 of each year  or on such other day  as
     is permitted or required by the Code.

              "Holders"  shall mean  as of  any particular  time all  holders of
     record of Interests in the Trust.

              "Institutional  Investor(s)" shall  mean any  regulated investment
     company,  segregated  asset account,  foreign  investment  company,  common
     trust fund, group trust or other investment arrangement, whether  organized
     within or without the United States  of America, other than an  individual,
     S corporation,  partnership or  grantor  trust  beneficially owned  by  any
     individual, S corporation or partnership.

              "Interest(s)"  shall mean the  interest of a Holder  in the Trust,
     including all rights,  powers and privileges  accorded to  Holders by  this
     Declaration, which  interest may be  expressed as a percentage,  determined
     by calculating, at such times and on such basis as the Trustees shall  from
     time  to time  determine, the ratio  of each Holder's  Book Capital Account
     balance  to  the total  of  all  Holders'  Book  Capital Account  balances.
     Reference herein to a specified  percentage of, or fraction  of, Interests,
     means Holders whose  combined Book Capital Account balances  represent such
     specified  percentage or  fraction of  the  combined Book  Capital  Account
     balances of all, or a specified group of, Holders.

              "Interested  Person" shall have  the meaning given it  in the 1940
     Act.

              "Investment Adviser"  shall mean any party  furnishing services to
     the  Trust pursuant  to  any  investment  advisory  contract  described  in
     Section 4.1 hereof.

              "Majority Interests  Vote" shall mean  the vote, at  a meeting  of
     Holders, of  (A) 67%  or more of  the Interests  present or represented  at
     such meeting,  if Holders of more than 50% of  all Interests are present or
     represented by proxy,  or (B) more than 50%  of all Interests, whichever is
     less.

              "Person"  shall   mean  and  include  individuals,   corporations,

                                          2
<PAGE>






     partnerships,  trusts, associations,  joint  ventures and  other  entities,
     whether or not legal entities,  and governments and agencies  and political
     subdivisions thereof.

              "Redemption" shall mean the complete withdrawal of  an Interest of
     a Holder the result of  which is to reduce the Book Capital Account balance
     of  that  Holder to  zero, and  the term  "redeem" shall  mean to  effect a
     Redemption.

              "Trustees" shall mean each signatory to this Declaration,  so long
     as such signatory  shall continue  in office in  accordance with the  terms
     hereof,  and all other  individuals who at the  time in  question have been
     duly elected  or appointed  and have  qualified as  Trustees in  accordance
     with the provisions  hereof and are then  in office, and reference  in this
     Declaration to  a Trustee  or Trustees  shall refer to  such individual  or
     individuals in their capacity as Trustees hereunder.

              "Trust Property" shall mean as of any particular time any and  all
     property,  real or personal, tangible or intangible,  which at such time is
     owned or held by or for the account of the Trust or the Trustees.

              The "1940  Act" shall  mean  the U.S.  Investment Company  Act  of
     1940,  as  amended  from  time  to  time,  and  the  rules and  regulations
     thereunder.


                                     ARTICLE II

                                       Trustees

              2.1.    Number and  Qualification.  The  number of Trustees  shall
     be fixed  from time to time by action  of the Trustees taken as provided in
     Section  2.5 hereof;  provided,  however, that  the  number of  Trustees so
     fixed shall in no  event be less than three or  more than 15.  Any  vacancy
     created by  an increase  in the  number of Trustees  may be  filled by  the
     appointment of  an individual  having the qualifications  described in this
     Section 2.1 made by  action of  the Trustees taken  as provided in  Section
     2.5 hereof.   Any  such appointment  shall not  become effective,  however,
     until the individual named in  the written instrument of  appointment shall
     have accepted  in writing  such appointment  and  agreed in  writing to  be
     bound by  the terms  of this Declaration.   No  reduction in the  number of
     Trustees  shall  have the  effect  of  removing  any  Trustee from  office.
     Whenever  a vacancy  occurs, until  such vacancy  is filled as  provided in
     Section 2.4 hereof,  the Trustees continuing in office, regardless of their
     number,  shall  have all  the  powers  granted to  the  Trustees  and shall
     discharge all the duties imposed upon the Trustees by this Declaration.   A
     Trustee shall  be an individual at least  21 years of age  who is not under
     legal disability.

              2.2.    Term and Election.  Each Trustee named herein, or  elected
     or appointed prior  to the first meeting  of Holders, shall (except  in the
     event  of resignations,  retirements,  removals  or vacancies  pursuant  to

                                          3
<PAGE>






     Section 2.3 or  Section 2.4 hereof) hold  office until a successor  to such
     Trustee has  been elected  at such meeting  and has  qualified to serve  as
     Trustee, as required  under the  1940 Act.   Subject to  the provisions  of
     Section  16(a)  of the  1940  Act and  except  as provided  in  Section 2.3
     hereof, each  Trustee shall  hold office during  the lifetime of  the Trust
     and until its termination as hereinafter provided.

              2.3.    Resignation,  Removal and  Retirement.   Any  Trustee  may
     resign his or her  trust (without need for prior or  subsequent accounting)
     by  an  instrument in  writing executed  by such  Trustee and  delivered or
     mailed to  the Chairman,  if any,  the President  or the  Secretary of  the
     Trust and such resignation shall be effective  upon such delivery, or at  a
     later date according to  the terms of the  instrument.  Any Trustee  may be
     removed by  the affirmative vote of Holders of  two-thirds of the Interests
     or  (provided the  aggregate  number of  Trustees,  after such  removal and
     after giving effect to any appointment made to fill the vacancy created  by
     such removal,  shall not be  less than the  number required by Section  2.1
     hereof) with  cause, by the action of two-thirds of the remaining Trustees.
     Removal with  cause includes,  but  is not  limited to,  the removal  of  a
     Trustee due  to physical  or mental  incapacity or failure  to comply  with
     such  written policies as  from time  to time  may be  adopted by  at least
     two-thirds of the Trustees with respect to the conduct of the Trustees  and
     attendance  at  meetings.    Any  Trustee  who  has  attained  a  mandatory
     retirement age, if  any, established pursuant to any written policy adopted
     from  time  to  time  by   at  least  two-thirds  of  the  Trustees  shall,
     automatically  and  without  action  by  such   Trustee  or  the  remaining
     Trustees, be deemed  to have retired in  accordance with the terms  of such
     policy,  effective  as of  the  date  determined  in  accordance with  such
     policy.  Any Trustee  who has become incapacitated by illness or  injury as
     determined by a majority of the other  Trustees, may be retired by  written
     instrument executed by  a majority of  the other  Trustees, specifying  the
     date of such  Trustee's retirement.   Upon the  resignation, retirement  or
     removal of a Trustee, or a Trustee otherwise ceasing to  be a Trustee, such
     resigning, retired,  removed or  former Trustee shall  execute and  deliver
     such documents as the remaining Trustees  shall require for the purpose  of
     conveying to the Trust  or the remaining Trustees  any Trust Property  held
     in the name  of such resigning, retired,  removed or former Trustee.   Upon
     the death of any Trustee or upon removal,  retirement or resignation due to
     any Trustee's incapacity to serve  as Trustee, the legal  representative of
     such  deceased,  removed, retired  or resigning  Trustee shall  execute and
     deliver on behalf of such  deceased, removed, retired or  resigning Trustee
     such documents as the remaining Trustees shall  require for the purpose set
     forth in the preceding sentence.

              2.4.    Vacancies.    The  term  of  office  of  a  Trustee  shall
     terminate  and  a  vacancy  shall  occur   in  the  event  of  the   death,
     resignation,  retirement, adjudicated  incompetence or  other incapacity to
     perform  the duties  of the  office, or  removal, of  a Trustee.    No such
     vacancy  shall operate to annul this  Declaration or to revoke any existing
     agency created pursuant to the terms  of this Declaration.  In the  case of
     a vacancy, Holders  of at  least a majority  of the  Interests entitled  to
     vote, acting at any meeting of Holders held in accordance with Section  9.2

                                          4
<PAGE>






     hereof, or, to  the extent permitted  by the 1940  Act, a majority  vote of
     the  Trustees  continuing   in  office  acting  by  written  instrument  or
     instruments,  may fill  such vacancy,  and any  Trustee so  elected  by the
     Trustees or the Holders shall hold office as provided in this Declaration.

              2.5.    Meetings.   Meetings of the  Trustees shall  be held  from
     time  to time  upon the call  of the  Chairman, if any,  the President, the
     Secretary, an  Assistant Secretary or  any two Trustees,  at such  time, on
     such day  and at such place,  as shall be  designated in the  notice of the
     meeting.  The Trustees  shall hold  an annual meeting  for the election  of
     officers and  the transaction of other business  which may come before such
     meeting.  Regular  meetings of  the Trustees may  be held  without call  or
     notice at a time  and place fixed by  the By-Laws or  by resolution of  the
     Trustees.  Notice of any other  meeting shall be given by mail, by telegram
     (which  term  shall  include  a  cablegram),  by  telecopier  or  delivered
     personally (which term shall include by telephone).  If notice is given  by
     mail, it shall be mailed not later than 48  hours preceding the meeting and
     if given by telegram, telecopier  or personally, such notice shall  be sent
     or delivery made not later  than 24 hours preceding the meeting.  Notice of
     a meeting of Trustees may  be waived before or after any meeting  by signed
     written waiver.  Neither  the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose
     of, any meeting of  the Trustees need be stated in  the notice or waiver of
     notice of  such meeting.   The attendance of a  Trustee at a  meeting shall
     constitute a waiver  of notice of such  meeting except in the  situation in
     which a Trustee attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting,  at
     the commencement  of such meeting,  to the transaction  of any business  on
     the ground  that the  meeting was  not lawfully  called or  convened.   The
     Trustees may act with or without a meeting, but no notice  need be given of
     action proposed to  be taken by written consent.  A quorum for all meetings
     of the  Trustees shall  be a  majority of  the Trustees.   Unless  provided
     otherwise in this  Declaration, any action of the  Trustees may be taken at
     a meeting  by vote of  a majority of  the Trustees present  (a quorum being
     present) or  without a  meeting by  written consent  of a  majority of  the
     Trustees.

              Any committee  of the Trustees, including  an executive committee,
     if any, may act  with or without a meeting.   A quorum for all meetings  of
     any such  committee shall  be a majority  of the  members thereof.   Unless
     provided otherwise  in this Declaration,  any action of  any such committee
     may be taken at a meeting  by vote of a majority of the members  present (a
     quorum  being  present)  or  without a  meeting  by  written  consent  of a
     majority of the members.

              With respect to actions of the  Trustees and any committee of  the
     Trustees, Trustees who  are Interested Persons  of the  Trust or  otherwise
     interested in any action  to be  taken may be  counted for quorum  purposes
     under  this Section  2.5  and  shall be  entitled  to  vote to  the  extent
     permitted by the 1940 Act.

              All or  any one or more  Trustees may participate in  a meeting of
     the  Trustees or any committee  thereof by means  of a conference telephone
     or  similar  communications equipment  by  means of  which  all individuals

                                          5
<PAGE>






     participating in  the meeting can  hear each  other and participation  in a
     meeting  by  means  of  such  communications   equipment  shall  constitute
     presence in person at such meeting.

              2.6.    Officers;  Chairman of  the Board.    The Trustees  shall,
     from time  to time, elect  a President, a  Secretary and a  Treasurer.  The
     Trustees may elect or appoint,  from time to time, a Chairman of  the Board
     who shall  preside at all meetings of the Trustees and carry out such other
     duties as the  Trustees may designate.   The Trustees may elect  or appoint
     or authorize  the  President to  appoint  such  other officers,  agents  or
     independent contractors with  such powers  as the Trustees  may deem to  be
     advisable.  The Chairman, if any, shall be and  each other officer may, but
     need not, be a Trustee.

              2.7.    By-Laws.  The Trustees may  adopt and, from time  to time,
     amend or repeal By-Laws for the conduct of the business of the Trust.


                                     ARTICLE III

                                  Powers of Trustees

              3.1.    General.  The  Trustees shall have exclusive  and absolute
     control over the Trust Property and  over the business of the Trust  to the
     same extent as if  the Trustees were the sole owners of  the Trust Property
     and such business  in their own right,  but with such powers  of delegation
     as  may be permitted  by this Declaration.   The Trustees  may perform such
     acts  as  in their  sole  discretion they  deem proper  for  conducting the
     business  of the  Trust.   The enumeration  of  or failure  to mention  any
     specific power herein  shall not be  construed as  limiting such  exclusive
     and absolute control.  The powers of the Trustees may be exercised  without
     order of or resort to any court.

              3.2.    Investments.  The Trustees shall have power to:

                      (a)      conduct, operate and carry  on the business of an
     investment company;

                      (b)      subscribe for, invest in,  reinvest in,  purchase
     or  otherwise acquire,  hold,  pledge,  sell, assign,  transfer,  exchange,
     distribute  or otherwise deal in or dispose  of U.S. and foreign currencies
     and  related  instruments  including  forward  contracts,  and  securities,
     including common  and preferred  stock, warrants,  bonds, debentures,  time
     notes  and  all  other  evidences  of   indebtedness,  negotiable  or  non-
     negotiable   instruments,   obligations,   certificates   of   deposit   or
     indebtedness, commercial paper, repurchase  agreements, reverse  repurchase
     agreements,  convertible securities,  forward  contracts, options,  futures
     contracts, and  other  securities,  including,  without  limitation,  those
     issued, guaranteed  or sponsored by  any state, territory  or possession of
     the United  States  and  the  District  of  Columbia  and  their  political
     subdivisions, agencies  and instrumentalities, or  by the U.S.  Government,
     any  foreign  government,  or  any  agency,  instrumentality  or  political

                                          6
<PAGE>






     subdivision of  the  U.S. Government  or  any  foreign government,  or  any
     international   instrumentality,  or  by  any  bank,  savings  institution,
     corporation or  other  business entity  organized  under  the laws  of  the
     United States  or under  any  foreign laws;  and to  exercise any  and  all
     rights,  powers and privileges  of ownership or interest  in respect of any
     and all such   investments of any kind  and description, including, without
     limitation, the  right to consent  and otherwise act  with respect thereto,
     with  power to  designate  one or  more  Persons to  exercise  any of  such
     rights, powers  and privileges in respect  of any of such  investments; and
     the Trustees shall  be deemed to have the  foregoing powers with respect to
     any additional instruments in which the Trustees may determine to invest.

              The Trustees  shall not  be limited  to  investing in  obligations
     maturing before  the  possible termination  of  the  Trust, nor  shall  the
     Trustees be limited by any law limiting  the investments which may be  made
     by fiduciaries.

              3.3.    Legal Title.  Legal title  to all Trust Property  shall be
     vested  in the  Trustees as joint  tenants except  that the  Trustees shall
     have  the power to cause legal title to any Trust Property to be held by or
     in  the name of one or more  of the Trustees, or  in the name of the Trust,
     or in the name or nominee name of any other Person  on behalf of the Trust,
     on such terms as the Trustees may determine.

              The  right,  title  and  interest of  the  Trustees  in the  Trust
     Property  shall vest  automatically in  each individual  who may  hereafter
     become  a  Trustee  upon his  due  election  and qualification.    Upon the
     resignation, removal  or death  of a  Trustee, such  resigning, removed  or
     deceased Trustee  shall automatically  cease to  have any  right, title  or
     interest in any Trust Property, and the  right, title and interest of  such
     resigning, removed or  deceased Trustee in  the Trust  Property shall  vest
     automatically in the  remaining Trustees.   Such vesting  and cessation  of
     title shall  be effective whether  or not conveyancing  documents have been
     executed and delivered.

              3.4.    Sale  and Increases of Interests.   The Trustees, in their
     discretion, may, from  time to time, without a  vote of the Holders, permit
     any Institutional  Investor  to  purchase  an  Interest,  or  increase  its
     Interest, for  such type of  consideration, including cash  or property, at
     such time or  times (including, without limitation, each business day), and
     on such  terms  as the  Trustees may  deem  best, and  may in  such  manner
     acquire other assets (including the  acquisition of assets subject  to, and
     in  connection  with  the  assumption  of,   liabilities)  and  businesses.
     Individuals,  S corporations,  partnerships  and  grantor trusts  that  are
     beneficially owned by  any individual, S corporation or partnership may not
     purchase Interests.   A Holder which has  redeemed its Interest may  not be
     permitted  to purchase  an Interest  until the  later of  60  calendar days
     after the date of such Redemption or  the first day of the Fiscal Year next
     succeeding the Fiscal Year during which such Redemption occurred.

              3.5     Decreases  and  Redemptions  of  Interests.    Subject  to
     Article VII hereof,  the Trustees, in their  discretion, may, from  time to

                                          7
<PAGE>






     time,  without a  vote  of  the Holders,  permit  a  Holder to  redeem  its
     Interest, or  decrease its Interest, for  either cash or  property, at such
     time or  times (including, without  limitation, each business  day), and on
     such terms as the Trustees may deem best.

              3.6.    Borrow Money.   The Trustees  shall have  power to  borrow
     money  or otherwise obtain  credit and  to secure  the same  by mortgaging,
     pledging  or otherwise  subjecting  as security  the  assets of  the Trust,
     including  the lending of portfolio  securities, and to endorse, guarantee,
     or undertake the performance of  any obligation, contract or  engagement of
     any other Person.

              3.7.    Delegation; Committees.   The Trustees  shall have  power,
     consistent with their  continuing exclusive  and absolute control  over the
     Trust Property and  over the business of  the Trust, to delegate  from time
     to time  to such  of  their number  or to  officers, employees,  agents  or
     independent contractors  of the  Trust  the doing  of such  things and  the
     execution of such instruments in either the name of the Trust or the  names
     of the Trustees or otherwise as the Trustees may deem expedient.

              3.8.    Collection and Payment.  The Trustees  shall have power to
     collect all property due  to the  Trust; and to  pay all claims,  including
     taxes,  against the  Trust  Property; to  prosecute, defend,  compromise or
     abandon  any  claims  relating to  the  Trust  or  the  Trust Property;  to
     foreclose  any  security interest  securing  any obligation,  by  virtue of
     which  any property  is owed  to the  Trust;  and to  enter into  releases,
     agreements and other instruments.

              3.9.    Expenses.  The  Trustees shall have power to incur and pay
     any  expenses  which  in  the opinion  of  the  Trustees  are  necessary or
     incidental to carry out  any of  the purposes of  this Declaration, and  to
     pay reasonable  compensation  from  the  Trust Property  to  themselves  as
     Trustees.    The Trustees  shall  fix  the  compensation  of all  officers,
     employees and Trustees.   The Trustees may pay themselves such compensation
     for special  services, including legal  and brokerage services,  as they in
     good  faith may deem reasonable,  and reimbursement for expenses reasonably
     incurred by themselves on behalf of the Trust.

              3.10.   Miscellaneous Powers.   The Trustees shall have  power to:
     (a) employ  or  contract  with  such  Persons  as  the  Trustees  may  deem
     appropriate for the transaction  of the business of the Trust and terminate
     such employees or  contractual relationships as they  consider appropriate;
     (b) enter into joint ventures,  partnerships and any other  combinations or
     associations; (c)  purchase, and pay  for out of  Trust Property, insurance
     policies insuring  the Investment Adviser, Administrator,  placement agent,
     Holders, Trustees, officers,  employees, agents or  independent contractors
     of the  Trust against  all claims  arising by  reason of  holding any  such
     position or by reason of any action  taken or omitted by any such Person in
     such capacity, whether  or not the Trust would  have the power to indemnify
     such Person against  such liability; (d) establish  pension, profit-sharing
     and  other  retirement,  incentive  and  benefit  plans  for  the Trustees,
     officers,  employees  or   agents  of  the  Trust;   (e)  make   donations,

                                          8
<PAGE>






     irrespective  of   benefit  to  the   Trust,  for  charitable,   religious,
     educational,  scientific, civic  or  similar purposes;  (f)  to the  extent
     permitted by law, indemnify  any Person with whom  the Trust has  dealings,
     including the  Investment Adviser, Administrator, placement agent, Holders,
     Trustees, officers,  employees, agents  or independent  contractors of  the
     Trust, to  such  extent as  the  Trustees  shall determine;  (g)  guarantee
     indebtedness  or  contractual  obligations of  others;  (h)  determine  and
     change the Fiscal Year and  the method by which  the accounts of the  Trust
     shall be kept; and (i) adopt  a seal for the Trust, but the absence of such
     a seal shall  not impair the validity of  any instrument executed on behalf
     of the Trust.

              3.11.   Further Powers.  The Trustees shall have  power to conduct
     the  business of the  Trust and carry on  its operations in any  and all of
     its branches and maintain  offices, whether within or without the  State of
     New York,  in any and all  states of the  United States of  America, in the
     District  of  Columbia, and  in  any  and all  commonwealths,  territories,
     dependencies, colonies, possessions,  agencies or instrumentalities  of the
     United States of America  and of  foreign governments, and  to do all  such
     other  things and  execute  all such  instruments  as they  deem necessary,
     proper, appropriate or desirable in  order to promote the interests of  the
     Trust  although  such things  are  not herein  specifically  mentioned. Any
     determination as to what is  in the interests of the Trust which is made by
     the  Trustees  in  good faith  shall  be  conclusive.    In construing  the
     provisions of  this Declaration,  the presumption shall  be in  favor of  a
     grant of  power to the  Trustees.   The Trustees shall  not be  required to
     obtain any court order in order to deal with Trust Property.


                                     ARTICLE IV

                         Investment Advisory, Administration
                           and Placement Agent Arrangements
                          ---------------------------------

              4.1.    Investment    Advisory,    Administration     and    Other
     Arrangements.   The Trustees may  in their discretion,  from time to  time,
     enter  into  investment advisory  contracts,  administration  contracts  or
     placement agent  agreements whereby  the other  party to  such contract  or
     agreement  shall  undertake   to  furnish  the  Trustees   such  investment
     advisory,  administration, placement  agent and/or  other  services as  the
     Trustees shall,  from time to  time, consider appropriate  or desirable and
     all upon  such terms  and  conditions as  the Trustees  may in  their  sole
     discretion determine.   Notwithstanding any provision of  this Declaration,
     the Trustees may  authorize any Investment Adviser (subject to such general
     or specific instructions as the Trustees may, from time to time, adopt)  to
     effect purchases, sales, loans or  exchanges of Trust Property on behalf of
     the Trustees  or may authorize any  officer, employee or Trustee  to effect
     such  purchases, sales,  loans or exchanges  pursuant to recommendations of
     any such  Investment  Adviser  (all  without  any  further  action  by  the
     Trustees).  Any  such purchase, sale, loan  or exchange shall be  deemed to
     have been authorized by the Trustees.

                                          9
<PAGE>






              4.2.    Parties  to  Contract.   Any  contract  of  the  character
     described in  Section 4.1  hereof or  in the  By-Laws of  the Trust may  be
     entered into  with any  corporation, firm,  trust or association,  although
     one or more  of the Trustees  or officers of the  Trust may be an  officer,
     director,  Trustee,  shareholder or  member  of  such  other  party to  the
     contract, and  no such contract  shall be invalidated  or rendered voidable
     by  reason  of the  existence  of  any  such  relationship, nor  shall  any
     individual holding such  relationship be liable  merely by  reason of  such
     relationship for any loss  or expense to  the Trust under  or by reason  of
     any such  contract  or accountable  for  any  profit realized  directly  or
     indirectly therefrom,  provided that  the contract  when  entered into  was
     reasonable and  fair  and not  inconsistent  with  the provisions  of  this
     Article IV or  the By-Laws of the Trust.  The same  Person may be the other
     party to one or more contracts entered into  pursuant to Section 4.1 hereof
     or  the  By-Laws of  the  Trust,  and  any individual  may  be  financially
     interested  or otherwise affiliated with Persons  who are parties to any or
     all of  the contracts mentioned in  this Section 4.2  or in the  By-Laws of
     the Trust.


                                      ARTICLE V

                        Liability of Holders; Limitations of 
                        Liability of Trustees, Officers, etc.

              5.1.    Liability of Holders; Indemnification.  Each  Holder shall
     be  jointly and severally  liable (with rights of  contribution inter se in
     proportion to their  respective Interests in the Trust) for the liabilities
     and obligations of the Trust  in the event that the Trust  fails to satisfy
     such liabilities  and obligations; provided,  however, that, to the  extent
     assets are available in the Trust, the Trust shall indemnify and hold  each
     Holder  harmless  from and  against any  claim or  liability to  which such
     Holder may become  subject by reason of  being or having  been a Holder  to
     the  extent  that  such  claim  or  liability  imposes  on  the  Holder  an
     obligation  or  liability  which, when  compared  to  the  obligations  and
     liabilities  imposed  on  other  Holders,  is greater  than  such  Holder's
     Interest  (proportionate share), and  shall reimburse  such Holder  for all
     legal and other expenses reasonably  incurred by such Holder  in connection
     with any such claim  or liability.  The  rights accruing to a  Holder under
     this Section 5.1 shall  not exclude  any other right  to which such  Holder
     may be lawfully  entitled, nor shall anything contained herein restrict the
     right of the  Trust to indemnify or  reimburse a Holder in  any appropriate
     situation even  though not specifically  provided herein.   Notwithstanding
     the indemnification  procedure described  above, it  is intended that  each
     Holder shall remain jointly and  severally liable to the  Trust's creditors
     as a legal matter.

              5.2.   Limitations of Liability of  Trustees, Officers, Employees,
     Agents,  Independent Contractors  to Third  Parties.   No Trustee, officer,
     employee, agent or  independent contractor (except in the  case of an agent
     or independent  contractor  to the  extent  expressly provided  by  written
     contract)  of  the  Trust  shall  be  subject  to  any  personal  liability

                                          10
<PAGE>






     whatsoever  to  any  Person,  other  than  the  Trust  or  the Holders,  in
     connection with Trust  Property or the affairs  of the Trust; and  all such
     Persons shall look solely to  the Trust Property for satisfaction of claims
     of any  nature against a  Trustee, officer, employee,  agent or independent
     contractor (except  in the  case of an  agent or independent  contractor to
     the extent expressly provided by written contract) of the Trust arising  in
     connection with the affairs of the Trust.

              5.3.    Limitations   of   Liability   of   Trustees,    Officers,
     Employees, Agents,  Independent Contractors  to  Trust, Holders,  etc.   No
     Trustee, officer, employee,  agent or independent contractor (except in the
     case of  an  agent  or  independent  contractor  to  the  extent  expressly
     provided  by written contract) of the Trust shall be liable to the Trust or
     the  Holders  for   any  action  or  failure  to  act  (including,  without
     limitation, the failure to compel in any  way any former or acting  Trustee
     to redress any breach  of trust)  except for such  Person's own bad  faith,
     willful  misfeasance,  gross  negligence  or  reckless  disregard  of  such
     Person's duties.

              5.4.    Mandatory Indemnification.   The Trust shall indemnify, to
     the fullest  extent  permitted  by  law  (including  the  1940  Act),  each
     Trustee, officer, employee, agent or independent contractor  (except in the
     case of  an  agent  or  independent  contractor  to  the  extent  expressly
     provided by  written  contract) of  the  Trust  (including any  Person  who
     serves at the Trust's request as a director, officer or trustee of  another
     organization in  which  the  Trust  has  any  interest  as  a  shareholder,
     creditor  or otherwise)  against all  liabilities  and expenses  (including
     amounts paid  in satisfaction  of judgments,  in compromise,  as fines  and
     penalties,  and as  counsel  fees) reasonably  incurred  by such  Person in
     connection with  the defense or  disposition of any  action, suit  or other
     proceeding, whether  civil  or  criminal,  in  which  such  Person  may  be
     involved or with  which such Person may  be threatened, while in  office or
     thereafter, by reason of such Person being  or having been such a  Trustee,
     officer, employee, agent or  independent contractor, except with respect to
     any matter  as to  which such Person  shall have  been adjudicated to  have
     acted in  bad  faith, willful  misfeasance,  gross negligence  or  reckless
     disregard of  such  Person's duties;  provided,  however,  that as  to  any
     matter disposed of  by a compromise payment  by such Person, pursuant  to a
     consent decree or  otherwise, no indemnification either for such payment or
     for  any  other  expenses  shall  be  provided  unless  there  has  been  a
     determination that such Person did  not engage in willful  misfeasance, bad
     faith, gross negligence  or reckless disregard  of the  duties involved  in
     the conduct of  such Person's office by  the court or other  body approving
     the  settlement or  other  disposition or  by  a reasonable  determination,
     based  upon a  review  of readily  available facts  (as  opposed to  a full
     trial-type  inquiry), that such  Person did not  engage in  such conduct by
     written opinion  from independent legal counsel  approved by  the Trustees.
     The rights accruing to any Person under  these provisions shall not exclude
     any other  right to  which such Person  may be lawfully  entitled; provided
     that no Person may satisfy any right of indemnity or reimbursement  granted
     in this Section 5.4  or in Section 5.2 hereof  or to which such  Person may
     be otherwise entitled  except out of the Trust  Property.  The Trustees may

                                          11
<PAGE>






     make  advance  payments  in  connection  with  indemnification  under  this
     Section 5.4,  provided  that the  indemnified  Person  shall have  given  a
     written undertaking to reimburse the  Trust in the event it is subsequently
     determined that such Person is not entitled to such indemnification.

              5.5.    No Bond Required  of Trustees.  No Trustee shall, as such,
     be obligated  to  give  any  bond  or surety  or  other  security  for  the
     performance of any of such Trustee's duties hereunder.

              5.6.    No  Duty of  Investigation; Notice  in Trust  Instruments,
     etc.   No  purchaser,  lender or  other Person  dealing  with any  Trustee,
     officer, employee,  agent or independent  contractor of the  Trust shall be
     bound to  make  any inquiry  concerning  the  validity of  any  transaction
     purporting to  be  made  by  such  Trustee,  officer,  employee,  agent  or
     independent  contractor  or be  liable  for  the  application  of money  or
     property  paid, loaned or  delivered to  or on  the order of  such Trustee,
     officer,  employee, agent  or independent  contractor.   Every  obligation,
     contract,  instrument, certificate or other  interest or undertaking of the
     Trust, and every other  act or thing whatsoever executed in connection with
     the Trust shall be conclusively taken to have been executed  or done by the
     executors thereof only in their capacity  as Trustees, officers, employees,
     agents or independent  contractors of the Trust.  Every written obligation,
     contract, instrument,  certificate or other interest  or undertaking of the
     Trust made or  sold by any Trustee, officer, employee, agent or independent
     contractor of the  Trust, in such  capacity, shall  contain an  appropriate
     recital  to  the effect  that  the  Trustee,  officer,  employee, agent  or
     independent contractor  of the  Trust shall not  personally be bound  by or
     liable thereunder, nor  shall resort be  had to their private  property for
     the  satisfaction of  any obligation or  claim thereunder,  and appropriate
     references shall be  made therein to the  Declaration, and may  contain any
     further recital which they  may deem appropriate, but the omission  of such
     recital shall  not operate  to impose  personal liability  on any  Trustee,
     officer, employee, agent or independent  contractor of the Trust.   Subject
     to the provisions of  the 1940  Act, the Trust  may maintain insurance  for
     the protection  of  the Trust  Property,  the  Holders, and  the  Trustees,
     officers, employees,  agents and independent  contractors  of  the Trust in
     such amount  as the  Trustees shall  deem adequate to  cover possible  tort
     liability, and such other insurance as the Trustees in  their sole judgment
     shall deem advisable.

              5.7.    Reliance  on  Experts,  etc.     Each  Trustee,   officer,
     employee, agent  or  independent contractor  of  the  Trust shall,  in  the
     performance of such  Person's duties, be fully and completely justified and
     protected with  regard to  any act  or any  failure to  act resulting  from
     reliance in good  faith upon the books of  account or other records  of the
     Trust  (whether or not  the Trust  would have  the power to  indemnify such
     Persons against  such  liability), upon  an  opinion  of counsel,  or  upon
     reports made to the  Trust by any of  its officers or  employees or by  any
     Investment  Adviser  or  Administrator,  accountant,  appraiser  or   other
     experts  or consultants  selected  with reasonable  care  by the  Trustees,
     officers or employees of the  Trust, regardless of whether such  counsel or
     expert may also be a Trustee.

                                          12
<PAGE>







                                     ARTICLE VI

                                      Interests

              6.1.    Interests.  The beneficial interest in  the Trust Property
     shall consist  of  non-transferable  Interests.   The  Interests  shall  be
     personal property giving  only the rights in this  Declaration specifically
     set forth.   The value of  an Interest shall  be equal to  the Book Capital
     Account balance of the Holder of the Interest.

              6.2.    Non-Transferability.  A  Holder may not transfer,  sell or
     exchange its Interest.

              6.3.    Register of  Interests.  A  register shall be  kept at the
     Trust under  the direction  of the Trustees  which shall contain  the name,
     address  and Book Capital  Account balance  of each Holder.   Such register
     shall be conclusive as to the identity of the Holders, and the Trust  shall
     not be bound  to recognize any equitable or  legal claim to or  interest in
     an Interest which is  not contained in such  register.  No Holder shall  be
     entitled to receive payment of  any distribution, nor to have notice  given
     to  it as herein provided,  until it has given its  address to such officer
     or agent of the Trust as is keeping such register for entry thereon.


                                     ARTICLE VII

                  Increases, Decreases And Redemptions of Interests

              Subject to  applicable law, to the  provisions of this Declaration
     and  to  such restrictions  as  may from  time to  time  be adopted  by the
     Trustees, each Holder  shall have the right  to vary its investment  in the
     Trust  at any  time  without limitation  by  increasing (through  a capital
     contribution)  or  decreasing  (through  a  capital  withdrawal)  or  by  a
     Redemption of  its Interest.  An increase in the  investment of a Holder in
     the  Trust shall be  reflected as an increase  in the  Book Capital Account
     balance of that Holder and  a decrease in the investment of a Holder in the
     Trust or the Redemption  of the Interest of a Holder shall  be reflected as
     a decrease in  the Book Capital Account balance of  that Holder.  The Trust
     shall,  upon  appropriate and  adequate  notice from  any  Holder increase,
     decrease  or redeem such Holder's Interest for  an amount determined by the
     application of  a formula  adopted for  such purpose by  resolution of  the
     Trustees;  provided that  (a) the  amount received  by the Holder  upon any
     such decrease  or Redemption shall not exceed  the decrease in the Holder's
     Book Capital Account  balance effected by  such decrease  or Redemption  of
     its Interest, and  (b) if so authorized by the  Trustees, the Trust may, at
     any  time and  from  time  to time,  charge  fees  for effecting  any  such
     decrease or  Redemption, at such rates  as the Trustees may  establish, and
     may, at any time and from  time to time, suspend such right of decrease  or
     Redemption.  The  procedures for  effecting decreases or  Redemptions shall
     be as determined by the Trustees from time to time.


                                          13
<PAGE>






                                     ARTICLE VIII

                        Determination of Book Capital Account
                              Balances and Distributions
                              --------------------------


              8.1.    Book Capital Account  Balances.  The Book  Capital Account
     balance  of each Holder shall  be determined on such days  and at such time
     or  times  as  the  Trustees  may determine.    The  Trustees  shall  adopt
     resolutions  setting  forth  the method  of  determining  the  Book Capital
     Account balance of  each Holder.  The  power and duty to  make calculations
     pursuant  to  such resolutions  may  be delegated  by  the Trustees  to the
     Investment Adviser,  Administrator, custodian, or such  other Person as the
     Trustees may determine.   Upon the Redemption of an Interest, the Holder of
     that Interest shall be entitled to receive the balance of its Book  Capital
     Account.   A Holder  may not transfer,  sell or  exchange its Book  Capital
     Account balance.

              8.2.    Allocations and  Distributions to Holders.   The  Trustees
     shall,  in compliance  with the Code,  the 1940 Act  and generally accepted
     accounting  principles, establish  the procedures by  which the Trust shall
     make (i) the allocation  of unrealized gains and losses, taxable income and
     tax loss,  and profit  and loss,  or any  item  or items  thereof, to  each
     Holder,  (ii) the  payment  of  distributions,  if  any,  to  Holders,  and
     (iii) upon liquidation, the  final distribution of items of  taxable income
     and  expense.   Such  procedures  shall be  set  forth  in writing  and  be
     furnished  to  the   Trust's  accountants.  The  Trustees   may  amend  the
     procedures adopted  pursuant to this  Section 8.2 from  time to time.   The
     Trustees may  retain from  the net  profits such  amount as  they may  deem
     necessary  to pay  the  liabilities  and expenses  of  the Trust,  to  meet
     obligations  of the  Trust, and as  they may deem  desirable to  use in the
     conduct of the  affairs of the Trust  or to retain for  future requirements
     or extensions of the business.

              8.3.    Power to  Modify  Foregoing Procedures.    Notwithstanding
     any of  the foregoing  provisions of  this Article VIII,  the Trustees  may
     prescribe, in their  absolute discretion, such  other bases  and times  for
     determining the net  income of the Trust,  the allocation of income  of the
     Trust, the Book  Capital Account balance of each  Holder, or the payment of
     distributions to  the Holders as  they may deem  necessary or  desirable to
     enable the Trust to comply with any provision of the 1940  Act or any order
     of exemption issued by the Commission or with the Code.


                                     ARTICLE IX

                                       Holders

              9.1.    Rights of Holders.   The  ownership of the  Trust Property
     and  the  right  to  conduct  any  business  described  herein  are  vested
     exclusively in the  Trustees, and the Holders shall  have no right or title

                                          14
<PAGE>






     therein  other than the  beneficial interest  conferred by  their Interests
     and  they  shall  have no  power  or right  to  call for  any  partition or
     division of any Trust Property. 

              9.2.    Meetings of Holders.   Meetings  of Holders may  be called
     at any  time by  a majority  of the  Trustees and  shall be  called by  any
     Trustee upon  written request  of Holders  holding, in  the aggregate,  not
     less  than 10%  of the Interests,  such request  specifying the  purpose or
     purposes  for which such meeting  is to be called.   Any such meeting shall
     be held within or  without the State of New York and within  or without the
     United  States of  America on such  day and  at such  time as  the Trustees
     shall  designate.  Holders of one-third of the Interests, present in person
     or by  proxy,  shall  constitute  a  quorum  for  the  transaction  of  any
     business,  except as  may  otherwise be  required  by the  1940  Act, other
     applicable law, this Declaration or the By-Laws of the Trust.   If a quorum
     is present at a  meeting, an  affirmative vote of  the Holders present,  in
     person or  by proxy, holding more  than 50% of  the total Interests  of the
     Holders present,  either in person or by proxy, at such meeting constitutes
     the action of the Holders, unless a greater number of affirmative votes  is
     required by  the 1940 Act,  other applicable law,  this Declaration or  the
     By-Laws of the Trust.  All  or any one of more Holders may participate in a
     meeting  of  Holders   by  means  of  a  conference  telephone  or  similar
     communications equipment by  means of  which all  persons participating  in
     the meeting can hear  each other and participation in a meeting by means of
     such  communications equipment shall constitute presence  in person at such
     meeting.

              9.3.    Notice of Meetings.   Notice of  each meeting of  Holders,
     stating the time,  place and purposes of the meeting, shall be given by the
     Trustees by  mail to  each Holder,  at its  registered  address, mailed  at
     least 10 days and not more than 60 days before  the meeting.  Notice of any
     meeting may be waived in  writing by any Holder either before or after such
     meeting.   The  attendance  of a  Holder at  a  meeting shall  constitute a
     waiver of  notice of such meeting except in the situation in which a Holder
     attends a meeting for the express  purpose of objecting to the  transaction
     of  any business on the ground that  the meeting was not lawfully called or
     convened.  At any meeting, any business properly before the meeting may  be
     considered  whether or  not  stated in  the  notice of  the  meeting.   Any
     adjourned meeting may be held as adjourned without further notice.

              9.4.    Record Date  for Meetings,  Distributions, etc.   For  the
     purpose  of determining the  Holders who are entitled  to notice  of and to
     vote  or  act at  any meeting,  including  any adjournment  thereof,  or to
     participate in  any distribution, or  for the purpose of  any other action,
     the Trustees may from time to  time fix a date, not more than 90 days prior
     to the date of  any meeting of Holders  or the payment of any  distribution
     or  the taking of any  other action, as  the case may be,  as a record date
     for the determination  of the  Persons to be  treated as  Holders for  such
     purpose.  If the Trustees do  not, prior to any meeting of the Holders,  so
     fix  a record date, then the date of mailing notice of the meeting shall be
     the record date.


                                          15
<PAGE>






              9.5.    Proxies,  etc.   At  any  meeting of  Holders,  any Holder
     entitled to vote  thereat may vote by  proxy, provided that no  proxy shall
     be voted at any  meeting unless it shall have been placed on  file with the
     Secretary,  or with  such  other  officer or  agent  of  the Trust  as  the
     Secretary may  direct, for  verification prior  to the  time at which  such
     vote is  to be  taken.   A proxy may  be revoked  by a  Holder at any  time
     before  it has been  exercised by  placing on  file with the  Secretary, or
     with such  other officer or agent of the Trust as the Secretary may direct,
     a later  dated proxy or written revocation.  Pursuant  to a resolution of a
     majority of  the Trustees,  proxies may  be solicited  in the  name of  the
     Trust or of one  or more Trustees or of one or  more officers of the Trust.
     Only Holders  on the  record date  shall be  entitled to vote.   Each  such
     Holder  shall be entitled to a vote proportionate to its Interest.  When an
     Interest is held jointly  by several Persons, any one  of them may vote  at
     any  meeting in person or by proxy in respect of such Interest, but if more
     than  one of them  is present at  such meeting in  person or  by proxy, and
     such joint owners  or their proxies so  present disagree as to any  vote to
     be cast, such  vote shall not be  received in respect of such  Interest.  A
     proxy  purporting to  be executed  by or  on behalf  of  a Holder  shall be
     deemed valid unless challenged at or prior to  its exercise, and the burden
     of proving invalidity  shall rest  on the challenger.   No  proxy shall  be
     valid after one year from the date  of execution, unless a longer period is
     expressly stated in  such proxy.   The Trust  may also  permit a Holder  to
     authorize  and empower individuals  named as proxies  on any  form of proxy
     solicited by the  Trustees to vote that Holder's  Interest on any matter by
     recording his  voting instructions on  any recording device maintained  for
     that purpose by the Trust or its  agent, provided the Holder complies  with
     such  procedures  as   the  Trustees  may  designate  to  be  necessary  or
     appropriate  to determine  the authenticity of  the voting  instructions so
     recorded; such instructions shall be  deemed to constitute a  written proxy
     signed by the Holder  and delivered to the Trust and shall be  deemed to be
     dated  as of  the date such  instructions were transmitted,  and the Holder
     shall  be deemed to  have approved and ratified  all actions  taken by such
     proxies in accordance with the voting instructions so recorded.

              9.6.    Reports.   The  Trustees shall  cause to  be prepared  and
     furnished to  each Holder, at least annually  as of the end  of each Fiscal
     Year, a report of operations containing a balance  sheet and a statement of
     income  of  the  Trust  prepared  in  conformity  with  generally  accepted
     accounting  principles and  an opinion of  an independent public accountant
     on such financial statements.   The Trustees shall, in addition, furnish to
     each  Holder   at  least  semi-annually   interim  reports  of   operations
     containing an unaudited balance  sheet as of the end of such  period and an
     unaudited  statement of  income for  the period  from the  beginning of the
     then-current Fiscal Year to the end of such period.

              9.7.    Inspection  of Records.    The books  and  records of  the
     Trust shall be open  to inspection by Holders during normal  business hours
     for any purpose not harmful to the Trust.

              9.8.    Holder  Action by Written Consent.   Any  action which may
     be  taken by Holders may be taken without a meeting if Holders holding more

                                          16
<PAGE>






     than  50% of  all Interests  entitled  to vote  (or such  larger proportion
     thereof as shall  be required by any express provision of this Declaration)
     consent to the  action in writing and  the written consents are  filed with
     the records of the  meetings of  Holders.  Such  consents shall be  treated
     for all  purposes as  a vote  taken at  a meeting  of Holders.   Each  such
     written consent shall be  executed by or on behalf of the Holder delivering
     such consent and shall  bear the date of  such execution.  No such  written
     consent  shall be effective to take the  action referred to therein unless,
     within one  year of the  earliest dated consent,  written consents executed
     by a  sufficient number of Holders  to take such action  are filed with the
     records of the meetings of Holders.

              9.9.    Notices.   Any and all  communications, including any  and
     all notices  to which  any Holder  may be  entitled, shall  be deemed  duly
     served or given  if mailed, postage prepaid,  addressed to a Holder  at its
     last known address as recorded on the register of the Trust.


                                      ARTICLE X

                                Duration; Termination;
                               Amendment; Mergers; Etc.
                               ------------------------

              10.1.   Duration.   Subject to possible termination or dissolution
     in accordance with the provisions of Section  10.2 and Section 10.3 hereof,
     respectively, the Trust created hereby shall continue until  the expiration
     of  20 years after the  death of the last  survivor of the initial Trustees
     named herein and the following named persons:

                                                               Date of
     Name                         Address                       Birth 

     Cassius Marcellus Cornelius  742 Old Dublin Road    November 9, 1990
      Clay                        Hancock, NH  03449

     Sara Briggs Sullivan         1308 Rhodes Street     September 17, 1990
                                  Dubois, WY  82513

     Myles Bailey Rawson          Winhall Hollow Road    May 13, 1990
                                  R.R. #1, Box 178B
                                  Bondville, VT  05340

     Zeben Curtis Kopchak         Box 1126               October 31, 1989
                                  Cordova, AK  99574

     Landon Harris Clay           742 Old Dublin Road    February 15, 1989
                                  Hancock, NH  03449

     Kelsey Ann Sullivan          1308 Rhodes Street     May 1, 1988
                                  Dubois, WY  82513


                                          17
<PAGE>






     Carter Allen Rawson          Winhall Hollow Road    January 28, 1988
                                  R.R. #1, Box 178B
                                  Bondville, VT  05340

     Obadiah Barclay Kopchak      Box 1126               August 29, 1987
                                  Cordova, AK  99574

     Richard Tubman Clay          742 Old Dublin Road    April 12, 1987
                                  Hancock, NH  03449

     Thomas Moragne Clay          742 Old Dublin Road    April 11, 1985
                                  Hancock, NH  03449

     Zachariah Bishop Kopchak     Box 1126               January 11, 1985
                                  Cordova, AK  99574

     Sager Anna Kopchak           Box 1126               May 22, 1983
                                  Cordova, AK  99574


              10.2.   Termination.

                      (a)      The   Trust   may  be   terminated  (i)   by  the
     affirmative vote  of Holders of not  less than two-thirds  of all Interests
     at  any meeting  of  Holders  or by  an  instrument  in writing  without  a
     meeting,  executed by  a  majority  of the  Trustees  and consented  to  by
     Holders  of not  less  than two-thirds  of all  Interests,  or (ii)  by the
     Trustees by written notice to the Holders.  Upon any such termination,

                      (i) the  Trust shall carry  on no business  except for the
              purpose of winding up its affairs;

                      (ii) the  Trustees shall  proceed to wind  up the
              affairs of  the  Trust  and  all  of  the  powers  of  the
              Trustees  under this Declaration  shall continue until the
              affairs of  the Trust  have been  wound up,  including the
              power  to fulfill or discharge the contracts of the Trust,
              collect the  assets of  the Trust,  sell, convey,  assign,
              exchange or  otherwise dispose of  all or any  part of the
              Trust  Property  to  one  or more  Persons  at  public  or
              private sale for consideration which may  consist in whole
              or in  part of cash,  securities or other  property of any
              kind,  discharge or pay the liabilities  of the Trust, and
              do all  other acts appropriate  to liquidate the  business
              of  the   Trust;  provided  that  any   sale,  conveyance,
              assignment,  exchange  or  other  disposition  of  all  or
              substantially  all   the  Trust  Property  shall   require
              approval of  the principal  terms of  the transaction  and
              the nature and  amount of the consideration by the vote of
              Holders holding more than 50% of all Interests; and

                      (iii)  after paying  or adequately  providing for

                                          18
<PAGE>






              the payment of  all liabilities, and upon  receipt of such
              releases,  indemnities and  refunding  agreements as  they
              deem necessary  for their  protection, the Trustees  shall
              distribute the  remaining Trust  Property, in  cash or  in
              kind or partly each, among the Holders according to  their
              respective  rights   as  set  forth   in  the   procedures
              established pursuant to Section 8.2 hereof.

                      (b)      Upon termination of the Trust and distribution to
     the Holders as  herein provided, a majority  of the Trustees shall  execute
     and file  with the records  of the Trust  an instrument in writing  setting
     forth the fact of  such termination and distribution.   Upon termination of
     the Trust,  the Trustees  shall thereupon  be discharged  from all  further
     liabilities  and duties  hereunder,  and the  rights  and interests  of all
     Holders shall thereupon cease.

              10.3.   Dissolution.  Upon  the bankruptcy of any Holder,  or upon
     the Redemption  of any Interest, the Trust shall be dissolved effective 120
     days after the  event.  However, the  Holders (other than such  bankrupt or
     redeeming Holder)  may, by a unanimous  affirmative vote at any  meeting of
     such Holders or by an instrument in  writing without a meeting executed  by
     a majority  of the Trustees and consented to by  all such Holders, agree to
     continue  the  business  of  the Trust  even  if  there  has  been  such  a
     dissolution.

              10.4.   Amendment Procedure.

                      (a)      This Declaration  may be  amended by the  vote of
     Holders of more than  50% of all Interests at any  meeting of Holders or by
     an instrument in writing without a meeting,  executed by a majority of  the
     Trustees  and  consented  to  by  the  Holders  of  more than  50%  of  all
     Interests.   Notwithstanding any other  provision hereof, this  Declaration
     may be amended by  an instrument in writing  executed by a majority of  the
     Trustees, and without the  vote or consent of Holders, for  any one or more
     of the following  purposes:  (i) to change  the name of the  Trust, (ii) to
     supply  any omission,  or  to cure,  correct  or supplement  any ambiguous,
     defective  or  inconsistent   provision  hereof,   (iii) to  conform   this
     Declaration to  the requirements of applicable  federal law  or regulations
     or  the requirements  of  the applicable  provisions  of the  Code, (iv) to
     change  the state or other  jurisdiction designated herein  as the state or
     other jurisdiction  whose law  shall be  the governing  law hereof,  (v) to
     effect  such  changes herein  as  the  Trustees  find to  be  necessary  or
     appropriate (A) to permit the filing  of this Declaration under the law  of
     such  state  or  other  jurisdiction  applicable  to  trusts  or  voluntary
     associations,  (B) to  permit  the  Trust  to  elect  to  be  treated as  a
     "regulated  investment company"  under  the  applicable provisions  of  the
     Code, or  (C) to  permit  the  transfer of  Interests  (or  to  permit  the
     transfer  of any  other  beneficial  interest in  or  share of  the  Trust,
     however  denominated), (vi) in conjunction  with any amendment contemplated
     by the foregoing  clause (iv) or the foregoing  clause (v) to make  any and
     all such  further  changes or  modifications  to  this Declaration  as  the
     Trustees  find to be necessary or appropriate,  any finding of the Trustees

                                          19
<PAGE>






     referred to in the foregoing clause  (v) or the foregoing clause (vi) to be
     conclusively evidenced  by  the  execution  of  any  such  amendment  by  a
     majority  of  the  Trustees,  and  (vii)  change,  modify  or  rescind  any
     provision  of  this  Declaration  provided  such  change,  modification  or
     rescission is found by  the Trustees to be necessary or appropriate  and to
     not have  a materially  adverse effect  on the  financial interests  of the
     Holders, any  such finding to be conclusively evidenced by the execution of
     any  such amendment by a majority of  the Trustees; provided, however, that
     unless  effected  in  compliance  with the  provisions  of  Section 10.4(b)
     hereof, no  amendment otherwise  authorized by  this sentence  may be  made
     which would reduce  the amount  payable with respect  to any Interest  upon
     liquidation of  the Trust and;  provided, further, that  the Trustees shall
     not be liable  for failing to make any  amendment permitted by this Section
     10.4(a).

                      (b)      No  amendment may  be made  under Section 10.4(a)
     hereof  which  would change  any  rights with  respect to  any  Interest by
     reducing the amount payable thereon  upon liquidation of the  Trust, except
     with the vote or consent of Holders of two-thirds of all Interests.

                      (c)      A certification in recordable form  executed by a
     majority of  the Trustees setting  forth an amendment and  reciting that it
     was duly adopted by the Holders or by  the Trustees as aforesaid or a  copy
     of  the Declaration,  as amended,  in recordable  form,  and executed  by a
     majority of  the Trustees, shall  be conclusive evidence  of such amendment
     when filed with the records of the Trust.

              Notwithstanding  any other  provision hereof,  until such  time as
     Interests are  first sold, this Declaration may be terminated or amended in
     any respect by  the affirmative vote of  a majority of the Trustees  at any
     meeting of  Trustees or  by an  instrument executed  by a  majority of  the
     Trustees.

              10.5.   Merger,  Consolidation and Sale of Assets.   The Trust may
     merge  or consolidate  with any  other corporation,  association, trust  or
     other organization or may sell,  lease or exchange all or substantially all
     of the Trust Property, including good will,  upon such terms and conditions
     and  for  such  consideration when  and  as  authorized at  any  meeting of
     Holders called for such  purpose by a Majority Interests Vote, and any such
     merger, consolidation,  sale, lease  or exchange  shall be  deemed for  all
     purposes to have  been accomplished under and  pursuant to the  statutes of
     the State of New York.

              10.6.   Incorporation.    Upon  a  Majority  Interests  Vote,  the
     Trustees may cause to  be organized or  assist in organizing a  corporation
     or corporations under  the law of any jurisdiction or a trust, partnership,
     association or other  organization to take  over the Trust  Property or  to
     carry  on any business  in which the Trust  directly or  indirectly has any
     interest, and to  sell, convey and transfer the  Trust Property to any such
     corporation,  trust,  partnership, association  or  other  organization  in
     exchange for the equity interests  thereof or otherwise, and to  lend money
     to,  subscribe for  the equity interests  of, and  enter into  any contract

                                          20
<PAGE>






     with  any  such  corporation,  trust,  partnership,  association  or  other
     organization, or any corporation, trust, partnership,  association or other
     organization  in  which  the Trust  holds  or is  about  to  acquire equity
     interests.  The Trustees  may also cause a merger or  consolidation between
     the  Trust  or any  successor  thereto  and  any  such corporation,  trust,
     partnership,  association  or  other  organization  if  and  to  the extent
     permitted  by  law.    Nothing  contained  herein  shall  be  construed  as
     requiring approval of  the Holders for the  Trustees to organize  or assist
     in organizing one or more corporations,  trusts, partnerships, associations
     or other organizations  and selling, conveying or transferring a portion of
     the Trust Property to one or more of such organizations or entities.

                                     ARTICLE XI

                                    Miscellaneous
                                    -------------

              11.1.   Certificate of  Designation; Agent for Service of Process.
     The  Trust shall  file, with the  Department of State  of the  State of New
     York, a certificate, in  the name of the  Trust and executed by an  officer
     of the Trust, designating  the Secretary of State of the  State of New York
     as an  agent upon  whom process  in any  action or  proceeding against  the
     Trust may be served.

              11.2.   Governing  Law.    This Declaration  is  executed  by  the
     Trustees and delivered  in the State of New York  and with reference to the
     law  thereof,  and  the  rights  of  all  parties  and   the  validity  and
     construction of  every provision hereof  shall be subject  to and construed
     in  accordance with the law of the State of New York and reference shall be
     specifically made to  the trust  law of  the State of  New York  as to  the
     construction of matters not  specifically covered herein or as to  which an
     ambiguity exists.

              11.3.   Counterparts.   This  Declaration  may  be  simultaneously
     executed in several  counterparts, each of which  shall be deemed to  be an
     original, and  such counterparts,  together, shall  constitute one  and the
     same instrument,  which shall  be sufficiently  evidenced by  any one  such
     original counterpart.

              11.4.   Reliance by  Third Parties.   Any certificate executed  by
     an  individual who,  according  to  the records  of  the  Trust or  of  any
     recording office in which  this Declaration may be recorded, appears  to be
     a Trustee  hereunder,  certifying  to:    (a) the  number  or  identity  of
     Trustees or  Holders, (b) the  due authorization  of the  execution of  any
     instrument or writing,  (c) the form  of any vote  passed at  a meeting  of
     Trustees or  Holders, (d) the fact that  the number of  Trustees or Holders
     present at  any meeting or  executing any written  instrument satisfies the
     requirements of  this Declaration, (e) the  form of any  By-Laws adopted by
     or  the  identity  of  any officer  elected  by  the  Trustees, or  (f) the
     existence of  any fact or facts which  in any manner relate  to the affairs
     of the Trust, shall be conclusive evidence  as to the matters so  certified
     in favor of any Person dealing with the Trustees.

                                          21
<PAGE>






              11.5.   Provisions in Conflict With Law or Regulations.

                      (a)      The provisions of this Declaration are severable,
     and if the  Trustees shall determine, with the  advice of counsel, that any
     of  such provisions  is  in  conflict with  the  1940  Act, or  with  other
     applicable law and regulations,  the conflicting provision shall  be deemed
     never to  have constituted a  part of this  Declaration; provided, however,
     that such  determination shall not  affect any of  the remaining provisions
     of  this Declaration  or render  invalid or  improper any  action taken  or
     omitted prior to such determination.

                      (b)      If any  provision of  this Declaration  shall  be
     held  invalid  or unenforceable  in  any jurisdiction,  such  invalidity or
     unenforceability shall  attach only to such  provision in such jurisdiction
     and  shall  not  in   any  manner  affect  such  provision  in   any  other
     jurisdiction  or   any  other   provision  of  this   Declaration  in   any
     jurisdiction.

              IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the  undersigned have executed this instrument
     as of the day and year first above written.

                                             /s/James G. Baur
                                             ----------------------------
                                             James G. Baur, as Trustee and
                                             not individually


                                               /s/H. Day Brigham, Jr.
                                             -----------------------------
                                             H.  Day  Brigham, Jr.,  as  Trustee
                                             and not individually

                                              /s/James B. Hawkes
                                             -----------------------------
                                             James B. Hawkes, as Trustee and
                                             not individually

















                                          22
<PAGE>




                          WEST VIRGINIA MUNICIPALS PORTFOLIO
                 (formerly called West Virginia Tax Free Portfolio)


                          AMENDMENT TO DECLARATION OF TRUST

                                   December 8, 1995



              AMENDMENT, made December 8, 1995 to the Declaration of Trust  made
     May 1, 1992  (hereinafter called the  "Declaration") of  West Virginia  Tax
     Free Portfolio,  a New York trust  (hereinafter called the  "Trust") by the
     undersigned, being  at least  a majority of  the Trustees  of the Trust  in
     office on December 8, 1995.


              WHEREAS, Section 10.4  of Article X of the Declaration  empowers a
     majority of the Trustees of the Trust to amend the Declaration without  the
     vote or consent of Holders to change the name of the Trust;


              NOW,  THEREFORE, the  undersigned  Trustees, do  hereby  amend the
     Declaration in the following manner:


              1.      The caption  at  the head  of  the Declaration  is  hereby
     amended to read as follows:

                          WEST VIRGINIA MUNICIPALS PORTFOLIO


              2.      Section  1.1 of  Article I  of  the Declaration  is hereby
     amended to read as follows:


                                      ARTICLE I


                      1.1. Name.   The  name of  the trust  created hereby  (the
     "Trust") shall be West  Virginia Municipals Portfolio and so far as  may be
     practicable the  Trustees shall conduct the Trust's activities, execute all
     documents and  sue or be  sued under  that name, which  name (and the  word
     "Trust"  wherever  hereinafter  used)  shall  refer   to  the  Trustees  as
     Trustees, and  not  individually, and  shall  not  refer to  the  officers,
     employees, agents or  independent contractors of  the Trust  or holders  of
     interests in the Trust.

              IN WITNESS  WHEREOF, the  undersigned Trustees have  executed this
     instrument this 8th
     day of December, 1995.


     /s/  Donald R. Dwight                      /s/ Norton H. Reamer
<PAGE>






     -------------------------------            -------------------------------
     Donald R. Dwight                           Norton H. Reamer


     /s/  James B. Hawkes                       /s/ John L. Thorndike
     -------------------------------            -------------------------------
     James B. Hawkes                            John L. Thorndike


     /s/  Samuel L. Hayes, III                  /s/ Jack L. Treynor     
     -------------------------------            -------------------------------
     Samuel L. Hayes, III                       Jack L. Treynor
<PAGE>























                           WEST VIRGINIA TAX FREE PORTFOLIO

                           --------------------------------


                                       BY-LAWS

                                As Adopted May 1, 1992
<PAGE>







                                  TABLE OF CONTENTS


                                                                            PAGE

     ARTICLE I -- Meetings of Holders    . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1

                      Section 1.1      Records at Holder Meetings    . . . .   1
                      Section 1.2      Inspectors of Election    . . . . . .   1


     ARTICLE II -- Officers    . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   2

                      Section 2.1      Officers of the Trust   . . . . . . .   2
                      Section 2.2      Election and Tenure   . . . . . . . .   2
                      Section 2.3      Removal of Officers   . . . . . . . .   2
                      Section 2.4      Bonds and Surety    . . . . . . . . .   2
                      Section 2.5      Chairman, President and Vice President  2
                      Section 2.6      Secretary   . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3
                      Section 2.7      Treasurer   . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3
                      Section 2.8      Other Officers and Duties   . . . . .   3


     ARTICLE III -- Miscellaneous    . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4

                      Section 3.1      Depositories    . . . . . . . . . . .   4
                      Section 3.2      Signatures    . . . . . . . . . . . .   4
                      Section 3.3      Seal  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4
                      Section 3.4      Indemnification   . . . . . . . . . .   4
                      Section 3.5      Distribution Disbursing Agents and the
                                                         Like    . . . . . .   4


     ARTICLE IV -- Regulations; Amendment of By-Laws   . . . . . . . . . . .   5

                      Section 4.1      Regulations   . . . . . . . . . . . .   5
                      Section 4.2      Amendment and Repeal of By-Laws   . .   5







                                          i
<PAGE>






                                       BY-LAWS

                                          OF

                           WEST VIRGINIA TAX FREE PORTFOLIO
                           --------------------------------


                      These By-Laws are made and adopted pursuant to Section
     2.7 of the Declaration of Trust establishing WEST VIRGINIA TAX FREE
     PORTFOLIO (the "Trust"), dated as of May 1, 1992, as from time to time
     amended (the "Declaration").  All words and terms capitalized in these
     By-Laws shall have the meaning or meanings set forth for such words or
     terms in the Declaration.

                                      ARTICLE I

                                 Meetings of Holders

                      Section 1.1.  Records at Holder Meetings.  At each
     meeting of the Holders there shall be open for inspection the minutes of
     the last previous meeting of Holders of the Trust and a list of the
     Holders of the Trust, certified to be true and correct by the Secretary or
     other proper agent of the Trust, as of the record date of the meeting. 
     Such list of Holders shall contain the name of each Holder in alphabetical
     order and the address and Interest owned by such Holder on such record
     date.

                      Section 1.2.  Inspectors of Election.  In advance of any
     meeting of the Holders, the Trustees may appoint Inspectors of Election to
     act at the meeting or any adjournment thereof.  If Inspectors of Election
     are not so appointed, the chairman, if any, of any meeting of the Holders
     may, and on the request of any Holder or his proxy shall, appoint
     Inspectors of Election.  The number of Inspectors of Election shall be
     either one or three.  If appointed at the meeting on the request of one or
     more Holders or proxies, a Majority Interests Vote shall determine whether
     one or three Inspectors of Election are to be appointed, but failure to
     allow such determination by the Holders shall not affect the validity of
     the appointment of Inspectors of Election.  In case any individual
     appointed as an Inspector of Election fails to appear or fails or refuses
     to so act, the vacancy may be filled by appointment made by the Trustees
     in advance of the convening of the meeting or at the meeting by the
     individual acting as chairman of the meeting.  The Inspectors of Election
     shall determine the Interest owned by each Holder, the Interests
     represented at the meeting, the existence of a quorum, the authenticity,
     validity and effect of proxies, shall receive votes, ballots or consents,
     shall hear and determine all challenges and questions in any way arising
     in connection with the right to vote, shall count and tabulate all votes
     or consents, shall determine the results, and shall do such other acts as
     may be proper to conduct the election or vote with fairness to all
     Holders.  If there are three Inspectors of Election, the decision, act or
     certificate of a majority is effective in all respects as the decision,
     act or certificate of all.  On request of the chairman, if any, of the
     meeting, or of any Holder or its proxy, the Inspectors of Election shall
<PAGE>






     make a report in writing of any challenge or question or matter determined
     by them and shall execute a certificate of any facts found by them.


                                     ARTICLE II

                                       Officers

                      Section 2.1.  Officers of the Trust.  The officers of the
     Trust shall consist of a Chairman, if any, a President, a Secretary, a
     Treasurer and such other officers or assistant officers, including Vice
     Presidents, as may be elected by the Trustees.  Any two or more of the
     offices may be held by the same individual.  The Trustees may designate a
     Vice President as an Executive Vice President and may designate the order
     in which the other Vice Presidents may act.  The Chairman shall be a
     Trustee, but no other officer of the Trust, including the President, need
     be a Trustee.

                      Section 2.2.  Election and Tenure.  At the initial
     organization meeting and thereafter at each annual meeting of the
     Trustees, the Trustees shall elect the Chairman, if any, the President,
     the Secretary, the Treasurer and such other officers as the Trustees shall
     deem necessary or appropriate in order to carry out the business of the
     Trust.  Such officers shall hold office until the next annual meeting of
     the Trustees and until their successors have been duly elected and
     qualified.  The Trustees may fill any vacancy in office or add any
     additional officer at any time.

                      Section 2.3.  Removal of Officers.  Any officer may be
     removed at any time, with or without cause, by action of a majority of the
     Trustees.  This provision shall not prevent the making of a contract of
     employment for a definite term with any officer and shall have no effect
     upon any cause of action which any officer may have as a result of removal
     in breach of a contract of employment.  Any officer may resign at any time
     by notice in writing signed by such officer and delivered or mailed to the
     Chairman, if any, the President or the Secretary, and such resignation
     shall take effect immediately, or at a later date according to the terms
     of such notice in writing.

                      Section 2.4.  Bonds and Surety.  Any officer may be
     required by the Trustees to be bonded for the faithful performance of his
     duties in such amount and with such sureties as the Trustees may
     determine.

                      Section 2.5.  Chairman, President and Vice Presidents. 
     The Chairman, if any, shall, if present, preside at all meetings of the
     Holders and of the Trustees and shall exercise and perform such other
     powers and duties as may be from time to time assigned to him by the
     Trustees.  Subject to such supervisory powers, if any, as may be given by
     the Trustees to the Chairman, if any, the President shall be the chief
     executive officer of the Trust and, subject to the  control of the
     Trustees, shall have general supervision, direction and control of the

                                         -2-
<PAGE>






     business of the Trust and of its employees and shall exercise such general
     powers of management as are usually vested in the office of President of a
     corporation.  In the absence of the Chairman, if any, the President shall
     preside at all meetings of the Holders and, in the absence of the
     Chairman, the President shall preside at all meetings of the Trustees. 
     The President shall be, ex officio, a member of all standing committees of
     Trustees.  Subject to the direction of the Trustees, the President shall
     have the power, in the name and on behalf of the Trust, to execute any and
     all loan documents, contracts, agreements, deeds, mortgages and other
     instruments in writing, and to employ and discharge employees and agents
     of the Trust.  Unless otherwise directed by the Trustees, the President
     shall have full authority and power to attend, to act and to vote, on
     behalf of the Trust, at any meeting of any business organization in which
     the Trust holds an interest, or to confer such powers upon any other
     person, by executing any proxies duly authorizing such person.  The
     President shall have such further authorities and duties as the Trustees
     shall from time to time determine.  In the absence or disability of the
     President, the Vice Presidents in order of their rank or the Vice
     President designated by the Trustees, shall perform all of the duties of
     the President, and when so acting shall have all the powers of and be
     subject to all of the restrictions upon the President.  Subject to the
     direction of the President, each Vice President shall have the power in
     the name and on behalf of the Trust to execute any and all loan documents,
     contracts, agreements, deeds, mortgages and other instruments in writing,
     and, in addition, shall have such other duties and powers as shall be
     designated from time to time by the Trustees or by the President.

                      Section 2.6.  Secretary.  The Secretary shall keep the
     minutes of all meetings of, and record all votes of, Holders, Trustees and
     the Executive Committee, if any.  The results of all actions taken at a
     meeting of the Trustees, or by written consent of the Trustees, shall be
     recorded by the Secretary.  The Secretary shall be custodian of the seal
     of the Trust, if any, and (and any other person so authorized by the
     Trustees) shall affix the seal or, if permitted, a facsimile thereof, to
     any instrument executed by the Trust which would be sealed by a New York
     corporation executing the same or a similar instrument and shall attest
     the seal and the signature or signatures of the officer or officers
     executing such instrument on behalf of the Trust.  The Secretary shall
     also perform any other duties commonly incident to such office in a New
     York corporation, and shall have such other authorities and duties as the
     Trustees shall from time to time determine.

                      Section 2.7.  Treasurer.  Except as otherwise directed by
     the Trustees, the Treasurer shall have the general supervision of the
     monies, funds, securities, notes receivable and other valuable papers and
     documents of the Trust, and shall have and exercise under the supervision
     of the Trustees and of the President all powers and duties normally
     incident to his office.  The Treasurer may endorse for deposit or
     collection all notes, checks and other instruments payable to the Trust or
     to its order and shall deposit all funds of the Trust as may be ordered by
     the Trustees or the President.  The Treasurer shall keep accurate account
     of the books of the Trust's transactions which shall be the property of

                                         -3-
<PAGE>






     the Trust, and which together with all other property of the Trust in his
     possession, shall be subject at all times to the inspection and control of
     the Trustees.  Unless the Trustees shall otherwise determine, the
     Treasurer shall be the principal accounting officer of the Trust and shall
     also be the principal financial officer of the Trust.  The Treasurer shall
     have such other duties and authorities as the Trustees shall from time to
     time determine.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein
     contained, the Trustees may authorize the Investment Adviser or the
     Administrator to maintain bank accounts and deposit and disburse funds on
     behalf of the Trust.

                      Section 2.8.  Other Officers and Duties.  The Trustees
     may elect such other officers and assistant officers as they shall from
     time to time determine to be necessary or desirable in order to conduct
     the business of the Trust.  Assistant officers shall act generally in the
     absence of the officer whom they assist and shall assist that officer in
     the duties of his office.  Each officer, employee and agent of the Trust
     shall have such other duties and authorities as may be conferred upon him
     by the Trustees or delegated to him by the President.


                                     ARTICLE III

                                    Miscellaneous

                      Section 3.1.  Depositories.  The funds of the Trust shall
     be deposited in such depositories as the Trustees shall designate and
     shall be drawn out on checks, drafts or other orders signed by such
     officer, officers, agent or agents (including the Investment Adviser or
     the Administrator) as the Trustees may from time to time authorize.

                      Section 3.2.  Signatures.  All contracts and other
     instruments shall be executed on behalf of the Trust by such officer,
     officers, agent or agents as provided in these By-Laws or as the Trustees
     may from time to time by resolution provide.

                      Section 3.3.  Seal.  The seal of the Trust, if any, may
     be affixed to any document, and the seal and its attestation may be
     lithographed, engraved or otherwise printed on any document with the same
     force and effect as if it had been imprinted and attested manually in the
     same manner and with the same effect as if done by a New York corporation.

                      Section 3.4.  Indemnification.  Insofar as the
     conditional advancing of indemnification monies under Section 5.4 of the
     Declaration for actions based upon the 1940 Act may be concerned, such
     payments will be made only on the following conditions: (i) the advances
     must be limited to amounts used, or to be used, for the preparation or
     presentation of a defense to the action, including costs connected with
     the preparation of a settlement; (ii) advances may be made only upon
     receipt of a written promise by, or on behalf of, the recipient to repay
     the amount of the advance which exceeds the amount to which it is
     ultimately determined that he is entitled to receive from the Trust by

                                         -4-
<PAGE>






     reason of indemnification; and (iii) (a) such promise must be secured by a
     surety bond, other suitable insurance or an equivalent form of security
     which assures that any repayment may be obtained by the Trust without
     delay or litigation, which bond, insurance or other form of security must
     be provided by the recipient of the advance, or (b) a majority of a quorum
     of the Trust's disinterested, non-party Trustees, or an independent legal
     counsel in a written opinion, shall determine, based upon a review of
     readily available facts, that the recipient of the advance ultimately will
     be found entitled to indemnification.

                      Section 3.5.  Distribution Disbursing Agents and the
     Like.  The Trustees shall have the power to employ and compensate such
     distribution disbursing agents, warrant agents and agents for the
     reinvestment of distributions as they shall deem necessary or desirable. 
     Any of such agents shall have such power and authority as is delegated to
     any of them by the Trustees.

                                     ARTICLE IV

                          Regulations; Amendment of By-Laws

                      Section 4.1.  Regulations.  The Trustees may make such
     additional rules and regulations, not inconsistent with these By-Laws, as
     they may deem expedient concerning the sale and purchase of Interests of
     the Trust.

                      Section 4.2.  Amendment and Repeal of By-Laws.  In
     accordance with Section 2.7 of the Declaration, the Trustees shall have
     the power to alter, amend or repeal the By-Laws or adopt new By-Laws at
     any time.  Action by the Trustees with respect to the By-Laws shall be
     taken by an affirmative vote of a majority of the Trustees.  The Trustees
     shall in no event adopt By-Laws which are in conflict with the
     Declaration.

                      The Declaration refers to the Trustees as Trustees, but
     not as individuals or personally; and no Trustee, officer, employee or
     agent of the Trust shall be held to any personal liability, nor shall
     resort be had to their private property for the satisfaction of any
     obligation or claim or otherwise in connection with the affairs of the
     Trust.













                                         -5-
<PAGE>





                           WEST VIRGINIA TAX FREE PORTFOLIO

                            INVESTMENT ADVISORY AGREEMENT


              AGREEMENT made this  7th day of June, 1993, between  West Virginia
     Tax  Free Portfolio, a New York trust  (the "Trust"), and Boston Management
     and Research, a Massachusetts business trust (the "Adviser").

              1.      Duties  of the  Adviser.   The  Trust  hereby employs  the
     Adviser to act as investment adviser for  and to manage the investment  and
     reinvestment of  the assets of  the Trust  and to  administer its  affairs,
     subject to  the supervision of  the Trustees of  the Trust, for the  period
     and on the terms set forth in this Agreement.

              The  Adviser hereby  accepts  such employment,  and  undertakes to
     afford  to   the  Trust  the   advice  and  assistance   of  the  Adviser's
     organization in the  choice of investments and in  the purchase and sale of
     securities for the  Trust and to furnish  for the use  of the Trust  office
     space  and all  necessary office  facilities, equipment  and personnel  for
     servicing the  investments of the  Trust and for  administering its affairs
     and to pay the salaries  and fees of all officers and Trustees of the Trust
     who are  members of the  Adviser's organization  and all  personnel of  the
     Adviser   performing  services   relating   to   research  and   investment
     activities.  The  Adviser shall for all purposes herein  be deemed to be an
     independent contractor  and shall, except  as otherwise expressly  provided
     or authorized, have no authority to  act for or represent the Trust in  any
     way or otherwise be deemed an agent of the Trust.

              The  Adviser   shall  provide  the  Trust   with  such  investment
     management  and supervision  as the  Trust may  from time to  time consider
     necessary for  the proper supervision of the  Trust.  As investment adviser
     to the Trust,  the Adviser shall furnish continuously an investment program
     and  shall  determine  from  time   to  time  what  securities   and  other
     investments shall  be acquired, disposed  of or exchanged  and what portion
     of  the Trust's  assets shall  be held  uninvested, subject  always to  the
     applicable  restrictions   of  the  Declaration   of  Trust,  By-Laws   and
     registration statement of  the Trust under  the Investment  Company Act  of
     1940, all as from time to  time amended.  Should the Trustees  of the Trust
     at any  time, however,  make any  specific determination  as to  investment
     policy  for the  Trust  and  notify the  Adviser  thereof in  writing,  the
     Adviser  shall  be bound  by such  determination  for the  period,  if any,
     specified  in   such  notice   or  until   similarly  notified  that   such
     determination has been revoked.  The Adviser  shall take, on behalf of  the
     Trust, all actions which it deems  necessary or desirable to implement  the
     investment policies of the Trust.

              The Adviser shall place  all orders  for the purchase  or sale  of
     portfolio securities for the account of the Trust either directly with  the
     issuer or with brokers or dealers selected by the  Adviser, and to that end
     the Adviser is  authorized as the agent  of the Trust to  give instructions
     to the custodian  of the Trust as  to deliveries of securities  and payment
     of cash for  the account of the Trust.  In connection with the selection of
<PAGE>






     such brokers or  dealers and the placing of  such orders, the Adviser shall
     use  its best efforts  to seek to  execute security  transactions at prices
     which are advantageous  to the Trust  and (when a  disclosed commission  is
     being  charged) at  reasonably competitive commission  rates.  In selecting
     brokers or  dealers qualified to execute  a particular transaction, brokers
     or dealers  may  be  selected  who  also  provide  brokerage  and  research
     services (as those  terms are defined  in Section  28(e) of the  Securities
     Exchange  Act of  1934)  to  the  Adviser  and  the  Adviser  is  expressly
     authorized to  pay any  broker or  dealer who provides  such brokerage  and
     research services a  commission for executing a  security transaction which
     is in  excess of the  amount of commission  another broker or dealer  would
     have charged  for effecting that  transaction if the  Adviser determines in
     good faith that such amount of commission is reasonable in relation to  the
     value of the  brokerage and research  services provided by  such broker  or
     dealer, viewed  in  terms of  either  that  particular transaction  or  the
     overall responsibilities  which the  Adviser and its  affiliates have  with
     respect  to  accounts  over  which  they  exercise  investment  discretion.
     Subject to  the  requirement set  forth  in  the second  sentence  of  this
     paragraph, the  Adviser  is authorized  to  consider, as  a  factor in  the
     selection of any broker or dealer with whom purchase or  sale orders may be
     placed, the fact that  such broker or dealer has sold  or is selling shares
     of any one or  more investment  companies sponsored by  the Adviser or  its
     affiliates  or shares  of  any other  investment  company investing  in the
     Trust.

              2.      Compensation of the  Adviser.  For the  services, payments
     and facilities to be furnished hereunder by the Adviser,  the Adviser shall
     be entitled to  receive from the Trust,  on a daily basis,  compensation is
     an amount equal to the aggregate of:

              (a)     a daily  asset-based fee computed  by applying the  annual
     asset rate applicable to that  portion of the total daily net assets of the
     Trust in each Category as indicated below:

     Category         Daily Net Assets                  Annual Asset Rate


              1       up to $20 million                          0.100%
              2       $20 million but less than $40 million      0.200%
              3       $40 million but less than $500 million     0.300%
              4       $500 million but less than $1 billion      0.275%
              5       $1 billion but less than $1.5 billion      0.250%
              6       $1.5 billion but less than $2 billion      0.225%
              7       $2 billion but less than $3 billion        0.200%
              8       $3 billion and over                        0.175%, plus

              (b)     a daily  income-based fee computed  by applying the  daily
     income rate applicable to that portion of  the total daily gross income  of
     the Trust  (which portion  shall bear  the same  relationship to the  total
     daily  gross income  on such day  as that  portion of  the total  daily net
     assets of  the Trust  in the  same Category  bears to the  total daily  net
     assets on such day) in each Category as indicated below:

                                          2
<PAGE>







     Category         Daily Net Assets                  Daily Income Rate

              1       up to $20 million                          1.00%
              2       $20 million but less than $40 million      2.00%
              3       $40 million but less than $500 million     3.00%
              4       $500 million but less than $1 billion      2.75%
              5       $1 billion but less than $1.5 billion      2.50%
              6       $1.5 billion but less than $2 billion      2.25%
              7       $2 billion but less than $3 billion        2.00%
              8       $3 billion and over                        1.75%, plus


     Such  daily compensation  shall  be paid  monthly  in arrears  on  the last
     business day of each month.  The Trust's daily net assets  and gross income
     shall be computed in accordance with the Declaration of Trust of the  Trust
     and any applicable votes and determinations of the Trustees of the Trust.

              In case of  initiation or termination of the Agreement  during any
     month with  respect to the Trust, the fee for that  month shall be based on
     the number of calendar days during which it is in effect.

              The  Adviser may, from time  to time, waive  all or a  part of the
     above compensation.

              3.      Allocation  of Charges  and Expenses.    It is  understood
     that the Trust will  pay all its expenses other than those expressly stated
     to be  payable by  the  Adviser hereunder,  which expenses  payable by  the
     Trust  shall   include,  without  implied   limitation,  (i)  expenses   of
     maintaining the  Trust and continuing  its existence, (ii) registration  of
     the Trust  under the  Investment Company  Act of  1940, (iii)  commissions,
     fees  and  other  expenses  connected  with  the acquisition,  holding  and
     disposition of securities and other investments,  (iv) auditing, accounting
     and legal expenses, (v) taxes  and interest, (vi) governmental  fees, (vii)
     expenses of  issue, sale and redemption  of Interests in  the Trust, (viii)
     expenses  of registering  and  qualifying the  Trust  and Interests  in the
     Trust under  federal  and  state  securities  laws  and  of  preparing  and
     printing registration statements or other offering  statements or memoranda
     for such purposes  and for distributing the same  to Holders and investors,
     and fees and expenses of  registering and maintaining registrations  of the
     Trust  and the  Trust's  placement agent  as  broker-dealer or  agent under
     state securities laws, (ix) expenses of reports  and notices to Holders and
     of meetings  of Holders and  proxy solicitations therefor,  (x) expenses of
     reports to governmental officers and commissions,  (xi) insurance expenses,
     (xii) association membership dues, (xiii) fees,  expenses and disbursements
     of custodians  and subcustodians for  all services to  the Trust (including
     without limitation safekeeping of funds, securities  and other investments,
     keeping of  books, accounts  and records,  and determination  of net  asset
     values,  book capital  account balances and  tax capital account balances),
     (xiv)  fees,  expenses  and  disbursements  of  transfer  agents,  dividend
     disbursing agents,  Holder servicing agents and registrars for all services
     to the Trust,  (xv) expenses for servicing  the accounts of  Holders, (xvi)

                                          3
<PAGE>






     any direct  charges  to Holders  approved  by the  Trustees of  the  Trust,
     (xvii)  compensation and  expenses of  Trustees of  the  Trust who  are not
     members  of the  Adviser's  organization,  and (xviii)  such  non-recurring
     items  as  may  arise,  including  expenses  incurred  in  connection  with
     litigation,  proceedings and  claims  and the  obligation  of the  Trust to
     indemnify its Trustees, officers and Holders with respect thereto.

              4.      Other  Interests.   It  is  understood that  Trustees  and
     officers of the Trust and Holders of Interests  in the Trust are or may  be
     or become interested  in the Adviser as trustees, shareholders or otherwise
     and that trustees, officers  and shareholders of the Adviser are or  may be
     or become similarly  interested in the Trust,  and that the Adviser  may be
     or become interested  in the  Trust as  Holder or  otherwise.   It is  also
     understood  that trustees,  officers,  employees  and shareholders  of  the
     Adviser  may be  or become  interested  (as directors,  trustees, officers,
     employees,  shareholders  or  otherwise) in  other  companies  or  entities
     (including,  without  limitation, other  investment  companies)  which  the
     Adviser  may organize, sponsor  or acquire, or with  which it  may merge or
     consolidate,  and which  may  include the  words  "Eaton Vance"  or "Boston
     Management and Research" or any combination thereof  as part of their name,
     and  that  the Adviser  or its  subsidiaries or  affiliates may  enter into
     advisory or management agreements or other contracts  or relationships with
     such other companies or entities.

              5.      Limitation  of Liability of the Adviser.   The services of
     the Adviser to  the Trust are not to be deemed to be exclusive, the Adviser
     being free  to  render services  to others  and  engage in  other  business
     activities.   In  the absence  of  willful  misfeasance, bad  faith,  gross
     negligence or reckless  disregard of obligations or duties hereunder on the
     part of the Adviser,  the Adviser shall not be subject to  liability to the
     Trust or to  any Holder of Interests in  the Trust for any act  or omission
     in the course  of, or connected with,  rendering services hereunder or  for
     any  losses  which   may  be  sustained  in  the  acquisition,  holding  or
     disposition of any security or other investment.

              6.      Sub-Investment Advisers.   The Adviser  may employ one  or
     more sub-investment advisers from time to time to perform such of the  acts
     and services of the Adviser, including the selection of  brokers or dealers
     to  execute the  Trust's  portfolio security  transactions,  and upon  such
     terms and conditions as  may be  agreed upon between  the Adviser and  such
     investment adviser and approved by the Trustees of the Trust.

              7.      Duration  and   Termination  of  this  Agreement.     This
     Agreement  shall become  effective  upon the  date  of its  execution, and,
     unless terminated  as  herein provided,  shall  remain  in full  force  and
     effect through and including February 28,  1994 and shall continue in  full
     force and  effect  indefinitely  thereafter,  but  only  so  long  as  such
     continuance  after February  28,  1994 is  specifically  approved at  least
     annually (i)  by  the Board  of  Trustees of  the Trust  or  by vote  of  a
     majority of the outstanding voting securities of the  Trust and (ii) by the
     vote of a  majority of those Trustees  of the Trust who are  not interested
     persons of the Adviser or the Trust cast in  person at a meeting called for

                                          4
<PAGE>






     the purpose of voting on such approval.

              Either party  hereto may, at  any time  on sixty (60) days'  prior
     written notice to the other,  terminate this Agreement without  the payment
     of any penalty, by action of  Trustees of the Trust or the  trustees of the
     Adviser, as  the case may  be, and  the Trust  may, at any  time upon  such
     written  notice to  the  Adviser, terminate  this  Agreement by  vote of  a
     majority  of  the  outstanding  voting  securities  of  the  Trust.    This
     Agreement shall terminate automatically in the event of its assignment.

              8.      Amendments  of  the  Agreement.   This  Agreement  may  be
     amended by  a  writing signed  by  both parties  hereto, provided  that  no
     amendment to  this Agreement shall be  effective until approved  (i) by the
     vote of a majority  of those Trustees of the  Trust who are not  interested
     persons  of the Adviser or the Trust cast in person at a meeting called for
     the purpose of voting on such approval, and  (ii) by vote of a majority  of
     the outstanding voting securities of the Trust.

              9.      Limitation  of   Liability.      The   Adviser   expressly
     acknowledges  the  provision in  the  Declaration  of  Trust  of the  Trust
     (Section 5.2 and 5.6) limiting  the personal liability of the Trustees  and
     officers of the Trust,  and the  Adviser hereby agrees  that it shall  have
     recourse to the Trust  for payment of claims or obligations as  between the
     Trust and the  Adviser arising  out of this  Agreement and  shall not  seek
     satisfaction from any Trustee or officer of the Trust.

              10.     Certain  Definitions.      The  terms   "assignment"   and
     "interested persons" when used  herein shall  have the respective  meanings
     specified  in the Investment  Company Act of  1940 as  now in effect  or as
     hereafter amended  subject, however, to  such exemptions as  may be granted
     by the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission  by  any rule,  regulation  or
     order.  The term "vote of a majority  of the outstanding voting securities"
     shall  mean the vote, at a meeting of Holders,  of the lesser of (a) 67 per
     centum  or more of  the Interests  in the  Trust present or  represented by
     proxy at  the meeting  if the  Holders of more  than 50  per centum  of the
     outstanding Interests  in the Trust are present or  represented by proxy at
     the meeting, or  (b) more than 50  per centum of the  outstanding Interests
     in the Trust.   The terms "Holders" and "Interests" when used  herein shall
     have the respective  meanings specified in the Declaration  of Trust of the
     Trust.













                                          5
<PAGE>







              IN  WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement
     to be executed on the day and year first above written.


     WEST VIRGINIA TAX FREE PORTFOLIO       BOSTON MANAGEMENT AND RESEARCH


     By:  /s/James B. Hawkes                By:   /s/Curtis H. Jones     
          ------------------------                -----------------------
          President                               Vice President
                                                  and not individually









































                                          6
<PAGE>




                              PLACEMENT AGENT AGREEMENT



                                                                    June 7, 1993


     Eaton Vance Distributors, Inc.
     24 Federal Street
     Boston, Massachusetts  02110

     Gentlemen:

              This is to confirm that, in consideration of the agreements
     hereinafter contained, the undersigned, West Virginia Tax Free Portfolio
     (the "Trust"), an open-end non-diversified management investment company
     registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the "1940
     Act"), organized as a New York trust, has agreed that Eaton Vance
     Distributors, Inc. ("EVD") shall be the placement agent (the "Placement
     Agent") of Interests in the Trust ("Trust Interests").

              1.  Services as Placement Agent.

              1.1  EVD will act as Placement Agent of the Trust Interests
     covered by the Trust's registration statement then in effect under the
     1940 Act.  In acting as Placement Agent under this Placement Agent
     Agreement, neither EVD nor its employees or any agents thereof shall make
     any offer or sale of Trust Interests in a manner which would require the
     Trust Interests to be registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as
     amended (the "1933 Act").

              1.2  All activities by EVD and its agents and employees as
     Placement Agent of Trust Interests shall comply with all applicable laws,
     rules and regulations, including, without limitation, all rules and
     regulations adopted pursuant to the 1940 Act by the Securities and
     Exchange Commission (the "Commission"). 

              1.3  Nothing herein shall be construed to require the Trust to
     accept any offer to purchase any Trust Interests, all of which shall be
     subject to approval by the Board of Trustees.

              1.4  The Portfolio shall furnish from time to time for use in
     connection with the sale of Trust Interests such information with respect
     to the Trust and Trust Interests as EVD may reasonably request.  The Trust
     shall also furnish EVD upon request with: (a) unaudited semiannual
     statements of the Trust's books and accounts prepared by the Trust, and
     (b) from time to time such additional information regarding the Trust's
     financial or regulatory condition as EVD may reasonably request.

              1.5  The Trust represents to EVD that all registration statements
     filed by the Trust with the Commission under the 1940 Act with respect to
     Trust Interests have been prepared in conformity with the requirements of
     such statute and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder. 
     As used in this Agreement the term "registration statement" shall mean any
     registration statement filed with the Commission as modified by any
     amendments thereto that at any time shall have been filed with the
     Commission by or on behalf of the Trust.  The Trust represents and
<PAGE>






     warrants to EVD that any registration statement will contain all
     statements required to be stated therein in conformity with both such
     statute and the rules and regulations of the Commission; that all
     statements of fact contained in any registration statement will be true
     and correct in all material respects at the time of filing of such
     registration statement or amendment thereto; and that no registration
     statement will include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to
     state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make
     the statements therein not misleading to a purchaser of Trust Interests. 
     The Trust may but shall not be obligated to propose from time to time such
     amendment to any registration statement as in the light of future
     developments may, in the opinion of the Trust's counsel, be necessary or
     advisable.  If the Trust shall not propose such amendment and/or
     supplement within fifteen days after receipt by the Trust of a written
     request from EVD to do so, EVD may, at its option, terminate this
     Agreement.  The Trust shall not file any amendment to any registration
     statement without giving EVD reasonable notice thereof in advance;
     provided, however, that nothing contained in this Agreement shall in any
     way limit the Trust's right to file at any time such amendment to any
     registration statement as the Trust may deem advisable, such right being
     in all respects absolute and unconditional.

              1.6  The Trust agrees to indemnify, defend and hold EVD, its
     several officers and directors, and any person who controls EVD within the
     meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the Securities and
     Exchange Act of 1934 (the "1934 Act") (for purposes of this paragraph 1.6,
     collectively, "Covered Persons") free and harmless from and against any
     and all claims, demands, liabilities and expenses (including the cost of
     investigating or defending such claims, demands or liabilities and any
     counsel fees incurred in connection therewith) which any Covered Person
     may incur under the 1933 Act, the 1934 Act, common law or otherwise,
     arising out of or based on any untrue statement of a material fact
     contained in any registration statement, private placement memorandum or
     other offering material ("Offering Material") or arising out of or based
     on any omission to state a material fact required to be stated in any
     Offering Material or necessary to make the statements in any Offering
     Material not misleading; provided, however, that the Trust's agreement to
     indemnify Covered Persons shall not be deemed to cover any claims,
     demands, liabilities or expenses arising out of any financial and other
     statements as are furnished in writing to the Trust by EVD in its capacity
     as Placement Agent for use in the answers to any items of any registration
     statement or in any statements made in any Offering Material, or arising
     out of or based on any omission or alleged omission to state a material
     fact in connection with the giving of such information required to be
     stated in such answers or necessary to make the answers not misleading;
     and further provided that the Trust's agreement to indemnify EVD and the
     Trust's representations and warranties hereinbefore set forth in this
     paragraph 1.6 shall not be deemed to cover any liability to the Trust or
     its investors to which a Covered Person would otherwise be subject by
     reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the
     performance of its duties, or by reason of a Covered Person's reckless
     disregard of its obligations and duties under this Agreement.  The Trust
     should be notified of any action brought against a Covered Person, such
     notification to be given by a writing addressed to the Trust, 24 Federal
     Street Boston, Massachusetts 02110,  with a copy to the Adviser of the

                                        - 2 -
<PAGE>






     Portfolio, Boston Management and Research, at the same address, promptly
     after the summons or other first legal process shall have been duly and
     completely served upon such Covered Person.  The failure to so notify the
     Trust of any such action shall not relieve the Trust from any liability
     except to the extent the Trust shall have been prejudiced by such failure,
     or from any liability that the Trust may have to the Covered Person
     against whom such action is brought by reason of any such untrue statement
     or omission, otherwise than on account of the Trust's indemnity agreement
     contained in this paragraph.  The Trust will be entitled to assume the
     defense of any suit brought to enforce any such claim, demand or
     liability, but in such case such defense shall be conducted by counsel of
     good standing chosen by the Trust and approved by EVD, which approval
     shall not be unreasonably withheld.  In the event the Trust elects to
     assume the defense of any such suit and retain counsel of good standing
     approved by EVD, the defendant or defendants in such suit shall bear the
     fees and expenses of any additional counsel retained by any of them; but
     in case the Trust does not elect to assume the defense of any such suit or
     in case EVD reasonably does not approve of counsel chosen by the Trust,
     the Trust will reimburse the Covered Person named as defendant in such
     suit, for the fees and expenses of any counsel retained by EVD or it.  The
     Trust's indemnification agreement contained in this paragraph and the
     Trust's representations and warranties in this Agreement shall remain
     operative and in full force and effect regardless of any investigation
     made by or on behalf of Covered Persons, and shall survive the delivery of
     any Trust Interests.  This agreement of indemnity will inure exclusively
     to Covered Persons and their successors.  The Trust agrees to notify EVD
     promptly of the commencement of any litigation or proceedings against the
     Trust or any of its officers or Trustees in connection with the issue and
     sale of any Trust Interests.

              1.7  EVD agrees to indemnify, defend and hold the Trust, its
     several officers and trustees, and any person who controls the Trust
     within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934
     Act (for purposes of this paragraph 1.7, collectively, "Covered Persons")
     free and harmless from and against any and all claims, demands,
     liabilities and expenses (including the costs of investigating or
     defending such claims, demands, liabilities and any counsel fees incurred
     in connection therewith) that Covered Persons may incur under the 1933
     Act, the 1934 Act or common law or otherwise, but only to the extent that
     such liability or expense incurred by a Covered Person resulting from such
     claims or demands shall arise out of or be based on any untrue statement
     of a material fact contained in information furnished in writing by EVD in
     its capacity as Placement Agent to the Trust for use in the answers to any
     of the items of any registration statement or in any statements in any
     other Offering Material or shall arise out of or be based on any omission
     to state a material fact in connection with such information furnished in
     writing by EVD to the Trust required to be stated in such answers or
     necessary to make such information not misleading.  EVD shall be notified
     of any action brought against a Covered Person, such notification to be
     given by a writing addressed to EVD at 24 Federal Street, Boston,
     Massachusetts 02110, promptly after the summons or other first legal
     process shall have been duly and completely served upon such Covered
     Person.  EVD shall have the right of first control of the defense of the
     action with counsel of its own choosing satisfactory to the Trust if such
     action is based solely on such alleged misstatement or omission on EVD's

                                        - 3 -
<PAGE>






     part, and in any other event each Covered Person shall have the right to
     participate in the defense or preparation of the defense of any such
     action.  The failure to so notify EVD of any such action shall not relieve
     EVD from any liability except to the extent the Trust shall have been
     prejudiced by such failure, or from any liability that EVD may have to
     Covered Persons by reason of any such untrue or alleged untrue statement,
     or omission or alleged omission, otherwise than on account of EVD's
     indemnity agreement contained in this paragraph.

              1.8  No Trust Interests shall be offered by either EVD or the
     Trust under any of the provisions of this Agreement and no orders for the
     purchase or sale of Trust Interests hereunder shall be accepted by the
     Trust if and so long as the effectiveness of the registration statement or
     any necessary amendments thereto shall be suspended under any of the
     provisions of the 1933 Act or the 1940 Act; provided, however, that
     nothing contained in this paragraph shall in any way restrict or have an
     application to or bearing on the Trust's obligation to redeem Trust
     Interests from any investor in accordance with the provisions of the
     Trust's registration statement or Declaration of Trust, as amended from
     time to time.

              1.9  The Trust agrees to advise EVD as soon as reasonably
     practical by a notice in writing delivered to EVD or its counsel:

              (a)  of any request by the Commission for amendments to the
     registration statement then in effect or for additional information;

              (b)  in the event of the issuance by the Commission of any stop
     order suspending the effectiveness of the registration statement then in
     effect or the initiation by service of process on the Trust of any
     proceeding for that purpose;

              (c)  of the happening of any event that makes untrue any
     statement of a material fact made in the registration statement then in
     effect or that requires the making of a change in such registration
     statement in order to make the statements therein not misleading; and

              (d)  of all action of the Commission with respect to any
     amendment to any registration statement that may from time to time be
     filed with the Commission.

              For purposes of this paragraph 1.9, informal requests by or acts
     of the Staff of the Commission shall not be deemed actions of or requests
     by the Commission.

              1.10  EVD agrees on behalf of itself and its employees to treat
     confidentially and as proprietary information of the Trust all records and
     other information not otherwise publicly available relative to the Trust
     and its prior, present or potential investors and not to use such records
     and information for any purpose other than performance of its
     responsibilities and duties hereunder, except after prior notification to
     and approval in writing by the Trust, which approval shall not be
     unreasonably withheld and may not be withheld where EVD may be exposed to
     civil or criminal contempt proceedings for failure to comply, when


                                        - 4 -
<PAGE>






     requested to divulge such information by duly constituted authorities, or
     when so requested by the Trust.

              2.  Duration and Termination of this Agreement.

              This Agreement shall become effective upon the date of its
     execution, and, unless terminated as herein provided, shall remain in full
     force and effect through and including February 28, 1995 and shall
     continue in full force and effect indefinitely thereafter, but only so
     long as such continuance after February 28, 1995 is specifically approved
     at least annually (i) by the Board of Trustees of the Trust or by vote of
     a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Trust and (ii) by
     the vote of a majority of those Trustees of the Trust who are not
     interested persons of EVD or the Trust cast in person at a meeting called
     for the purpose of voting on such approval.

              Either party hereto may, at any time on sixty (60) days' prior
     written notice to the other, terminate this agreement without the payment
     of any penalty, by action of Trustees of the Trust or the Directors of
     EVD, as the case may be, and the Trust may, at any time upon such written
     notice to EVD, terminate this Agreement by vote of a majority of the
     outstanding voting securities of the Trust.  This Agreement shall
     terminate automatically in the event of its assignment.

              3.  Representations and Warranties.

              EVD and the Trust each hereby represents and warrants to the
     other that it has all requisite authority to enter into, execute, deliver
     and perform its obligations under this Agreement and that, with respect to
     it, this Agreement is legal, valid and binding, and enforceable in
     accordance with its terms.

              4.  Limitation of Liability.

              EVD expressly acknowledges the provision in the Declaration of
     Trust of the Trust (Sections 5.2 and 5.6) limiting the personal liability
     of the Trustees and officers of the Trust, and EVD hereby agrees that it
     shall have recourse to the Trust for payment of claims or obligations as
     between the Trust and EVD arising out of this Agreement and shall not seek
     satisfaction from any Trustee or officer of the Trust.

              5.  Certain Definitions.

              The terms "assignment" and "interested persons" when used herein
     shall have the respective meanings specified in the Investment Company Act
     of 1940 as now in effect or as hereafter amended subject, however, to such
     exemptions as may be granted by the Securities and Exchange Commission by
     any rule, regulation or order.  The term "vote of a majority of the
     outstanding voting securities" shall mean the vote, at a meeting of
     Holders, of the lesser of (a) 67 per centum or more of the Interests in
     the Trust present or represented by proxy at the meeting if the Holders of
     more than 50 per centum of the outstanding Interests in the Trust are
     present or represented by proxy at the meeting, or (b) more than 50 per
     centum of the outstanding Interests in the Trust.  The terms "Holders" and


                                        - 5 -
<PAGE>






     "Interests" when used herein shall have the respective meanings specified
     in the Declaration of Trust of the Trust.

              6.  Concerning Applicable Provisions of Law, etc.

              This Agreement shall be subject to all applicable provisions of
     law, including the applicable provisions of the 1940 Act and to the extent
     that any provisions herein contained conflict with any such applicable
     provisions of law, the latter shall control.

              The laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts shall, except to
     the extent that any applicable provisions of federal law shall be
     controlling, govern the construction, validity and effect of this
     Agreement, without reference to principles of conflicts of law.

              If the contract set forth herein is acceptable to you, please so
     indicate by executing the enclosed copy of this Agreement and returning
     the same to the undersigned, whereupon this Agreement shall constitute a
     binding contract between the parties hereto effective at the closing of
     business on the date hereof.


                                       Yours very truly,

                                       WEST VIRGINIA TAX FREE PORTFOLIO



                                       By:  /s/James B. Hawkes
                                            ----------------------------
                                                President

     Accepted:

     EATON VANCE DISTRIBUTORS, INC.


     By:  /s/H. Day  Brigham, Jr.
         ----------------------------
              President
      















                                        - 6 -
<PAGE>











                           WEST VIRGINIA TAX FREE PORTFOLIO


                                                                 June 7, 1993



     West  Virginia Tax  Free Portfolio  hereby adopts  and agrees  to become  a
     party to  the attached Master  Custodian Agreement between  the Eaton Vance
     Hub Portfolios and Investors Bank & Trust Company.



                                                WEST VIRGINIA TAX FREE PORTFOLIO


                                                By      /s/James B. Hawkes
                                                ------------------------
                                                        President

     Accepted and agreed to:

     INVESTORS BANK & TRUST COMPANY


     BY:      /s/J.M. Keenan             
              ----------------------
              Title: Vice President
<PAGE>







                              MASTER CUSTODIAN AGREEMENT

                                       between

                             EATON VANCE HUB PORTFOLIOS

                                         and

                            INVESTORS BANK & TRUST COMPANY
<PAGE>






                                  TABLE OF CONTENTS

     1.       Definitions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1-3

     2.       Employment of Custodian and Property to be Held by It  . . . .   3

     3.       Duties of the Custodian with Respect to
              Property of the Trust  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4

              A.  Safekeeping and Holding of Property  . . . . . . . . . . .   4

              B.  Delivery of Securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4-7

              C.  Registration of Securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   7

              D.  Bank Accounts  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   8

              E.  Payments for Interests, or Increases in Interests,
                    in the Trust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  8

              F.  Investment and Availability of Federal Funds . . . . . . .   8

              G.  Collections  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   8-9

              H.  Payment of Trust Monies  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   10-11

              I.  Liability for Payment in Advance of
                  Receipt of Securities Purchased  . . . . . . . . . . .   11-12

              J.  Payments for Repurchases or Redemptions
                  of Interests of the Trust  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  12

              K.  Appointment of Agents by the Custodian . . . . . . . . . .  12

              L.  Deposit of Trust Portfolio Securities in Securities
                    Systems  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   12-14

              M.  Deposit of Trust Commercial Paper in an Approved
                    Book-Entry System for Commercial Paper . . . . . . .   15-17

              N.  Segregated Account . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  17

              O.  Ownership Certificates for Tax Purposes  . . . . . . . . .  18

              P.  Proxies  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  18

              Q.  Communications Relating to Trust Portfolio   . . . . . . .  18
                      Securities

              R.  Exercise of Rights; Tender Offers  . . . . . . . . . .   18-19

              S.  Depository Receipts  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  19

              T.  Interest Bearing Call or Time Deposits . . . . . . . . . .  20
<PAGE>






              U.  Options, Futures Contracts and Foreign
                    Currency Transactions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   20-22

              V.  Actions Permitted Without Express Authority  . . . . . . .  22

      4.      Duties of Bank with Respect to Books of Account and
              Calculations of Net Asset Value  . . . . . . . . . . . . .   22-23

      5.      Records and Miscellaneous Duties . . . . . . . . . . . . .   23-24

      6.      Opinion of Trust's Independent Public Accountants  . . . . . .  24

      7.      Compensation and Expenses of Bank  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  24

      8.      Responsibility of Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   24-25

      9.      Persons Having Access to Assets of the Trust . . . . . . .   25-26

     10.      Effective Period, Termination and Amendment;
              Successor Custodian  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   26-27

     11.      Interpretive and Additional Provisions . . . . . . . . . . . .  27

     12.      Notices  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  27

     13.      Massachusetts Law to Apply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  27

     14.      Adoption of the Agreement by the Trust . . . . . . . . . . . .  28
<PAGE>






                              MASTER CUSTODIAN AGREEMENT


              This Agreement is made between  each investment company advised by
     Boston Management  and Research  which has  adopted this  Agreement in  the
     manner  provided herein  and Investors  Bank  & Trust  Company (hereinafter
     called "Bank", "Custodian" and  "Agent"), a trust company established under
     the laws  of Massachusetts with  a principal place  of business  in Boston,
     Massachusetts.

              Whereas,  each such  investment  company is  registered  under the
     Investment Company  Act  of 1940  and  has appointed  the  Bank to  act  as
     Custodian of its  property and to perform  certain duties as its  Agent, as
     more fully hereinafter set forth; and

              Whereas, the  Bank  is  willing  and able  to  act  as  each  such
     investment  company's Custodian  and Agent,  subject to  and in  accordance
     with the provisions hereof;

              Now,  therefore,  in  consideration  of the  premises  and  of the
     mutual  covenants and  agreements herein  contained,  each such  investment
     company and the Bank agree as follows:

     1.       Definitions

              Whenever used in this  Agreement, the following words and phrases,
     unless the context otherwise requires, shall have the following meanings:

              (a) "Trust" shall  mean the  investment company which  has adopted
     this Agreement.

              (b) "Board" shall mean the board of trustees of the Trust.

              (c) "The Depository Trust Company",  a clearing agency  registered
     with the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission  under  Section 17A  of  the
     Securities Exchange  Act of 1934 which acts as  a securities depository and
     which has been  specifically approved as  a securities  depository for  the
     Trust by the Board.

              (d) "Participants  Trust  Company", a  clearing  agency registered
     with the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission  under  Section 17A  of  the
     Securities Exchange Act of  1934 which acts as a securities  depository and
     which has been  specifically approved as  a securities  depository for  the
     Trust by the Board.

              (e) "Approved Clearing  Agency"  shall  mean  any  other  domestic
     clearing  agency registered  with the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission
     under  Section 17A of the  Securities Exchange Act of 1934  which acts as a
     securities depository  but only if  the Custodian has  received a certified
     copy of  a resolution  of the  Board approving  such clearing  agency as  a
     securities depository for the Trust.

              (f) "Federal Book-Entry System"  shall mean the  book-entry system
     referred to in Rule 17f-4(b) under the  Investment Company Act of 1940  for
<PAGE>






     United States and federal agency  securities (i.e., as provided  in Subpart
     O of Treasury Circular  No. 300, 31 CFR 306, Subpart B  of 31 CFR Part 350,
     and the  book-entry regulations  of federal  agencies substantially in  the
     form of Subpart O).

              (g) "Approved Foreign  Securities Depository" shall mean a foreign
     securities depository  or clearing agency  referred to in  Rule 17f-4 under
     the Investment Company Act  of 1940 for foreign securities but only  if the
     Custodian  has received  a certified  copy  of a  resolution  of the  Board
     approving  such depository  or  clearing  agency  as a  foreign  securities
     depository for the Trust.

              (h) "Approved Book-Entry System for  Commercial Paper" shall  mean
     a system  maintained  by  the  Custodian  or  by  a  subcustodian  employed
     pursuant  to Section  2  hereof  for the  holding  of commercial  paper  in
     book-entry form but only if the Custodian has received a certified copy  of
     a resolution of the Board approving the participation  by the Trust in such
     system.

              (i) The  Custodian  shall  be  deemed  to  have  received  "proper
     instructions"  in  respect  of any  of  the  matters  referred to  in  this
     Agreement upon receipt  of written or facsimile instructions signed by such
     one or  more person or persons  as the Board  shall have from  time to time
     authorized  to  give the  particular  class  of  instructions in  question.
     Different  persons may  be authorized  to give  instructions  for different
     purposes.  A certified  copy of a resolution  of the Board may  be received
     and  accepted by the  Custodian as conclusive evidence  of the authority of
     any  such person to act  and may be considered as  in full force and effect
     until receipt of written notice to the contrary.   Such instructions may be
     general or  specific  in terms  and,  where  appropriate, may  be  standing
     instructions.  Unless  the resolution delegating authority to any person or
     persons to give  a particular  class of instructions  specifically requires
     that  the approval  of any  person, persons  or committee  shall first have
     been obtained before the  Custodian may act on instructions  of that class,
     the Custodian  shall be under  no obligation to  question the right of  the
     person or persons giving such  instructions in so doing.  Oral instructions
     will  be  considered  proper  instructions  if   the  Custodian  reasonably
     believes  them to  have been  given by  a  person authorized  to give  such
     instructions with respect  to the transaction  involved.   The Trust  shall
     cause  all  oral instructions  to  be  confirmed  in  writing.   The  Trust
     authorizes the  Custodian to tape  record any and  all telephonic  or other
     oral instructions  given to the Custodian.   Upon receipt of  a certificate
     signed  by two  officers  of  the Trust  as  to  the authorization  by  the
     President and  the  Treasurer  of  the  Trust  accompanied  by  a  detailed
     description  of the communication procedures  approved by the President and
     the  Treasurer  of  the  Trust,  "proper  instructions"  may  also  include
     communications effected  directly between  electromechanical or  electronic
     devices provided  that the  President and  Treasurer of the  Trust and  the
     Custodian are  satisfied that  such procedures  afford adequate  safeguards
     for the  Trust's assets.    In performing  its duties  generally, and  more
     particularly  in  connection  with  the  purchase,  sale  and  exchange  of
     securities made by  or for the Trust, the  Custodian may take cognizance of

                                         -2-
<PAGE>






     the  provisions of the  governing documents  and registration  statement of
     the Trust as the same may from time  to time be in effect (and  resolutions
     or proceedings of  the holders  of interests in  the Trust  or the  Board),
     but,  nevertheless, except  as  otherwise  expressly provided  herein,  the
     Custodian  may assume unless and until  notified in writing to the contrary
     that so-called proper instructions received by it are not in conflict  with
     or in any  way contrary to any  provisions of such governing  documents and
     registration statement,  or resolutions  or proceedings  of the holders  of
     interests in the Trust or the Board.

              (j)   The term "Vote"  when used with respect to  the Board or the
     Holders  of  Interests in  the  Trust  shall  include  a vote,  resolution,
     consent,  proceeding and  other action  taken by  the  Board or  Holders in
     accordance with the Declaration of Trust or By-Laws of the Trust.

     2.       Employment of Custodian and Property to be Held by It

              The  Trust hereby appoints  and employs the Bank  as its Custodian
     and Agent in accordance with and subject to the provisions hereof, and  the
     Bank hereby accepts such  appointment and employment.  The Trust  agrees to
     deliver to the Custodian all securities,  participation interests, cash and
     other  assets  owned  by  it,  and  all  payments of  income,  payments  of
     principal and capital  distributions and  adjustments received  by it  with
     respect to  all securities and  participation interests owned  by the Trust
     from time to time,  and the cash consideration received by it  from time to
     time in  exchange for an interest in  the Trust or for  an increase in such
     an interest.   The Custodian shall not  be responsible for any  property of
     the  Trust  held  by  the Trust  and  not  delivered by  the  Trust  to the
     Custodian.   The Trust will  also deliver  to the  Bank from  time to  time
     copies  of   its  currently  effective   declaration  of  trust,   by-laws,
     registration statement  and placement  agent agreement  with its  placement
     agent, together with such resolutions,  and other proceedings of  the Trust
     as may be  necessary for or convenient  to the Bank  in the performance  of
     its duties hereunder.

              The  Custodian  may   from  time  to  time  employ  one   or  more
     subcustodians  to  perform such  acts  and  services  upon  such terms  and
     conditions as shall be  approved from time to time by the Board.   Any such
     subcustodian so employed by the Custodian shall  be deemed to be the  agent
     of the Custodian,  and the Custodian shall remain primarily responsible for
     the securities,  participation interests, moneys and  other property of the
     Trust held by such  subcustodian.  Any foreign subcustodian shall be a bank
     or trust company which is an eligible foreign  custodian within the meaning
     of Rule  17f-5 under the  Investment Company Act  of 1940, and the  foreign
     custody  arrangements  shall be  approved  by  the Board  and  shall  be in
     accordance with  and subject  to  the provisions  of said  Rule.   For  the
     purposes of  this Agreement,  any property of  the Trust  held by any  such
     subcustodian  (domestic or  foreign) shall  be  deemed to  be  held by  the
     Custodian under the terms of this Agreement.

     3.       Duties of the Custodian with Respect to Property of the    Trust 


                                         -3-
<PAGE>






              A.  Safekeeping and Holding of Property  The Custodian shall  keep
                  safely all  property of the  Trust and on behalf  of the Trust
                  shall from  time to  time receive  delivery of  Trust property
                  for  safekeeping.    The  Custodian shall  hold,  earmark  and
                  segregate  on its  books and  records for  the account  of the
                  Trust  all property  of the  Trust, including  all securities,
                  participation  interests and  other  assets of  the Trust  (1)
                  physically   held  by   the   Custodian,  (2)   held  by   any
                  subcustodian referred to in  Section 2 hereof or by  any agent
                  referred to in Paragraph  K hereof, (3) held by  or maintained
                  in  The  Depository Trust  Company  or  in Participants  Trust
                  Company  or in an Approved  Clearing Agency or  in the Federal
                  Book-Entry  System   or  in  an  Approved  Foreign  Securities
                  Depository, each of  which from  time to time  is referred  to
                  herein   as  a  "Securities  System",  and  (4)  held  by  the
                  Custodian  or by  any subcustodian  referred  to in  Section 2
                  hereof and  maintained in  any Approved Book-Entry  System for
                  Commercial Paper.

              B.  Delivery  of   Securities  The  Custodian  shall  release  and
                  deliver securities  or  participation interests  owned by  the
                  Trust  held (or  deemed  to  be  held)  by  the  Custodian  or
                  maintained in  a Securities System  account or in  an Approved
                  Book-Entry  System  for  Commercial Paper  account  only  upon
                  receipt  of  proper  instructions,  which  may  be  continuing
                  instructions when deemed appropriate  by the parties, and only
                  in the following cases:

                      1)       Upon  sale of  such  securities  or participation
                               interests for the account  of the Trust, but only
                               against  receipt of payment therefor; if delivery
                               is  made  in Boston  or  New  York  City, payment
                               therefor  shall  be  made   in  accordance   with
                               generally accepted clearing  house procedures  or
                               by use of Federal Reserve Wire System procedures;
                               if  delivery is  made elsewhere  payment therefor
                               shall  be  in accordance  with  the then  current
                               "street  delivery" custom  or in  accordance with
                               such procedures agreed to in writing from time to
                               time  by  the  parties  hereto;  if the  sale  is
                               effected through  a Securities  System,  delivery
                               and payment therefor shall be  made in accordance
                               with the provisions of Paragraph L hereof; if the
                               sale  of  commercial  paper  is  to  be  effected
                               through  an   Approved  Book-Entry   System   for
                               Commercial Paper, delivery  and payment  therefor
                               shall be made  in accordance with  the provisions
                               of Paragraph  M hereof; if the  securities are to
                               be sold outside the  United States, delivery  may
                               be made  in accordance with  procedures agreed to
                               in  writing  from time  to  time  by  the parties
                               hereto;  for the  purposes of  this subparagraph,

                                         -4-
<PAGE>






                               the term "sale"  shall include the disposition of
                               a portfolio security (i)  upon the exercise of an
                               option  written by  the Trust  and (ii)  upon the
                               failure  by the  Trust to  make a  successful bid
                               with  respect   to  a   portfolio  security,  the
                               continued holding of which is contingent upon the
                               making of such a bid;

                    2)         Upon the  receipt of payment  in connection  with
                               any repurchase  agreement or  reverse  repurchase
                               agreement relating to such securities and entered
                               into by the Trust;

                    3)         To the depository agent in connection with tender
                               or other similar offers for  portfolio securities
                               of the Trust;

                    4)         To  the issuer  thereof  or its  agent  when such
                               securities or participation interests are called,
                               redeemed, retired  or otherwise  become  payable;
                               provided  that, in  any  such case,  the  cash or
                               other  consideration is  to be  delivered  to the
                               Custodian or any  subcustodian employed  pursuant
                               to Section 2 hereof;

                    5)         To the issuer thereof, or its agent, for transfer
                               into  the name of  the Trust or into  the name of
                               any nominee of the Custodian or into the  name or
                               nominee name  of any agent  appointed pursuant to
                               Paragraph K  hereof or  into the name  or nominee
                               name  of  any  subcustodian employed  pursuant to
                               Section 2 hereof; or for exchange for a different
                               number of bonds, certificates  or other  evidence
                               representing  the same  aggregate face  amount or
                               number of units; provided that, in any such case,
                               the new securities or participation interests are
                               to  be   delivered  to  the   Custodian  or   any
                               subcustodian  employed  pursuant   to  Section  2
                               hereof;

                    6)         To the broker selling the same for examination in
                               accordance  with  the  "street  delivery" custom;
                               provided  that  the Custodian  shall  adopt  such
                               procedures as  the Trust from time  to time shall
                               approve  to  ensure their  prompt  return  to the
                               Custodian by  the broker in the  event the broker
                               elects not to accept them;
                    7)         For exchange or  conversion pursuant to any  plan
                               of   merger,   consolidation,   recapitalization,
                               reorganization or readjustment  of the securities
                               of the issuer of  such securities, or pursuant to
                               provisions  for conversion of such securities, or

                                         -5-
<PAGE>






                               pursuant to any deposit agreement; provided that,
                               in any such case, the new securities and cash, if
                               any, are to be  delivered to the Custodian or any
                               subcustodian  employed  pursuant   to  Section  2
                               hereof;

                    8)         In  the  case  of  warrants,  rights  or  similar
                               securities, the surrender  thereof in  connection
                               with  the  exercise of  such warrants,  rights or
                               similar securities,  or the surrender of  interim
                               receipts or temporary  securities for  definitive
                               securities; provided that, in  any such case, the
                               new  securities  and  cash,  if  any, are  to  be
                               delivered  to the  Custodian or  any subcustodian
                               employed pursuant to Section 2 hereof;

                    9)         For  delivery  in connection  with  any  loans of
                               securities made  by the  Trust (such loans  to be
                               made pursuant to the terms of the Trust's current
                               registration statement), but only against receipt
                               of adequate collateral as  agreed upon from  time
                               to time by the Custodian and the Trust, which may
                               be in the form of  cash or obligations issued  by
                               the  United States  government, its  agencies  or
                               instrumentalities; except that in connection with
                               any securities loans  for which collateral  is to
                               be  credited to  the  Custodian's account  in the
                               book-entry   system   authorized   by   the  U.S.
                               Department of Treasury, the Custodian will not be
                               held liable  or responsible for  the delivery  of
                               securities  loaned  by  the  Trust  prior to  the
                               receipt of such collateral;

                    10)        For delivery as  security in connection with  any
                               borrowings  by the  Trust requiring  a pledge  or
                               hypothecation  of assets  by the  Trust  (if then
                               permitted under  circumstances described  in  the
                               current  registration  statement  of  the Trust),
                               provided, that the securities  shall be  released
                               only upon payment to  the Custodian of the monies
                               borrowed, except  that in  cases where additional
                               collateral is  required  to  secure  a  borrowing
                               already  made, further securities may be released
                               for   that  purpose;   upon  receipt   of  proper
                               instructions, the Custodian may pay any such loan
                               upon redelivery  to it of the  securities pledged
                               or  hypothecated therefor  and upon  surrender of
                               the note or notes evidencing the loan;

                    11)        When required for delivery in connection with any
                               redemption or  repurchase of an  interest in  the
                               Trust   in  accordance  with  the  provisions  of

                                         -6-
<PAGE>






                               Paragraph J hereof;

                    12)        For delivery in accordance with the provisions of
                               any  agreement   between  the  Custodian  (or   a
                               subcustodian  employed  pursuant   to  Section  2
                               hereof) and a broker-dealer registered  under the
                               Securities   Exchange   Act   of  1934   and,  if
                               necessary, the Trust, relating to compliance with
                               the rules of The Options Clearing  Corporation or
                               of any registered  national securities  exchange,
                               or of any  similar organization or organizations,
                               regarding deposit or escrow or other arrangements
                               in  connection with  options transactions  by the
                               Trust;

                    13)        For delivery in accordance with the provisions of
                               any agreement among  the Trust, the Custodian (or
                               a  subcustodian employed  pursuant to  Section  2
                               hereof),  and  a  futures  commissions  merchant,
                               relating to  compliance  with  the rules  of  the
                               Commodity Futures  Trading Commission  and/or  of
                               any  contract market  or commodities  exchange or
                               similar  organization,  regarding futures  margin
                               account deposits or payments  in connection  with
                               futures transactions by the Trust;

                    14)        For  any other proper corporate purpose, but only
                               upon   receipt   of,  in   addition   to   proper
                               instructions, a certified copy of a resolution of
                               the  Board  specifying  the   securities  to   be
                               delivered,  setting forth  the purpose  for which
                               such  delivery  is to  be  made,  declaring  such
                               purpose  to  be  proper  corporate  purpose,  and
                               naming the person or  persons to whom delivery of
                               such securities shall be made.

              C.  Registration of  Securities  Securities held  by the Custodian
                  (other than  bearer securities) for  the account of  the Trust
                  shall be  registered in the name  of the Trust or  in the name
                  of any  nominee  of  the  Trust  or  of  any  nominee  of  the
                  Custodian,  or  in  the name  or  nominee  name  of any  agent
                  appointed  pursuant to Paragraph K  hereof, or in  the name or
                  nominee name of any  subcustodian employed pursuant to Section
                  2 hereof,  or in the  name or nominee  name of  The Depository
                  Trust  Company  or  Participants  Trust  Company  or  Approved
                  Clearing Agency  or  Federal  Book-Entry  System  or  Approved
                  Book-Entry  System   for  Commercial  Paper;   provided,  that
                  securities are held in an account  of the Custodian or of such
                  agent or of  such subcustodian containing  only assets of  the
                  Trust or  only assets held by  the Custodian or such  agent or
                  such subcustodian  as  a custodian  or  subcustodian or  in  a
                  fiduciary  capacity  for  customers.    All  certificates  for

                                         -7-
<PAGE>






                  securities accepted  by  the Custodian  or any  such agent  or
                  subcustodian  on behalf of the  Trust shall be  in "street" or
                  other good delivery form  or shall be returned to  the selling
                  broker or dealer who shall be advised of the reason thereof.

              D.  Bank Accounts    The  Custodian  shall  open  and  maintain  a
                  separate  bank account or accounts  in the name  of the Trust,
                  subject  only to  draft or  order by  the Custodian  acting in
                  pursuant to the  terms of  this Agreement, and  shall hold  in
                  such account  or accounts,  subject to the  provisions hereof,
                  all cash received  by it from or for the  account of the Trust
                  other  than cash  maintained by  the Trust  in a  bank account
                  established and used in  accordance with Rule 17f-3  under the
                  Investment Company Act of  1940.  Funds held by  the Custodian
                  for  the  Trust may  be  deposited  by  it  to its  credit  as
                  Custodian in  the Banking  Department of  the Custodian or  in
                  such  other banks or trust  companies as the  Custodian may in
                  its   discretion  deem   necessary  or   desirable;  provided,
                  however,  that  every such  bank  or  trust company  shall  be
                  qualified to act as  a custodian under the Investment  Company
                  Act of 1940 and that  each such bank or trust company  and the
                  funds to be  deposited with  each such bank  or trust  company
                  shall be approved  in writing  by two officers  of the  Trust.
                  Such  funds  shall  be  deposited  by  the  Custodian  in  its
                  capacity as Custodian  and shall be subject to withdrawal only
                  by the Custodian in that capacity.

              E.  Payments  for Interests,  or  Increases in  Interests, in  the
                  Trust  The Custodian  shall make appropriate arrangements with
                  the Transfer Agent  of the  Trust to enable  the Custodian  to
                  make  certain   it  promptly   receives  the  cash   or  other
                  consideration due  to the Trust  for payment  of interests  in
                  the  Trust, or increases in such interests, in accordance with
                  the  governing  documents  and registration  statement  of the
                  Trust.  The Custodian will  provide prompt notification to the
                  Trust of any receipt by it of such payments.

              F.  Investment and  Availability of Federal Funds   Upon agreement
                  between  the Trust  and  the Custodian,  the Custodian  shall,
                  upon  the  receipt  of   proper  instructions,  which  may  be
                  continuing  instructions   when  deemed  appropriate   by  the
                  parties, invest in  such securities and instruments as  may be
                  set forth in  such instructions  on the same  day as  received
                  all federal  funds received after  a time agreed  upon between
                  the Custodian and the Trust.

              G.  Collections   The Custodian shall promptly  collect all income
                  and other payments with  respect to registered securities held
                  hereunder to which the  Trust shall be entitled either  by law
                  or pursuant  to custom in  the securities business,  and shall
                  promptly collect  all income  and other payments  with respect
                  to  bearer  securities  if, on  the  date  of  payment by  the

                                         -8-
<PAGE>






                  issuer,  such securities  are held by  the Custodian  or agent
                  thereof  and shall  credit such  income, as collected,  to the
                  Trust's custodian account.  The  Custodian shall do all things
                  necessary  and   proper  in   connection   with  such   prompt
                  collections  and,  without  limiting  the  generality  of  the
                  foregoing, the  Custodian shall

                    1)         Present for payment  all coupons and other income
                               items requiring presentations;

                    2)         Present  for  payment  all  securities which  may
                               mature  or  be  called,   redeemed,  retired   or
                               otherwise become payable;

                    3)         Endorse and  deposit for collection,  in the name
                               of the Trust, checks, drafts or  other negotiable
                               instruments;

                    4)         Credit  income  from  securities maintained  in a
                               Securities  System or  in an  Approved Book-Entry
                               System  for Commercial  Paper at  the time  funds
                               become available to the Custodian; in the case of
                               securities  maintained  in  The  Depository Trust
                               Company funds  shall be  deemed available  to the
                               Trust not  later than the opening  of business on
                               the first  business  day after  receipt  of  such
                               funds by the Custodian.

                    The Custodian shall notify the Trust  as soon as  reasonably
                    practicable  whenever income  due  on any  security  is not
                    promptly  collected.   In  any case  in which  the Custodian
                    does not  receive any  due and  unpaid income  after it  has
                    made demand for  the same,  it shall  immediately so  notify
                    the  Trust  in  writing,  enclosing  copies  of  any demand
                    letter, any written  response thereto, and memoranda of  all
                    oral responses thereto and to telephonic demands, and await
                    instructions from the Trust;  the Custodian shall in no case
                    have  any  liability  for  any  nonpayment  of  such income
                    provided the Custodian meets the standard of care set  forth
                    in Section 8 hereof.  The  Custodian shall not be  obligated
                    to  take  legal  action  for  collection  unless  and until
                    reasonably indemnified to its satisfaction.

                    The  Custodian shall  also  receive and  collect  all stock
                    dividends, rights  and other items  of like nature, and deal
                    with  the  same  pursuant to  proper  instructions relative
                    thereto.

              H.  Payment of Trust Monies  Upon  receipt of proper instructions,
                  which may  be continuing instructions when  deemed appropriate
                  by  the parties,  the Custodian  shall pay  out monies  of the
                  Trust in the following cases only:

                                         -9-
<PAGE>






                    1)         Upon the  purchase of  securities,  participation
                               interests,  options,  futures contracts,  forward
                               contracts  and  options   on  futures   contracts
                               purchased for  the account of the  Trust but only
                               (a) against the receipt of

                               (i)  such  securities  registered as  provided in
                               Paragraph C hereof or in proper form for transfer
                               or

                               (ii) detailed  instructions signed  by an officer
                               of   the   Trust   regarding   the  participation
                               interests to be purchased or

                               (iii)written confirmation of the purchase  by the
                               Trust  of the options, futures contracts, forward
                               contracts or options  on futures contracts by the
                               Custodian (or by a subcustodian employed pursuant
                               to Section 2 hereof  or by a clearing corporation
                               of a  national securities  exchange of which  the
                               Custodian  is a  member or  by any  bank, banking
                               institution  or trust  company doing  business in
                               the United  States or abroad  which is  qualified
                               under the  Investment Company Act of  1940 to act
                               as a  custodian and which has  been designated by
                               the Custodian as its agent for this purpose or by
                               the  agent   specifically  designated   in   such
                               instructions  as representing the purchasers of a
                               new issue of privately placed securities); (b) in
                               the  case  of  a  purchase  effected   through  a
                               Securities System, upon receipt of the securities
                               by the  Securities System in accordance  with the
                               conditions set forth  in Paragraph L  hereof; (c)
                               in  the case  of a  purchase of  commercial paper
                               effected through  an Approved  Book-Entry  System
                               for Commercial  Paper, upon receipt  of the paper
                               by  the Custodian  or subcustodian  in accordance
                               with  the  conditions set  forth  in  Paragraph M
                               hereof; (d) in the case of repurchase  agreements
                               entered into between  the Trust and  another bank
                               or  a  broker-dealer,   against  receipt  by  the
                               Custodian  of  the   securities  underlying   the
                               repurchase agreement either  in certificate  form
                               or  through an  entry  crediting  the Custodian's
                               segregated,   non-proprietary   account  at   the
                               Federal   Reserve  Bank   of  Boston   with  such
                               securities  along with  written  evidence  of the
                               agreement  by  the  bank   or  broker-dealer   to
                               repurchase such securities from the Trust; or (e)
                               with respect  to securities  purchased outside of
                               the  United States,  in accordance  with  written
                               procedures agreed to from time to time in writing

                                         -10-
<PAGE>






                               by the parties hereto;

                      2)       When required in connection with  the conversion,
                               exchange or surrender of securities owned by  the
                               Trust as set forth in Paragraph B hereof;

                      3)       When required for the reduction  or redemption of
                               an interest  in the Trust in  accordance with the
                               provisions of Paragraph J hereof;

                      4)       For  the  payment of  any  expense  or  liability
                               incurred by the Trust,  including but not limited
                               to the following payments  for the account of the
                               Trust:      advisory   fees,   interest,   taxes,
                               management compensation and expenses, accounting,
                               transfer   agent  and   legal  fees,   and  other
                               operating expenses  of the  Trust whether  or not
                               such  expenses  are  to   be  in  whole  or  part
                               capitalized or treated as deferred expenses;

                      5)       For  distributions  or  payment  to   Holders  of
                               Interest in the Trust; and

                      6)       For any other  proper corporate purpose, but only
                               upon   receipt   of,  in   addition   to   proper
                               instructions, a certified copy of a resolution of
                               the Board, specifying the amount of such payment,
                               setting forth the purpose for  which such payment
                               is  to be  made, declaring  such purpose to  be a
                               proper corporate purpose, and  naming the  person
                               or persons to whom such payment is to be made.

              I.  Liability  for Payment  in  Advance of  Receipt of  Securities
                  Purchased   In any and  every case where  payment for purchase
                  of securities  for the  account of  the Trust is  made by  the
                  Custodian in  advance of  receipt of the  securities purchased
                  in the absence of specific written instructions signed by  two
                  officers  of the  Trust to  so pay  in advance,  the Custodian
                  shall be  absolutely liable to  the Trust for  such securities
                  to the same  extent as if the securities had  been received by
                  the  Custodian;  except  that  in  the  case  of a  repurchase
                  agreement entered  into by the  Trust with  a bank which  is a
                  member  of  the  Federal  Reserve System,  the  Custodian  may
                  transfer  trusts  to the  account of  such  bank prior  to the
                  receipt of (i) the securities  in certificate form subject  to
                  such repurchase  agreement or  (ii) written evidence  that the
                  securities  subject  to such  repurchase  agreement  have been
                  transferred  by book-entry  into a  segregated non-proprietary
                  account of  the Custodian maintained with  the Federal Reserve
                  Bank  of Boston  or  (iii) the  safekeeping receipt,  provided
                  that such  securities  have in  fact  been so  transferred  by
                  book-entry and  the written  repurchase agreement  is received

                                         -11-
<PAGE>






                  by  the  Custodian  in due  course;  and  except  that if  the
                  securities  are to  be  purchased outside  the United  States,
                  payment may  be made in  accordance with procedures  agreed to
                  in writing from time to time by the parties hereto.

              J.  Payments for  Repurchases or  Redemptions of Interests  in the
                  Trust   From such  funds as may be  available for the purpose,
                  but subject  to any  applicable resolutions  of the  Board and
                  the  current procedures  of  the Trust,  the Custodian  shall,
                  upon receipt of  written instructions from  the Trust or  from
                  the  Trust's  Transfer  Agent,  make  funds  and/or  portfolio
                  securities  available for  payment to  Holders of  Interest in
                  the Trust  who have caused the amount of their interests to be
                  reduced, or for their interest to be redeemed.

              K.  Appointment of Agents by  the Custodian  The Custodian  may at
                  any time  or times in its  discretion appoint (and may  at any
                  time  remove) any other  bank or trust  company (provided such
                  bank  or   trust  company   is  itself  qualified   under  the
                  Investment Company  Act of 1940  to act  as a custodian  or is
                  itself  an eligible  foreign custodian  within the  meaning of
                  Rule  17f-5 under said Act)  as the agent of  the Custodian to
                  carry  out such of the  duties and functions  of the Custodian
                  described in  this Section 3 as the Custodian may from time to
                  time direct;  provided, however,  that the appointment  of any
                  such  agent  shall not  relieve the  Custodian  of any  of its
                  responsibilities or  liabilities hereunder, and as between the
                  Trust  and   the  Custodian  the  Custodian   shall  be  fully
                  responsible for  the acts  and  omissions of  any such  agent.
                  For  the purposes of this Agreement, any property of the Trust
                  held  by any  such agent  shall be  deemed to  be held  by the
                  Custodian hereunder.

              L.  Deposit of  Trust Portfolio  Securities in Securities  Systems
                  The Custodian may deposit  and/or maintain securities owned by
                  the Trust

                      (1)      in The Depository Trust Company;

                      (2)      in Participants Trust Company;

                      (3)      in any other Approved Clearing Agency;

                      (4)      in the Federal Book-Entry System; or

                      (5)      in an Approved Foreign Securities Depository

                    in  each case  only in  accordance with  applicable Federal
                    Reserve Board  and Securities and  Exchange Commission rules
                    and regulations, and  at all times  subject to the following
                    provisions:


                                         -12-
<PAGE>






                    (a)  The  Custodian may (either directly or through  one or
                    more  subcustodians  employed pursuant  to  Section 2  keep
                    securities  of the  Trust in  a Securities  System provided
                    that such  securities are  maintained  in a  non-proprietary
                    account  ("Account") of  the Custodian or  such subcustodian
                    in the Securities System which  shall not include any assets
                    of the Custodian or  such subcustodian or  any other  person
                    other   than  assets   held  by   the  Custodian   or  such
                    subcustodian  as a  fiduciary,  custodian, or  otherwise for
                    its customers.

                    (b)    The   records  of  the  Custodian  with  respect   to
                    securities  of   the  Trust  which   are  maintained  in  a
                    Securities  System  shall   identify  by  book-entry  those
                    securities belonging to  the Trust, and the Custodian  shall
                    be  fully  and  completely  responsible  for  maintaining  a
                    recordkeeping  system capable  of accurately  and currently
                    stating  the  Trust's  holdings   maintained  in  each  such
                    Securities System.

                      (c)  The  Custodian shall pay for securities  purchased in
                      book-entry  form for  the account  of the  Trust only upon
                      (i)  receipt  of  notice or  advice  from  the  Securities
                      System that such  securities have been transferred  to the
                      Account, and (ii) the making  of any entry on  the records
                      of the Custodian to reflect such  payment and transfer for
                      the account  of the  Trust.  The  Custodian shall transfer
                      securities  sold for the  account of  the Trust  only upon
                      (i)  receipt  of  notice or  advice  from  the  Securities
                      System  that  payment   for  such   securities  has   been
                      transferred  to  the Account,  and (ii)  the making  of an
                      entry  on the  records  of the  Custodian to  reflect such
                      transfer and  payment for the account of the Trust. Copies
                      of all notices  or advices from the  Securities System  of
                      transfers  of securities  for  the  account of  the  Trust
                      shall  identify the Trust, be  maintained for the Trust by
                      the  Custodian and be  promptly provided  to the  Trust at
                      its  request.   The Custodian shall  promptly send  to the
                      Trust  confirmation  of  each  transfer  to  or  from  the
                      account  of the Trust in  the form of  a written advice or
                      notice of each such transaction, and shall furnish to  the
                      Trust  copies of daily  transaction sheets reflecting each
                      day's  transactions  in  the  Securities  System  for  the
                      account of the Trust on the next business day.

                      (d)   The Custodian shall  promptly send to  the Trust any
                      report or other communication received or  obtained by the
                      Custodian relating  to the  Securities System's accounting
                      system,  system   of  internal   accounting  controls   or
                      procedures for  safeguarding securities  deposited in  the
                      Securities System; the  Custodian shall  promptly send  to
                      the Trust  any report or  other communication relating  to

                                         -13-
<PAGE>






                      the   Custodian's   internal   accounting   controls   and
                      procedures for  safeguarding securities  deposited in  any
                      Securities  System; and  the Custodian  shall ensure  that
                      any agent appointed pursuant to Paragraph K  hereof or any
                      subcustodian employed pursuant  to Section 2 hereof  shall
                      promptly  send  to the  Trust  and  to  the Custodian  any
                      report or other communication relating to  such agent's or
                      subcustodian's    internal   accounting    controls    and
                      procedures for  safeguarding securities  deposited in  any
                      Securities  System.   The  Custodian's books  and  records
                      relating to the  Trust's participation in  each Securities
                      System will at all times during  regular business hours be
                      open  to   the  inspection  of   the  Trust's   authorized
                      officers, employees or agents.

                      (e)   The Custodian shall  not act under  this Paragraph L
                      in the absence of receipt  of a certificate of  an officer
                      of  the Trust that  the Board  has approved  the use  of a
                      particular  Securities  System; the  Custodian  shall also
                      obtain  appropriate  assurance from  the  officers  of the
                      Trust that the  Board has annually reviewed  the continued
                      use by the  Trust of each Securities System, and the Trust
                      shall promptly  notify  the  Custodian  if the  use  of  a
                      Securities System  is to be  discontinued; at the  request
                      of the Trust,  the Custodian will terminate the use of any
                      such Securities System as promptly as practicable.

                      (f)     Anything  to  the   contrary  in  this   Agreement
                      notwithstanding,  the Custodian  shall  be liable  to  the
                      Trust for any loss or  damage to the Trust  resulting from
                      use of the Securities System by reason  of any negligence,
                      misfeasance or  misconduct of the Custodian  or any of its
                      agents  or  subcustodians  or  of  any  of  its  or  their
                      employees  or from  any failure  of the  Custodian  or any
                      such agent  or  subcustodian to  enforce effectively  such
                      rights as  it may  have against  the Securities  System or
                      any other person; at the  election of the Trust,  it shall
                      be  entitled  to  be  subrogated  to  the  rights  of  the
                      Custodian  with   respect  to   any   claim  against   the
                      Securities System or any other person  which the Custodian
                      may have as  a consequence of any  such loss or  damage if
                      and to the extent  that the Trust has not been  made whole
                      for any such loss or damage.

              M.    Deposit of Trust Commercial Paper in an Approved Book-Entry
                    System  for  Commercial  Paper    Upon  receipt  of  proper
                    instructions  with respect  to each  issue of  direct issue
                    commercial paper purchased  by the Trust, the Custodian  may
                    deposit and/or maintain direct issue commercial paper owned
                    by  the  Trust   in  any  Approved  Book-Entry  System  for
                    Commercial  Paper, in  each  case only  in  accordance with
                    applicable  Securities  and   Exchange  Commission   rules,

                                         -14-
<PAGE>






                    regulations, and no-action correspondence, and at all times
                    subject to the following provisions:

                      (a)  The  Custodian may (either directly or through one or
                      more  subcustodians employed  pursuant to  Section 2) keep
                      commercial paper  of the Trust  in an Approved  Book-Entry
                      System for Commercial  Paper, provided that such  paper is
                      issued   in  book   entry  form   by   the  Custodian   or
                      subcustodian  on  behalf  of  an  issuer  with  which  the
                      Custodian or  subcustodian has  entered into a  book-entry
                      agreement  and  provided   further  that  such   paper  is
                      maintained in  a  non-proprietary account  ("Account")  of
                      the  Custodian  or  such   subcustodian  in  an   Approved
                      Book-Entry System  for  Commercial Paper  which shall  not
                      include any assets  of the Custodian or  such subcustodian
                      or  any  other  person  other  than  assets  held  by  the
                      Custodian or such subcustodian as  a fiduciary, custodian,
                      or otherwise for its customers.

                      (b)    The  records  of  the  Custodian  with  respect  to
                      commercial paper  of the Trust  which is maintained in  an
                      Approved Book-Entry  System  for  Commercial  Paper  shall
                      identify by  book-entry each specific  issue of commercial
                      paper  purchased by  the Trust  which  is included  in the
                      Securities System  and shall at  all times during  regular
                      business  hours  be  open  for  inspection  by  authorized
                      officers,  employees  or   agents  of  the  Trust.     The
                      Custodian shall  be fully  and completely  responsible for
                      maintaining a  recordkeeping system capable of  accurately
                      and currently  stating the Trust's  holdings of commercial
                      paper maintained in each such System.

                      (c)    The  Custodian  shall  pay   for  commercial  paper
                      purchased in book-entry form  for the account of the Trust
                      only upon contemporaneous (i) receipt of  notice or advice
                      from the issuer  that such paper has been issued, sold and
                      transferred to  the Account,  and  (ii) the  making of  an
                      entry on  the records  of the  Custodian  to reflect  such
                      purchase,  payment and  transfer for  the  account of  the
                      Trust.    The  Custodian shall  transfer  such  commercial
                      paper which is sold or cancel such commercial paper  which
                      is  redeemed  for  the  account  of  the  Trust  only upon
                      contemporaneous  (i)  receipt of  notice  or  advice  that
                      payment  for  such  paper  has  been  transferred  to  the
                      Account, and  (ii) the making  of an entry  on the records
                      of the  Custodian to reflect  such transfer or  redemption
                      and payment  for the account  of the Trust.  Copies of all
                      notices,  advices   and  confirmations   of  transfers  of
                      commercial  paper  for  the account  of  the  Trust  shall
                      identify the Trust,  be maintained  for the  Trust by  the
                      Custodian and  be promptly provided  to the  Trust at  its
                      request.   The Custodian shall promptly  send to the Trust

                                         -15-
<PAGE>






                      confirmation of each transfer  to or  from the account  of
                      the  Trust in the  form of a  written advice  or notice of
                      each  such transaction,  and shall  furnish  to the  Trust
                      copies of daily  transaction sheets reflecting  each day's
                      transactions in the  System for  the account of  the Trust
                      on the next business day.

                    (d)   The Custodian  shall promptly  send to  the Trust  any
                    report or  other communication received  or obtained by the
                    Custodian  relating  to  each System's  accounting  system,
                    system of  internal accounting  controls  or procedures  for
                    safeguarding  commercial paper deposited  in the System; the
                    Custodian  shall promptly  send to  the Trust any  report or
                    other  communication relating  to the  Custodian's internal
                    accounting  controls   and  procedures   for   safeguarding
                    commercial  paper  deposited  in  any  Approved  Book-Entry
                    System for Commercial Paper; and the Custodian shall ensure
                    that any  agent appointed pursuant  to Paragraph K hereof or
                    any subcustodian  employed  pursuant to  Section  2  hereof
                    shall promptly send  to the Trust and to the  Custodian any
                    report or  other communication relating  to such agent's or
                    subcustodian's  internal accounting  controls and procedures
                    for  safeguarding  securities  deposited  in  any  Approved
                    Book-Entry System for Commercial Paper.

                    (e)  The Custodian  shall not act under this Paragraph M  in
                    the  absence of receipt  of a certificate of  an officer of
                    the  Trust  that  the  Board  has approved  the  use  of  a
                    particular Approved Book-Entry System for Commercial Paper;
                    the Custodian shall  also obtain appropriate  assurance from
                    the  officers  of the  Trust  that  the Board  has  annually
                    reviewed  the continued  use by  the Trust  of each Approved
                    Book-Entry System for Commercial Paper, and the Trust shall
                    promptly  notify the  Custodian if  the use  of  an Approved
                    Book-Entry   System  for   Commercial   Paper  is   to   be
                    discontinued; at  the request  of the  Trust, the Custodian
                    will  terminate the use  of any such System  as promptly as
                    practicable.

                    (f)    The  Custodian  (or  subcustodian,  if  the Approved
                    Book-Entry System for Commercial Paper is maintained by the
                    subcustodian)  shall issue  physical  commercial  paper  or
                    promissory notes whenever requested  to do so  by the  Trust
                    or  in the  event  of  an electronic  system  failure  which
                    impedes  issuance,  transfer  or  custody  of  direct  issue
                    commercial paper by book-entry.

                    (g)     Anything   to  the   contrary  in   this  Agreement
                    notwithstanding, the Custodian shall be liable to the Trust
                    for any loss or  damage to the  Trust resulting from use  of
                    any  Approved  Book-Entry System  for  Commercial Paper  by
                    reason of any  negligence, misfeasance or misconduct of  the

                                         -16-
<PAGE>






                    Custodian or any  of its agents or subcustodians or  of any
                    of  its or  their  employees  or from  any failure  of  the
                    Custodian  or any  such  agent or  subcustodian  to enforce
                    effectively  such rights as  it may have against the System,
                    the issuer of the commercial paper  or any other person;  at
                    the election  of  the Trust,  it  shall  be entitled  to  be
                    subrogated to the rights  of the Custodian  with respect  to
                    any claim against  the System, the issuer of the  commercial
                    paper or any other person which the Custodian may have as  a
                    consequence  of any such loss or damage if and to the extent
                    that the Trust has not been made whole for any such loss or
                    damage.

              N.  Segregated  Account    The  Custodian shall  upon  receipt  of
                  proper  instructions  establish  and  maintain   a  segregated
                  account  or  accounts for  and on  behalf  of the  Trust, into
                  which  account  or accounts  may  be  transferred cash  and/or
                  securities, including securities  maintained in an  account by
                  the  Custodian   pursuant  to  Paragraph  L   hereof,  (i)  in
                  accordance  with the  provisions  of any  agreement among  the
                  Trust, the Custodian and  any registered broker-dealer (or any
                  futures commission merchant), relating  to compliance with the
                  rules  of   the  Options  Clearing  Corporation   and  of  any
                  registered national  securities exchange (or of  the Commodity
                  Futures  Trading  Commission  or  of any  contract  market  or
                  commodities  exchange),  or  of  any similar  organization  or
                  organizations,   regarding   escrow   or   deposit   or  other
                  arrangements in  connection  with transactions  by the  Trust,
                  (ii)  for  purposes of  segregating  cash  or U.S.  Government
                  securities  in connection  with  options   purchased, sold  or
                  written by the Trust  or futures contracts or  options thereon
                  purchased  or sold  by the  Trust, (iii)  for the  purposes of
                  compliance  by  the  Trust  with the  procedures  required  by
                  Investment Company  Act Release  No. 10666, or  any subsequent
                  release or releases of  the Securities and Exchange Commission
                  relating  to   the  maintenance  of  segregated   accounts  by
                  registered  investment companies  and  (iv) for  other  proper
                  purposes, but only, in  the case of clause (iv),  upon receipt
                  of, in  addition to proper instructions,  a certificate signed
                  by two officers of  the Trust, setting forth the  purpose such
                  segregated  account and declaring such purpose  to be a proper
                  purpose.

              O.  Ownership Certificates  for Tax Purposes   The Custodian shall
                  execute ownership  and other  certificates and  affidavits for
                  all federal and state tax purposes in connection with  receipt
                  of  income or other payments with respect to securities of the
                  Trust  held  by  it  and   in  connection  with  transfers  of
                  securities.

              P.  Proxies  The  Custodian shall, with respect to  the securities
                  held  by it hereunder, cause  to be promptly  delivered to the

                                         -17-
<PAGE>






                  Trust all forms  of proxies  and all notices  of meetings  and
                  any   other  notices   or   announcements  or   other  written
                  information affecting or relating  to the securities, and upon
                  receipt of  proper instructions  shall execute and  deliver or
                  cause  its nominee  to  execute and  deliver  such proxies  or
                  other  authorizations   as  may   be  required.  Neither   the
                  Custodian  nor  its   nominee  shall  vote  upon  any  of  the
                  securities  or execute any proxy  to vote thereon  or give any
                  consent or take any other action with  respect thereto (except
                  as  otherwise  herein provided)  unless  ordered to  do  so by
                  proper instructions.

              Q.  Communications  Relating to  Trust Portfolio  Securities   The
                  Custodian  shall deliver  promptly  to the  Trust all  written
                  information  (including, without limitation,  pendency of call
                  and maturities  of securities and  participation interests and
                  expirations of  rights in connection therewith  and notices of
                  exercise  of call and put options written by the Trust and the
                  maturity of futures contracts purchased or sold by the  Trust)
                  received  by  the Custodian  from  issuers  and other  persons
                  relating  to the securities  and participation interests being
                  held  for the  Trust.   With  respect  to tender  or  exchange
                  offers, the Custodian shall deliver promptly to the  Trust all
                  written  information received  by the  Custodian from  issuers
                  and   other   persons   relating   to   the   securities   and
                  participation  interests  whose tender  or exchange  is sought
                  and  from the  party  (or his  agents)  making the  tender  or
                  exchange offer.

              R.  Exercise  of  Rights; Tender  Offers   In  the case  of tender
                  offers,  similar   offers  to  purchase  or   exercise  rights
                  (including,   without  limitation,   pendency  of   calls  and
                  maturities  of  securities  and  participation  interests  and
                  expirations of  rights in connection therewith  and notices of
                  exercise of call and  put options and the maturity  of futures
                  contracts)   affecting   or   relating   to   securities   and
                  participation  interests  held  by  the  Custodian  under this
                  Agreement,  the   Custodian  shall  have   responsibility  for
                  promptly notifying the Trust of  all such offers in accordance
                  with  the standard of reasonable  care set forth  in Section 8
                  hereof.   For  all  such offers  for  which the  Custodian  is
                  responsible as provided  in this Paragraph R, the  Trust shall
                  have  responsibility  for  providing the  Custodian  with  all
                  necessary  instructions in  timely fashion.   Upon  receipt of
                  proper  instructions, the  Custodian shall  timely deliver  to
                  the  issuer or  trustee thereof,  or to  the agent  of either,
                  warrants, puts,  calls, rights  or similar securities  for the
                  purpose  of  being  exercised  or  sold  upon  proper  receipt
                  therefor and  upon receipt  of assurances satisfactory  to the
                  Custodian  that the new securities and  cash, if any, acquired
                  by such  action are to  be delivered to  the Custodian or  any
                  subcustodian  employed pursuant  to  Section 2  hereof.   Upon

                                         -18-
<PAGE>






                  receipt  of proper  instructions, the  Custodian shall  timely
                  deposit securities upon invitations for tenders of  securities
                  upon proper  receipt therefor  and upon receipt  of assurances
                  satisfactory  to the  Custodian that  the consideration  to be
                  paid  or  delivered  or  the  tendered  securities  are to  be
                  returned to  the Custodian  or subcustodian employed  pursuant
                  to Section 2  hereof.  Notwithstanding  any provision of  this
                  Agreement  to  the  contrary,  the Custodian  shall  take  all
                  necessary action,  unless otherwise directed  to the  contrary
                  by  proper  instructions, to  comply  with  the terms  of  all
                  mandatory   or   compulsory    exchanges,   calls,    tenders,
                  redemptions,  or  similar rights  of  security  ownership, and
                  shall thereafter promptly notify the Trust  in writing of such
                  action.

              S.  Depository  Receipts   The  Custodian shall,  upon receipt  of
                  proper  instructions, surrender  or  cause  to be  surrendered
                  foreign  securities to  the depository  used by  an issuer  of
                  American  Depository  Receipts  or   International  Depository
                  Receipts (hereinafter  collectively referred to as "ADRs") for
                  such   securities,   against   a   written   receipt  therefor
                  adequately  describing  such securities  and  written evidence
                  satisfactory  to   the  Custodian  that   the  depository  has
                  acknowledged receipt of instructions  to issue with respect to
                  such  securities in the name of  a nominee of the Custodian or
                  in  the name  or  nominee name  of  any subcustodian  employed
                  pursuant  to Section 2  hereof, for delivery  to the Custodian
                  or  such subcustodian at such  place as the  Custodian or such
                  subcustodian may  from time  to time designate.  The Custodian
                  shall, upon receipt of  proper instructions, surrender ADRs to
                  the  issuer   thereof  against  a  written   receipt  therefor
                  adequately  describing   the  ADRs  surrendered   and  written
                  evidence  satisfactory to the Custodian that the issuer of the
                  ADRs  has acknowledged  receipt of  instructions to  cause its
                  depository to  deliver the securities underlying  such ADRs to
                  the  Custodian  or  to  a subcustodian  employed  pursuant  to
                  Section 2 hereof.

              T.  Interest Bearing Call  or Time Deposits   The Custodian shall,
                  upon receipt of  proper instructions,  place interest  bearing
                  fixed term  and call deposits  with the banking  department of
                  such  banking institution  (other than  the Custodian)  and in
                  such  amounts as  the Trust  may designate.   Deposits  may be
                  denominated  in  U.S.  Dollars   or  other  currencies.    The
                  Custodian  shall include in  its records  with respect  to the
                  assets  of the Trust appropriate notation as to the amount and
                  currency  of  each   such  deposit,   the  accepting   banking
                  institution  and other  appropriate details  and  shall retain
                  such forms of  advice or  receipt evidencing  the deposit,  if
                  any,  as  may be  forwarded to  the  Custodian by  the banking
                  institution.     Such  deposits  shall   be  deemed  portfolio
                  securities of the  Trust for the  purposes of this  Agreement,

                                         -19-
<PAGE>






                  and the  Custodian shall be responsible for  the collection of
                  income  from such accounts and the transmission of cash to and
                  from such accounts.

              U.  Options, Futures Contracts and Foreign Currency Transactions

                      1.  Options.   The Custodian shall, upon receipt of proper
                    instructions and  in accordance with  the provisions of any
                    agreement   between   the    Custodian,   any    registered
                    broker-dealer  and, if  necessary,  the Trust,  relating  to
                    compliance  with   the  rules   of   the  Options   Clearing
                    Corporation  or  of  any  registered   national  securities
                    exchange  or similar organization or organizations, receive
                    and  retain   confirmations  or  other  documents,  if  any,
                    evidencing  the  purchase  or  writing  of  an  option  on a
                    security or securities  index or other  financial instrument
                    or index by the Trust; deposit and maintain in a segregated
                    account for  the Trust, either  physically or by book-entry
                    in  a Securities  System, securities  subject to  a covered
                    call  option  written  by  the  Trust;  and  release and/or
                    transfer such securities or other assets only in accordance
                    with  a  notice   or  other  communication  evidencing   the
                    expiration, termination or  exercise of such  covered option
                    furnished   by  the   Options  Clearing   Corporation,  the
                    securities or options exchange on which such covered option
                    is traded or  such other organization as may be  responsible
                    for handling such  options transactions.  The Custodian  and
                    the broker-dealer  shall be responsible  for the sufficiency
                    of  assets  held  in  the  Trust's  segregated  account  in
                    compliance with applicable margin maintenance requirements.

                      2.       Futures Contracts    The Custodian  shall, upon  
                    receipt   of  proper   instructions,  receive   and  retain
                    confirmations and other  documents, if  any, evidencing  the
                    purchase  or sale of  a futures contract  or an  option on a
                    futures contract  by the  Trust; deposit  and maintain in  a
                    segregated   account,  for   the  benefit   of  any  futures
                    commission  merchant,  assets designated  by  the  Trust as
                    initial,  maintenance   or  variation   "margin"   deposits
                    (including  mark-to-market payments) intended to secure the
                    Trust's  performance of  its obligations  under  any futures
                    contracts  purchased  or sold  or  any  options  on futures
                    contracts  written   by  Trust,  in   accordance  with   the
                    provisions of any  agreement or agreements among the  Trust,
                    the  Custodian  and  such   futures  commission   merchant,
                    designed to comply with  the rules of  the Commodity Futures
                    Trading   Commission  and/or  of   any  contract  market  or
                    commodities exchange or similar organization regarding such
                    margin deposits  or  payments; and  release and/or  transfer
                    assets in such  margin accounts only  in accordance with any
                    such agreements or  rules.   The Custodian  and the  futures
                    commission   merchant   shall   be  responsible   for   the

                                         -20-
<PAGE>






                    sufficiency  of assets  held in  the segregated  account in
                    compliance  with  the  applicable  margin  maintenance  and
                    mark-to-market payment requirements.

                      3.   Foreign Exchange Transactions   The Custodian  shall,
                    pursuant  to proper  instructions,  enter into  or  cause a
                    subcustodian to  enter  into foreign  exchange contracts  or
                    options to  purchase and  sell foreign  currencies for spot
                    and  future delivery on  behalf and for the  account of the
                    Trust.    Such   transactions  may  be  undertaken  by  the
                    Custodian or  subcustodian with  such  banking or  financial
                    institutions  or other  currency brokers,  as set  forth in
                    proper   instructions.    Foreign  exchange  contracts  and
                    options shall be  deemed to  be portfolio securities of  the
                    Trust; and accordingly, the responsibility of the Custodian
                    therefor shall  be  the same  as  and  no greater  than  the
                    Custodian's  responsibility in  respect of  other portfolio
                    securities  of   the  Trust.     The   Custodian  shall  be
                    responsible for the transmittal  to and receipt of cash from
                    the  currency  broker or  banking  or  financial institution
                    with which the  contract or option is made, the  maintenance
                    of  proper records  with respect to the  transaction and the
                    maintenance   of  any   segregated   account   required  in
                    connection with the  transaction.  The Custodian shall  have
                    no  duty  with  respect to  the  selection  of  the currency
                    brokers or banking or financial institutions with which the
                    Trust deals or  for their failure to comply with  the terms
                    of any contract or  option.  Without limiting the foregoing,
                    it is agreed  that upon receipt  of proper  instructions and
                    insofar as  funds are  made available to  the Custodian  for
                    the purpose, the  Custodian may (if determined necessary  by
                    the  Custodian to  consummate  a  particular transaction  on
                    behalf and for the account of the Trust) make free outgoing
                    payments of  cash in  the form  of U.S.  dollars or  foreign
                    currency  before   receiving  confirmation   of  a  foreign
                    exchange  contract or  confirmation that  the  countervalue
                    currency completing the  foreign exchange contract  has been
                    delivered  or  received.     The  Custodian  shall  not  be
                    responsible for any costs and interest charges which may  be
                    incurred by  the Trust or the  Custodian as a  result of the
                    failure  or  delay  of  third  parties  to  deliver foreign
                    exchange; provided that the Custodian shall nevertheless be
                    held  to the  standard of  care set forth  in, and  shall be
                    liable to  the Trust in accordance  with, the provisions  of
                    Section 8.

              V.  Actions  Permitted  Without Express  Authority   The Custodian
                  may  in its  discretion,  without express  authority from  the
                  Trust:

                      1)       make  payments to  itself  or  others  for  minor
                               expenses  of handling securities or other similar

                                         -21-
<PAGE>






                               items   relating   to   its  duties   under  this
                               Agreement, provided, that all such payments shall
                               be  accounted   for  by  the   Custodian  to  the
                               Treasurer of the Trust;

                      2)       surrender  securities  in   temporary  form   for
                               securities in definitive form;

                      3)       endorse for collection, in the name of the Trust,
                               checks, drafts and  other negotiable instruments;
                               and

                      4)       in  general,  attend   to  all   nondiscretionary
                               details  in connection  with the  sale, exchange,
                               substitution,   purchase,   transfer  and   other
                               dealings with the securities and property  of the
                               Trust except as otherwise directed by the Trust.

     4.       Duties of Bank  with Respect to Books of Account  and Calculations
              of Net Asset Value

              The Bank shall  as Agent (or  as Custodian,  as the  case may  be)
     keep such  books of  account (including  records showing  the adjusted  tax
     costs of the  Trust's portfolio securities) and  render as at the  close of
     business on each  day a detailed statement of  the amounts received or paid
     out and of  securities received or delivered  for the account of  the Trust
     during said day and such other statements, including a  daily trial balance
     and inventory of the Trust's  portfolio securities; and shall  furnish such
     other financial information and data as from time  to time requested by the
     Treasurer  or any  executive officer of  the Trust;  and shall  compute and
     determine, as  of the close of business of  the New York Stock Exchange, or
     at such  other time  or times as  the Board  may determine,  the net  asset
     value of the Trust and the  net asset value of each interest  in the Trust,
     such computations  and determinations  to be  made in  accordance with  the
     governing documents  of the Trust  and the  votes and  instructions of  the
     Board and of  the investment adviser at  the time in force  and applicable,
     and promptly  notify the Trust  and its investment  adviser and such  other
     persons as  the Trust  may request of  the result  of such computation  and
     determination.   In computing  the net  asset value the  Custodian may rely
     upon  security quotations  received by telephone  or otherwise from sources
     or pricing services  designated by the  Trust by  proper instructions,  and
     may  further  rely upon  information  furnished  to  it  by any  authorized
     officer  of  the  Trust  relative  (a) to  liabilities  of  the  Trust  not
     appearing on its books of account, (b) to  the existence, status and proper
     treatment of  any reserve or  reserves, (c)  to any procedures  or policies
     established by the Board  regarding the  valuation of portfolio  securities
     or other assets, and  (d) to the  value to be  assigned to any bond,  note,
     debenture,  Treasury   bill,  repurchase   agreement,  subscription  right,
     security,  participation  interests or  other asset  or property  for which
     market quotations  are not  readily available.   The  Custodian shall  also
     compute and determine at such time or times as  the Trust may designate the
     portion  of each item which has significance for a holder of an interest in

                                         -22-
<PAGE>






     the Trust in  computing and determining  its federal  income tax  liability
     including, but  not limited to, each  item of income,  expense and realized
     and unrealized gain or  loss of the Trust which is attributable for Federal
     income tax purposes to each such holder.

     5.       Records and Miscellaneous Duties

              The Bank shall create,  maintain and preserve all records relating
     to its  activities and obligations under  this Agreement in such  manner as
     will meet the obligations of the Trust under the Investment Company Act  of
     1940, with  particular attention to Section 31  thereof and Rules 31a-1 and
     31a-2 thereunder, applicable federal  and state tax laws and  any other law
     or administrative  rules  or procedures  which  may  be applicable  to  the
     Trust.   All  books  of  account and  records  maintained  by the  Bank  in
     connection with  the performance of  its duties under  this Agreement shall
     be  the  property of  the  Trust, shall  at  all times  during  the regular
     business hours of  the Bank be open for  inspection by authorized officers,
     employees or  agents of the Trust, and in  the event of termination of this
     Agreement shall  be delivered  to  the Trust  or to  such other  person  or
     persons as shall  be designated by the  Trust.  Disposition of  any account
     or  record  after any  required period  of  preservation shall  be  only in
     accordance with  specific instructions received  from the Trust.   The Bank
     shall  assist generally in the preparation of reports to holder of interest
     in the Trust,  to the Securities  and Exchange  Commission, including  Form
     N-SAR, and to others, audits  of accounts, and other ministerial matters of
     like nature; and, upon request, shall furnish  the Trust's auditors with an
     attested inventory  of securities  held with appropriate  information as to
     securities in transit or in the  process of purchase or sale and with  such
     other information  as said  auditors may from  time to  time request.   The
     Custodian  shall also  maintain  records of  all  receipts, deliveries  and
     locations  of such  securities, together with  a current inventory thereof,
     and shall conduct periodic verifications (including sampling counts at  the
     Custodian)  of certificates  representing bonds  and  other securities  for
     which  it is  responsible  under  this  Agreement  in such  manner  as  the
     Custodian shall  determine from time  to time to  be advisable in order  to
     verify the accuracy of such inventory.  The Bank shall not disclose  or use
     any books  or records  it  has prepared  or maintained  by reason  of  this
     Agreement in any manner except  as expressly authorized herein  or directed
     by the  Trust,  and  the  Bank  shall  keep  confidential  any  information
     obtained by reason of this Agreement.

     6.       Opinion of Trust's Independent Public Accountants

              The Custodian shall  take all reasonable action, as the  Trust may
     from time to time request, to enable the Trust  to obtain from year to year
     favorable opinions  from the  Trust's independent  public accountants  with
     respect to its activities hereunder  in connection with the  preparation of
     the  Trust's  registration  statement and  Form  N-SAR  or  other  periodic
     reports  to the Securities and Exchange  Commission and with respect to any
     other requirements of such Commission.

     7.       Compensation and Expenses of Bank

                                         -23-
<PAGE>






              The  Bank shall  be entitled  to reasonable  compensation for  its
     services as Custodian and  Agent, as agreed upon from time to  time between
     the Trust  and the Bank.   The Bank shall be  entitled to receive  from the
     Trust  on  demand reimbursement  for its  cash disbursements,  expenses and
     charges,  including  counsel  fees,  in  connection  with  its  duties   as
     Custodian  and Agent hereunder, but  excluding salaries  and usual overhead
     expenses.

     8.       Responsibility of Bank

              So  long as  and  to the  extent  that it  is in  the  exercise of
     reasonable care, the Bank  as Custodian and Agent shall be held harmless in
     acting upon any notice,  request, consent, certificate or other  instrument
     reasonably believed  by it  to be genuine  and to be  signed by  the proper
     party or parties.

              The Bank as  Custodian and Agent shall be  entitled to rely on and
     may act upon  advice of counsel (who  may be counsel for the  Trust) on all
     matters, and shall be  without liability for any action reasonably taken or
     omitted pursuant to such advice.

              The Bank as Custodian and Agent shall  be held to the exercise  of
     reasonable  care in carrying out the provisions of this Agreement but shall
     be liable only for its own negligent or bad  faith acts or failures to act.
     Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  nothing  contained  in this  paragraph  is
     intended to nor  shall it be construed to modify  the standards of care and
     responsibility set forth  in Section 2 hereof with respect to subcustodians
     and  in subparagraph f of  Paragraph L of Section  3 hereof with respect to
     Securities  Systems and  in  subparagraph g  of  Paragraph M  of Section  3
     hereof with respect to an Approved Book-Entry System for Commercial Paper.

              The Custodian  shall be  liable for  the acts  or  omissions of  a
     foreign banking  institution to the  same extent as set  forth with respect
     to  subcustodians generally in Section 2  hereof, provided that, regardless
     of  whether  assets are  maintained  in the  custody  of a  foreign banking
     institution, a foreign securities  depository or a branch  of a U.S.  bank,
     the Custodian  shall not  be liable  for any loss,  damage, cost,  expense,
     liability or  claim  resulting from,  or caused  by,  the direction  of  or
     authorization by the  Trust to maintain  custody of any securities  or cash
     of the Trust in  a foreign  country including, but  not limited to,  losses
     resulting from nationalization, expropriation,  currency restrictions, acts
     of war,  civil  war or  terrorism,  insurrection, revolution,  military  or
     usurped powers, nuclear fission,  fusion or radiation, earthquake, storm or
     other disturbance of nature or acts of God.

              If the Trust requires the Bank in any capacity  to take any action
     with respect  to securities, which action involves the  payment of money or
     which action may, in  the opinion of the  Bank, result in  the Bank or  its
     nominee  assigned to the  Trust being  liable for  the payment of  money or
     incurring  liability of some  other form,  the Trust, as  a prerequisite to
     requiring the Custodian  to take such  action, shall  provide indemnity  to
     the Custodian in an amount and form satisfactory to it.

                                         -24-
<PAGE>






     9.       Persons Having Access to Assets of the Trust

              (i)  No  trustee, officer, employee, or  agent of the Trust  shall
     have physical access  to the assets of  the Trust held by the  Custodian or
     be  authorized or permitted  to withdraw any investments  of the Trust, nor
     shall  the Custodian deliver  any assets of the  Trust to  any such person.
     No officer or  director, employee or agent  of the Custodian who  holds any
     similar  position  with   the  Trust  or  the  investment  adviser  or  the
     administrator of the Trust shall have access to the assets of the Trust.

              (ii)  Access  to assets of the Trust  held hereunder shall only be
     available  to  duly  authorized  officers,  employees,  representatives  or
     agents of the Custodian or other persons or entities for whose actions  the
     Custodian shall be  responsible to the  extent permitted  hereunder, or  to
     the  Trust's  independent  public  accountants  in  connection  with  their
     auditing duties performed on behalf of the Trust.

              (iii)   Nothing in  this  Section 9  shall prohibit  any  officer,
     employee or agent  of the Trust or of  the investment adviser of  the Trust
     from giving instructions  to the Custodian  or executing  a certificate  so
     long as it does not result  in delivery of or access to assets of the Trust
     prohibited by paragraph (i) of this Section 9.

     10.      Effective Period, Termination and Amendment; Successor 
     Custodian

              This Agreement shall become  effective as of its  execution, shall
     continue   in  full  force  and  effect  until  terminated  as  hereinafter
     provided, may  be amended at  any time by  mutual agreement of the  parties
     hereto and may  be terminated by either  party by an instrument  in writing
     delivered or mailed, postage prepaid  to the other party,  such termination
     to take  effect not  sooner than sixty  (60) days  after the  date of  such
     delivery or mailing; provided, that the Trust may at any  time by action of
     its Board, (i) substitute  another bank or trust company  for the Custodian
     by giving notice as described above to the Custodian, or
     (ii) immediately terminate this Agreement  in the event of  the appointment
     of  a conservator  or receiver  for the  Custodian by  the Federal  Deposit
     Insurance Corporation  or by the Banking  Commissioner of  The Commonwealth
     of  Massachusetts or upon the happening of a like event at the direction of
     an appropriate regulatory  agency or court of competent jurisdiction.  Upon
     termination of  the Agreement, the  Trust shall pay  to the  Custodian such
     compensation as may  be due as  of the date  of such termination and  shall
     likewise   reimburse   the   Custodian  for   its   costs,   expenses   and
     disbursements.

              Unless  the  holders of  a  majority  of the  outstanding  "voting
     securities"  of the  Trust (as  defined in  the Investment  Company  Act of
     1940) vote  to  have  the  securities,  funds  and  other  properties  held
     hereunder delivered  and paid  over to  some other  bank or trust  company,
     specified  in  the vote,  having  not  less  than  $2,000,000 of  aggregate
     capital, surplus  and undivided  profits, as  shown by  its last  published
     report, and meeting such other  qualifications for custodians set  forth in

                                         -25-
<PAGE>






     the Investment  Company  Act of  1940,  the  Board shall,  forthwith,  upon
     giving or receiving  notice of termination  of this  Agreement, appoint  as
     successor custodian,  a bank or  trust company having such  qualifications.
     The Bank, as Custodian, Agent or otherwise,  shall, upon termination of the
     Agreement, deliver to  such successor  custodian, all securities  then held
     hereunder and all funds  or other properties of the Trust deposited with or
     held by the  Bank hereunder and all  books of account  and records kept  by
     the Bank  pursuant to this  Agreement, and all  documents held by the  Bank
     relative thereto.  In the event that no  such vote has been adopted by  the
     Holders of Interest  in the Trust and  that no written order  designating a
     successor custodian shall have been delivered to the  Bank on or before the
     date  when such termination shall become effective, then the Bank shall not
     deliver the  securities, funds and  other properties  of the  Trust to  the
     Trust but shall have the right to deliver to a bank  or trust company doing
     business  in   Boston,  Massachusetts  of  its  own  selection,  having  an
     aggregate capital,  surplus and  undivided profits,  as shown  by its  last
     published report,  of not less  than $2,000,000, all  funds, securities and
     properties of  the Trust held by or deposited  with the Bank, and all books
     of account and records  kept by  the Bank pursuant  to this Agreement,  and
     all documents held by  the Bank relative thereto.  Thereafter such  bank or
     trust  company  shall   be  the  successor  of  the  Custodian  under  this
     Agreement.

     11.      Interpretive and Additional Provisions

              In connection with the  operation of this Agreement, the Custodian
     and the Trust may from time to  time agree on such provisions  interpretive
     of or  in addition  to the  provisions of  this Agreement  as may in  their
     joint opinion be consistent with the general tenor  of this Agreement.  Any
     such interpretive or additional  provisions shall be in a writing signed by
     both  parties  and  shall  be   annexed  hereto,  provided  that   no  such
     interpretive  or  additional  provisions  shall  contravene  any applicable
     federal or state  regulations or any provision of the governing instruments
     of the Trust.   No interpretive or  additional provisions made as  provided
     in  the preceding  sentence shall  be deemed  to  be an  amendment of  this
     Agreement.

     12.      Notices

              Notices and other writings delivered  or mailed postage prepaid to
     the Trust  addressed to  24 Federal  Street, Boston,  MA 02110  or to  such
     other address as  the Trust  may have designated  to the  Bank, in  writing
     with  a  copy to  Eaton  Vance  Management at  24  Federal Street,  Boston,
     Massachusetts  02110, or  to  Investors Bank  &  Trust Company,  24 Federal
     Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110 with  a copy to Eaton  Vance Management
     at 24 Federal  Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110, shall be deemed to have
     been properly delivered or given hereunder to the respective addressees.

     13.      Massachusetts Law to Apply

              This  Agreement  shall be  construed  and  the  provisions thereof
     interpreted under and  in accordance with the  laws of The  Commonwealth of

                                         -26-
<PAGE>






     Massachusetts.

              The  Custodian   expressly  acknowledges  the   provision  in  the
     Declaration  of Trust  of the  Trust  (Section 5.2  and  5.6) limiting  the
     personal liability  of  the Trustees  and officers  of the  Trust, and  the
     Custodian  hereby  agrees that  it  shall have  recourse to  the  Trust for
     payment of claims  or obligations as  between the  Trust and the  Custodian
     arising  out  of  this  Agreement,   and  the  Custodian  shall   not  seek
     satisfaction from any Trustee or officer of the Trust.

     14.      Adoption of the Agreement by the Trust

              The Trust represents  that its Board  has approved  this Agreement
     and has duly authorized  the Trust to adopt  this Agreement, such  adoption
     to  be evidenced  by  a letter  agreement between  the  Trust and  the Bank
     reflecting such adoption,  which letter agreement shall be dated and signed
     by a duly  authorized officer of the  Trust and duly authorized  officer of
     the  Bank.    This  Agreement shall  be  deemed  to  be  duly executed  and
     delivered  by  each of  the parties  in  its name  and  behalf by  its duly
     authorized  officer as  of the  date  of such  letter  agreement, and  this
     Agreement  shall be deemed  to supersede and terminate,  as of  the date of
     such letter agreement, all prior agreements between the Trust and  the Bank
     relating to the custody of the Trust's assets.

                                     * * * * * 




























                                         -27-
<PAGE>






















                           WEST VIRGINIA TAX FREE PORTFOLIO


                                                      

                              PROCEDURES FOR ALLOCATIONS
                                  AND DISTRIBUTIONS

                                     May 1, 1992
<PAGE>






                                  TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                            PAGE

     ARTICLE I--Introduction   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1
                
     ARTICLE II--Definitions   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1
                
     ARTICLE III--Capital Accounts

              Section 3.1              Capital Accounts of Holders   . . . .   4
              Section 3.2              Book Capital Accounts   . . . . . . .   4
              Section 3.3              Tax Capital Accounts  . . . . . . . .   4
              Section 3.4              Compliance with Treasury Regulations    5

     ARTICLE IV--Distributions of Cash and Assets

              Section 4.1              Distributions of Distributable Cash     5
              Section 4.2              Division Among Holders  . . . . . . .   5
              Section 4.3              Distributions  Upon   Liquidation  of   a
                                       Holder's Interest in the Trust  . . .   5
              Section 4.4              Amounts Withheld  . . . . . . . . . .   5

     ARTICLE V--Allocations
                
              Section 5.1              Allocation  of  Items  to  Book   Capital
                                       Accounts  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   6
              Section 5.2              Allocation  of  Taxable  Income  and  Tax
                                       Loss to Tax Capital Accounts  . . . .   6
              Section 5.3              Special  Allocations  to  Book  and   Tax
                                       Capital Accounts  . . . . . . . . . .   7
              Section 5.4              Other   Adjustments   to  Book   and  Tax
                                       Capital Accounts  . . . . . . . . . .   7
              Section 5.5              Timing  of  Tax Allocations  to  Book and
                                       Tax Capital Accounts  . . . . . . . .   7
              Section 5.6              Redemptions During the Fiscal Year  .   8

     ARTICLE VI--Withdrawals
                 
              Section 6.1              Partial Withdrawals   . . . . . . . .   8
              Section 6.2              Redemptions   . . . . . . . . . . . .   8
              Section 6.3              Distribution in Kind  . . . . . . . .   8

     ARTICLE VII--Liquidation
                  
              Section 7.1              Liquidation Procedure   . . . . . . .   8
              Section 7.2              Alternative Liquidation Procedure   .   9
              Section 7.3              Cash Distributions Upon Liquidation     9
              Section 7.4              Treatment of Negative Book Capital
                        Account Balance  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   9



                                         -i-
<PAGE>









                                    PROCEDURES FOR
                            ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS
                                          OF
                           WEST VIRGINIA TAX FREE PORTFOLIO
                                    (the "Trust")

                           --------------------------------

                                      ARTICLE I

                                     Introduction
                                     -----------

              The Trust  is treated  as  a partnership  for federal  income  tax
     purposes. These procedures have been  adopted by the Trustees of  the Trust
     and  will  be furnished  to  the Trust's  accountants  for  the purpose  of
     allocating Trust gains, income or loss and  distributing Trust assets.  The
     Trust will maintain its  books and records, for both book and tax purposes,
     using the accrual method of accounting.

                                     ARTICLE II

                                     Definitions
                                     -----------

              Except  as otherwise  provided herein,  a term referred  to herein
     shall have the  same meaning  as that ascribed  to it  in the  Declaration.
     References in this  document to "hereof", "herein" and "hereunder" shall be
     deemed to refer  to this document in  its entirety rather than  the article
     or section in which any such word appears.

              "Book Capital Account" shall  mean, for any Holder at any  time in
     any Fiscal Year,  the Book  Capital Account balance  of the  Holder on  the
     first  day of  the  Fiscal  Year, as  adjusted  each  day pursuant  to  the
     provisions of Section 3.2 hereof.

              "Capital  Contribution" shall  mean, with  respect to  any Holder,
     the  amount of  money and  the Fair  Market  Value of  any assets  actually
     contributed  from time to  time to the Trust  with respect  to the Interest
     held by such Holder.

              "Code" shall  mean the  U.S.  Internal Revenue  Code of  1986,  as
     amended from time to time, as well as any non-superseded provisions of  the
     Internal Revenue Code of 1954,  as amended (or any  corresponding provision
     or provisions of succeeding law).

              "Declaration" shall  mean the Trust's Declaration  of Trust, dated
     May 1, 1992, as amended from time to time.

              "Designated  Expenses"  shall  mean  extraordinary Trust  expenses
     attributable to a particular Holder that are to be borne by such Holder.
<PAGE>






              "Distributable  Cash" for  any Fiscal  Year shall  mean the  gross
     cash proceeds from Trust activities, less  the portion thereof used to  pay
     or establish  Reserves, plus such portion of the  Reserves as the Trustees,
     in their sole discretion, no longer deem necessary to be held as  Reserves.
     Distributable  Cash shall  not be  reduced  by depreciation,  amortization,
     cost recovery deductions, or similar allowances.

              "Fair  Market Value" of  a security, instrument or  other asset on
     any particular day shall  mean the fair value thereof as determined in good
     faith by  or on  behalf of  the Trustees  in the  manner set  forth in  the
     Registration Statement.

              "Fiscal  Year"  shall  mean an  annual  period  determined  by the
     Trustees which ends on such day as is permitted by the Code.

              "Holders"  shall mean  as of  any particular  time all  holders of
     record of Interests in the Trust.

              "Interest(s)"  shall mean the  interest of a Holder  in the Trust,
     including all  rights, powers  and privileges  accorded to  Holders by  the
     Declaration, which  interest may be  expressed as a percentage,  determined
     by calculating, at such times and on  such bases as the Trustees shall from
     time to  time determine, the  ratio of  each Holder's Book  Capital Account
     balance to the total of all Holders' Book Capital Account balances.

              "Investments" shall  mean  all securities,  instruments  or  other
     assets  of the Trust  of any nature whatsoever,  including, but not limited
     to, all equity and debt securities, futures contracts, and all property  of
     the Trust obtained by virtue of holding such assets.

              "Matched  Income or  Loss" shall  mean Taxable  Income, Tax-Exempt
     Income  or  Tax Loss  of  the  Trust  comprising  interest, original  issue
     discount and dividends and all other types of income or  loss to the extent
     the  Taxable Income, Tax-Exempt Income, Tax Loss or Loss items not included
     in Tax Loss arising from such items  are recognized for tax purposes at the
     same time that Profit or Loss are accrued for book purposes by the Trust.

              "Net  Unrealized Gain"  shall  mean  the excess,  if any,  of  the
     aggregate Fair Market  Value of all Investments over the aggregate adjusted
     bases, for federal income tax purposes, of all Investments.

              "Net  Unrealized Loss"  shall  mean  the excess,  if any,  of  the
     aggregate  adjusted  bases,  for   federal  income  tax  purposes,  of  all
     Investments over the aggregate Fair Market Value of all Investments.

              "Profit"  and "Loss"  shall mean,  for each  Fiscal Year  or other
     period, an amount equal  to the Taxable Income or Tax  Loss for such Fiscal
     Year or period with the following adjustments:

                  (i) Any  Tax-Exempt  Income shall  be  added  to such
              Taxable Income or subtracted from such Tax Loss; and


                                         -2-
<PAGE>






                  (ii)         Any expenditures  of the  Trust for  such
              year or period  described in  Section 705(a)(2)(B) of  the
              Code     or     treated     as     expenditures      under
              Section 705(a)(2)(B) of  the  Code  pursuant  to  Treasury
              Regulations    Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(i),    and    not
              otherwise taken into  account in computing Profit  or Loss
              or  specially  allocated  shall  be subtracted  from  such
              Taxable Income or added to such Tax Loss.

              "Redemption" shall mean the complete withdrawal of an  Interest of
     a Holder the result  of which is to reduce the Book Capital Account balance
     of that Holder to zero.

              "Registration Statement" shall mean the  Registration Statement of
     the Trust  on Form  N-1A as  filed with  the U.S.  Securities and  Exchange
     Commission  under the 1940 Act,  as the  same may  be amended from  time to
     time.

              "Reserves" shall mean, with respect to any Fiscal Year, funds  set
     aside or  amounts allocated during such  period to reserves which  shall be
     maintained  in  amounts  deemed sufficient  by  the  Trustees  for  working
     capital  and to  pay  taxes, insurance,  debt  service, renewals,  or other
     costs or expenses, incident  to the ownership of the Investments or  to its
     operations.

              "Tax Capital  Account" shall mean,  for any Holder at  any time in
     any Fiscal  Year, the  Tax Capital  Account balance  of the  Holder on  the
     first  day of  the  Fiscal  Year, as  adjusted  each  day pursuant  to  the
     provisions of Section 3.3 hereof.

              "Tax-Exempt  Income"  shall  mean income  of  the  Trust  for such
     Fiscal  Year or  period that  is exempt  from  federal income  tax and  not
     otherwise taken into account in computing Profit or Loss.

              "Tax Lot" shall  mean securities or other property which  are both
     purchased or acquired, and sold or otherwise disposed of, as a unit.

              "Taxable  Income" or "Tax  Loss" shall mean the  taxable income or
     tax loss of the Trust, determined in accordance with Section 703(a) of  the
     Code, for each Fiscal Year  as determined for federal income  tax purposes,
     together with each of the Trust's items of  income, gain, loss or deduction
     which is separately stated or  otherwise not included in  computing taxable
     income and tax loss.

              "Treasury  Regulations"  shall  mean  the  Income Tax  Regulations
     promulgated under  the Code, as such  regulations may be  amended from time
     to time (including corresponding provisions of succeeding regulations).

              "Trust" shall mean West Virginia Tax Free Portfolio, a trust  fund
     formed under the laws of the State of New York by the Declaration.

              "Trustees" shall mean each  signatory to the Declaration, so  long

                                         -3-
<PAGE>






     as such  signatory shall continue  in office  in accordance with  the terms
     thereof, and all  other individuals who at  the time in question  have been
     duly elected  or appointed  and have  qualified as  Trustees in  accordance
     with the provisions thereof and are then in office.

              The "1940  Act" shall  mean  the U.S.  Investment Company  Act  of
     1940,  as  amended  from  time  to  time,  and  the  rules  and regulations
     thereunder.

                                     ARTICLE III

                                  Capital Accounts
                                   ----------------

              3.1.  Capital  Accounts  of Holders.    A  separate  Book Capital
     Account and  a separate  Tax Capital Account  shall be maintained  for each
     Holder pursuant to  Section 3.2 and Section 3.3.  hereof, respectively.  In
     the  event the Trustees  shall determine that it  is prudent  to modify the
     manner in which  the Book Capital Accounts or  Tax Capital Accounts, or any
     debits  or credits  thereto,  are  computed in  order  to comply  with  the
     Treasury Regulations,  the Trustees  may make  such modification,  provided
     that  it  is  not  likely  to  have  a  material  effect  on  the   amounts
     distributable  to  any Holder  pursuant  to  Article  VII  hereof upon  the
     dissolution of the Trust.

              3.2.  Book Capital Accounts.  The Book Capital Account balance  of
     each Holder shall be adjusted each day by the following amounts:

              (a) increased by  any increase in Net Unrealized Gains or decrease
     in   Net  Unrealized   Losses  allocated   to  such   Holder  pursuant   to
     Section 5.1(a) hereof;

              (b) decreased  by any decrease in Net Unrealized Gains or increase
     in   Net  Unrealized   Losses  allocated   to  such   Holder   pursuant  to
     Section 5.1(b) hereof; 

              (c) increased or decreased,  as the case may be,  by the amount of
     Profit  or  Loss,  respectively,  allocated  to  such  Holder  pursuant  to
     Section 5.1(c) hereof;

              (d) increased  by any  Capital Contribution  made by  such Holder;
     and,

              (e) decreased by  any distribution, including  any distribution to
     effect a withdrawal or Redemption, made to such Holder by the Trust.

              Any adjustment  pursuant to  Section  3.2 (a),  (b) or  (c)  above
     shall  be prorated  for  increases in  each  Holder's Book  Capital Account
     balance  resulting   from  Capital   Contributions,  or   distributions  or
     withdrawals from  the Trust or  Redemptions by the  Trust occurring, during
     such  Fiscal   Year  as  of   the  day  after   the  Capital  Contribution,
     distribution, withdrawal  or Redemption  is accepted, made  or effected  by

                                         -4-
<PAGE>






     the Trust.

              3.3.  Tax Capital  Accounts.  The Tax  Capital Account balance  of
     each  Holder shall  be adjusted  at the  following times  by the  following
     amounts:

              (a) increased  daily  by the  adjusted  tax bases  of  any Capital
     Contribution made by such Holder to the Trust;

              (b) increased  daily  by the  amount  of Taxable  Income  and Tax-
     Exempt Income  allocated to such  Holder pursuant to Section  5.2 hereof at
     such times as the allocations are made under Section 5.2 hereof;

              (c) decreased  daily by  the  amount of  cash  distributed to  the
     Holder pursuant to  any of these procedures including any distribution made
     to effect a withdrawal or Redemption; and

              (d) decreased by the amount  of Tax Loss allocated to  such Holder
     pursuant to Section  5.2 hereof at such  times as the allocations  are made
     under Section 5.2 hereof.

              3.4.  Compliance   with  Treasury  Regulations.    The  foregoing
     provisions  and   other  provisions  contained   herein  relating  to   the
     maintenance of Book  Capital Accounts and Tax Capital Accounts are intended
     to comply  with  Treasury  Regulations Section  1.704-1(b),  and  shall  be
     interpreted  and  applied  in  a  manner   consistent  with  such  Treasury
     Regulations.

              The  Trustees  shall make  any  appropriate  modifications  in the
     event unanticipated  events might otherwise  cause these procedures not  to
     comply  with   Treasury  Regulations  Section  1.704-1(b),   including  the
     requirements   described    in   Treasury   Regulations   Section    1.704-
     1(b)(2)(ii)(b)(1)  and  Treasury  Regulations  Section   1.704-1(b)(2)(iv).
     Such modifications are  hereby incorporated into these  procedures by  this
     reference as though fully set forth herein.

                                     ARTICLE IV

                           Distributions of Cash and Assets
                           --------------------------------

              4.1.  Distributions of  Distributable Cash.   Except as  otherwise
     provided in Article  VII hereof, Distributable  Cash for  each Fiscal  Year
     may be  distributed to  the  Holders at  such times,  if any,  and in  such
     amounts as shall be determined  in the sole discretion of the Trustees.  In
     exercising   such   discretion,   the   Trustees   shall   distribute  such
     Distributable Cash so  that Holders that are regulated investment companies
     can  comply   with  the  distribution   requirements  set  forth  in   Code
     Section 852 and avoid the excise tax imposed by Code Section 4982.

              4.2.  Division Among  Holders.  All  distributions to the Holders
     with respect to any  Fiscal Year  pursuant to Section  4.1 hereof shall  be

                                         -5-
<PAGE>






     made  to the Holders in proportion to the Taxable Income, Tax-Exempt Income
     or Tax  Loss allocated  to the  Holders with  respect to  such Fiscal  Year
     pursuant to the terms of these procedures.

              4.3.  Distributions  Upon  Liquidation of  a Holder's  Interest in
     the Trust.   Upon  liquidation of  a Holder's  interest in  the Trust,  the
     proceeds  will be distributed  to the  Holder as  provided in  Section 5.6,
     Article VI,  and Article VII  hereof.  If  such Holder has a  negative book
     capital account balance, the provisions of Section 7.4 will apply.

              4.4.  Amounts  Withheld.   All amounts  withheld pursuant  to the
     Code or any provision  of any state  or local tax  law with respect to  any
     payment or distribution to  the Trust  or the Holders  shall be treated  as
     amounts distributed to  such Holders pursuant  to this Article  IV for  all
     purposes under  these  procedures.   The  Trustees  may allocate  any  such
     amount  among  the  Holders  in  any  manner that  is  in  accordance  with
     applicable law.

                                      ARTICLE V

                                     Allocations
                                     -----------

              5.1.  Allocation of Items to Book Capital Accounts. 

              (a)   Increase  in  Net  Unrealized  Gains  or  Decrease  in  Net
     Unrealized Losses.  Any decrease in Net Unrealized Loss  due to realization
     of items  shall be  allocated  to the  Holder receiving  the allocation  of
     Loss, in the same amount, under Section 5.1(c)  hereof.  Subject to Section
     5.1(d)  hereof, any  increase in Net  Unrealized Gains  or decrease  in Net
     Unrealized Loss on any  day during  the Fiscal Year  shall be allocated  to
     the Holders' Book  Capital Accounts at the  end of such day,  in proportion
     to   the  Holders'  respective  Book   Capital  Account   balances  at  the
     commencement of such day.

              (b) Decrease  in   Net  Unrealized   Gains  or  Increase   in  Net
     Unrealized  Losses.    Any  decrease   in  Net  Unrealized  Gains   due  to
     realization  of  items shall  be  allocated  to  the  Holder receiving  the
     allocation of  Profit, in  the same  amount, under  Section 5.1(c)  hereof.
     Subject to Section 5.1(d) hereof,  any decrease in Net Unrealized  Gains or
     increase in Net Unrealized Loss on any day during the Fiscal  Year shall be
     allocated to the  Holders' Book Capital Accounts at the end of such day, in
     proportion to the  Holders' respective Book Capital Account balances at the
     commencement of such day.

              (c) Profit  and Loss.   Subject to  Section 5.1(d)  hereof, Profit
     and Loss  occurring on any day during the Fiscal Year shall be allocated to
     the Holders' Book Capital Accounts at the  end of such day in proportion to
     the Holders' respective Book  Capital Account balances at the  commencement
     of such day.  

              (d) Other Book Capital Account Adjustments.  

                                         -6-
<PAGE>






                  (i)   Any allocation pursuant  to Section 5.1(a),  (b)
              or  (c) above  shall  be prorated  for  increases in  each
              Holder's  Book  Capital  Account  resulting  from  Capital
              Contributions, or  distributions or  withdrawals from  the
              Trust or Redemptions  by the Trust occurring,  during such
              Fiscal Year  as of the day after the Capital Contribution,
              distribution, withdrawal or Redemption  is accepted,  made
              or effected by the Trust.

                  (ii)   For purposes of  determining the Profit,  Loss,
              and Net  Unrealized Gain  or Net  Unrealized  Loss or  any
              other item  allocable to  any Fiscal  Year, Profit,  Loss,
              and  Net Unrealized  Gain or  Net Unrealized  Loss and any
              such other item  shall be determined  by or  on behalf  of
              the  Trustees  using  any  reasonable  method  under  Code
              Section 706 and the Treasury Regulations thereunder.

              5.2.  Allocation of  Taxable Income  and Tax  Loss to Tax  Capital
     Accounts.

              (a) Taxable  Income and Tax Loss.   Subject to  Section 5.2(b) and
     Section 5.3 hereof, which shall  take precedence over this Section  5.2(a),
     Taxable Income or Tax Loss for any Fiscal Year shall be allocated  at least
     annually to the Holders' Tax Capital Accounts as follows:

                  (i) First,  Taxable  Income  and  Tax  Loss,  whether
              constituting  ordinary income  (or loss)  or  capital gain
              (or loss), derived  from the sale or  other disposition of
              a Tax  Lot  of  securities  or  other  property  shall  be
              allocated as  of the  date such  income, gain  or loss  is
              recognized  for  federal income  tax  purposes  solely  in
              proportion  to the amount  of unrealized  appreciation (in
              the case  of such income  or capital gain, but  not in the
              case of any  such loss) or  depreciation (in  the case  of
              any such loss, but  not in the case of any such  income or
              capital gain)  from that  Tax Lot  which was  allocated to
              the  Holders' Book  Capital Accounts  each  day that  such
              securities  or  other  property  was  held  by  the  Trust
              pursuant to Section 5.1(a) and (b) hereof; and

                  (ii)         Second, any remaining amounts  at the end
              of the Fiscal  Year, to the Holders in proportion to their
              respective  daily  average Book  Capital  Account balances
              determined for the Fiscal Year of the allocation.

              (b) Matched  Income or  Loss.   Notwithstanding the  provisions of
     Section 5.2(a)  hereof,  Taxable  Income, Tax-Exempt  Income  or  Tax  Loss
     accruing on any day  during the Fiscal Year constituting Matched  Income or
     Loss, shall be allocated daily to the Holders' Tax  Capital Accounts solely
     in proportion to  and to the extent of  corresponding allocations of Profit
     or Loss  to  the Holders'  Book  Capital  Accounts pursuant  to  the  first
     sentence of Section 5.1(c) hereof.

                                         -7-
<PAGE>






              5.3.  Special Allocations to Book and Tax Capital Accounts.

              (a) The  Designated Expenses  computed  for each  Holder shall  be
     allocated separately (not  included in the allocations of Matched Income or
     Loss,  Loss or  Tax  Loss) to  the  Book Capital  Account  and Tax  Capital
     Account of each Holder.

              (b) If  the  Trust  incurs   any  nonrecourse  indebtedness,  then
     allocations  of items  attributable to  nonrecourse  indebtedness shall  be
     made to  the Tax  Capital Account  of each  Holder in  accordance with  the
     requirements of Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(4)(iv)(d).

              (c) In  accordance  with  Code  Section 704(c)  and  the  Treasury
     Regulations thereunder, Taxable  Income and Tax  Loss with  respect to  any
     property contributed to the  capital of the Trust shall be allocated to the
     Tax Capital  Account  of  each  Holder  so as  to  take  into  account  any
     variation between the adjusted tax basis of such  property to the Trust for
     federal  income tax purposes and  such property's Fair  Market Value at the
     time of contribution to the Trust.

              5.4.  Other Adjustments to Book and Tax Capital Accounts.

              (a) Any election  or other  decision relating to  such allocations
     shall be made  by the Trustees in  any manner that reasonably  reflects the
     purpose and intention of these procedures.

              (b) Each Holder will  report its  share of Trust  income and  loss
     for  federal  income  tax  purposes  in  accordance  with  the  allocations
     effected pursuant to Section 5.2 hereof.

              5.5.  Timing  of Tax Allocations to Book and Tax Capital Accounts.
     Allocation of  Taxable Income, Tax-Exempt  Income and Tax  Loss pursuant to
     Section  5.2 hereof  for  any Fiscal  Year, unless  specified above  to the
     contrary,  shall be  made only  after corresponding  adjustments  have been
     made to the Book  Capital Accounts of  the Holders for  the Fiscal Year  as
     provided pursuant to Section 5.1 hereof.

              5.6.  Redemptions During the Fiscal Year.   If a Redemption occurs
     prior to the end of a  Fiscal Year, the Trust will treat the Fiscal Year as
     ended  for the  purposes of  computing the  redeeming Holder's distributive
     share  of Trust items and  allocations of all items  to such Holder will be
     made as  though each  Holder were  receiving its allocable  share of  Trust
     items at such  time.  All items  so allocated to the redeeming  Holder will
     be subtracted from the items to be allocated among the  other non-redeeming
     Holders at the  actual end of the Fiscal  Year.  All items  allocated among
     the redeeming and non-redeeming Holders will  be made subject to the  rules
     of  Code  Sections  702, 704,  706  and 708  and  the  Treasury Regulations
     promulgated thereunder.

                                     ARTICLE VI

                                     Withdrawals

                                         -8-
<PAGE>






                                     -----------

              6.1.  Partial  Withdrawals.   At  any  time any  Holder  shall  be
     entitled to request  a withdrawal of such  portion of the Interest  held by
     such Holder as such Holder shall request.

              6.2.  Redemptions.   At any  time a  Holder shall  be entitled  to
     request a Redemption of all  of its Interest.   A Holder's Interest may  be
     redeemed at any  time during  the Fiscal Year  as provided  in Section  6.3
     hereof by  a  cash  distribution  or, at  the  option  of a  Holder,  by  a
     distribution of  a proportionate  amount except  for  fractional shares  of
     each Trust  asset at the option of  the Trust.  However,  the Holder may be
     redeemed by a  distribution of a proportionate amount of the Trust's assets
     only at the end of a  Fiscal Year.  However, if the Holder has  contributed
     any property to the Trust other than cash, if such property  remains in the
     Trust  at the time the Holder  requests withdrawal, then such property will
     be sold by the  Trust prior to the time at which the  Holder withdraws from
     the Trust.

              6.3.  Distribution in Kind.   If a  withdrawing Holder  receives a
     distribution in  kind of  its proportionate  part of  Trust property,  then
     unrealized  income, gain,  loss or deduction  attributable to such property
     shall be allocated among the Holders as if there had been a  disposition of
     the  property  on  the  date   of  distribution  in  compliance   with  the
     requirements of Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(e).

                                     ARTICLE VII

                                     Liquidation
                                     -----------

              7.1.  Liquidation Procedure.  Subject to Section 7.4 hereof, upon
     dissolution of  the Trust, the  Trustees shall liquidate the  assets of the
     Trust, apply and distribute the proceeds thereof as follows:

              (a) first  to  the payment  of all  debts  and obligations  of the
     Trust to  third parties,  including  without limitation  the retirement  of
     outstanding debt, including any debt  owed to Holders or  their affiliates,
     and  the expenses of liquidation, and to the setting up of any Reserves for
     contingencies which may be necessary; and

              (b) then  in accordance  with the  Holders' positive  Book Capital
     Account  balances after  adjusting Book  Capital  Accounts for  allocations
     provided in  Article  V hereof  and  in  accordance with  the  requirements
     described in Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2) (ii)(b)(2).

              7.2.  Alternative  Liquidation  Procedure.    Notwithstanding  the
     foregoing, if the Trustees  shall determine that an immediate sale  of part
     or  all of  the Trust  assets would  cause undue  loss to  the Holders, the
     Trustees,  in   order  to  avoid   such  loss,  may,   after  having  given
     notification to all the Holders, to the  extent not then prohibited by  the
     law  of any jurisdiction in which the Trust is then formed or qualified and

                                         -9-
<PAGE>






     applicable in the  circumstances, either defer liquidation  of and withhold
     from distribution  for a reasonable  time any  assets of  the Trust  except
     those necessary to  satisfy the Trust's debts and obligations or distribute
     the Trust's assets to the Holders in liquidation.

              7.3.  Cash Distributions Upon Liquidation.  Except as provided in
     Section 7.2 hereof, amounts distributed  in liquidation of the  Trust shall
     be paid solely in cash.

              7.4.  Treatment  of Negative Book  Capital Account  Balance.  If a
     Holder has a  negative balance  in its Book  Capital Account following  the
     liquidation of  its Interest, as  determined after taking  into account all
     capital  account  adjustments  for   the  Fiscal  Year  during  which   the
     liquidation  occurs, then  such  Holder shall  restore  the amount  of such
     negative balance to the Trust  by the later of  the end of the Fiscal  Year
     or  90 days after  the date of  such liquidation so  as to  comply with the
     requirements  of   Treasury  Regulations   Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(b)(3).
     Such amount shall, upon liquidation, be paid  to creditors of the Trust  or
     distributed  to  other  Holders  in  accordance  with  their positive  Book
     Capital Account balances.

































                                         -10-
<PAGE>





                                     AMENDMENT TO
                              MASTER CUSTODIAN AGREEMENT
                                       between 
                             EATON VANCE HUB PORTFOLIOS
                                         and
                            INVESTORS BANK & TRUST COMPANY

              This  Amendment, dated  as of  October 23,  1995,  is made  to the
     MASTER  CUSTODIAN  AGREEMENT  (the  "Agreement")  between  each  investment
     company advised by  Boston Management and  Research which  has adopted  the
     Agreement  (the  "Trusts")   and  Investors  Bank  &  Trust   Company  (the
     "Custodian") pursuant to Section 10 of the Agreement.

              The  Trusts  and  the Custodian  agree  that  Section  10  of  the
     Agreement shall, as of October 23, 1995, be amended to read as follows:

              Unless otherwise defined herein,  terms which are  defined in  the
     Agreement and used herein are so used as so defined.

     10.      EFFECTIVE PERIOD, TERMINATION AND AMENDMENT; SUCCESSOR CUSTODIAN

              This Agreement shall become effective  as of its execution,  shall
     continue in  full force and effect  until terminated by  either party after
     August 31, 2000 by  an instrument in writing  delivered or mailed,  postage
     prepaid to  the other  party, such  termination to take  effect not  sooner
     than sixty (60) days  after the date of such delivery or mailing; PROVIDED,
     that the  Trust may  at any  time by  action of  its Board, (i)  substitute
     another bank  or  trust company  for  the  Custodian by  giving  notice  as
     described above to  the Custodian in the  event the Custodian  assigns this
     Agreement  to another  party without consent  of the noninterested Trustees
     of the Trust, or (ii) immediately terminate this  Agreement in the event of
     the  appointment of  a  conservator or  receiver for  the Custodian  by the
     Federal Deposit  Insurance Corporation  or by the  Banking Commissioner  of
     The Commonwealth of Massachusetts or upon the happening  of a like event at
     the direction of  an appropriate regulatory  agency or  court of  competent
     jurisdiction.   Upon termination of the  Agreement, the Trust shall  pay to
     the  Custodian such  compensation as  may be  due as  of the  date of  such
     termination  (and shall  likewise reimburse  the Custodian  for its  costs,
     expenses and disbursements).

              This  Agreement  may  be  amended  at  any  time  by  the  written
     agreement  of  the parties  hereto.   If a  majority of  the non-interested
     trustees  of any  of  the Trusts  determines that  the  performance of  the
     Custodian has  been unsatisfactory  or adverse  to the  interests of  Trust
     holders of any  Trust or Trusts or  that the terms of the  Agreement are no
     longer  consistent with  publicly available  industry  standards, then  the
     Trust  or  Trusts shall  give  written  notice  to the  Custodian  of  such
     determination and  the Custodian  shall have  60 days  to (1) correct  such
     performance  to the  satisfaction  of the  non-interested  trustees or  (2)
     renegotiate terms  which are satisfactory to the non-interested trustees of
     the Trusts.   If the conditions of the preceding  sentence are not met then
     the  Trust or  Trusts  may  terminate this  Agreement  on sixty  (60)  days
     written notice.
<PAGE>






              The Board of the Trust shall, forthwith, upon giving or  receiving
     notice of termination  of this Agreement, appoint as successor custodian, a
     bank or trust  company having the qualifications required by the Investment
     Company  Act of 1940  and the  Rules thereunder.   The Bank,  as Custodian,
     Agent or  otherwise, shall, upon  termination of the  Agreement, deliver to
     such successor custodian,  all securities then held hereunder and all funds
     or  other  properties of  the  Trust deposited  with  or held  by  the Bank
     hereunder and all  books of account and  records kept by the  Bank pursuant
     to this  Agreement, and all  documents held by  the Bank relative  thereto.
     In the event that no written order designating  a successor custodian shall
     have  been  delivered  to  the  Bank  on  or  before  the  date  when  such
     termination shall become  effective, then the  Bank shall  not deliver  the
     securities, funds and other properties of the Trust to the Trust but  shall
     have the  right to  deliver to a  bank or trust  company doing  business in
     Boston, Massachusetts  of  its own  selection  meeting the  above  required
     qualifications, all funds, securities and  properties of the Trust  held by
     or deposited with  the Bank, and all  books of account and records  kept by
     the  Bank pursuant to  this Agreement, and all  documents held  by the Bank
     relative thereto.   Thereafter  such bank  or trust  company  shall be  the
     successor of the Custodian under this Agreement.

              Except as  expressly provided  herein, the Agreement  shall remain
     unchanged and in full force and effect.

              IN WITNESS  WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment
     to be executed by  their duly authorized officers,  as of the day  and year
     first above written.

              Alabama Tax Free Portfolio
              Arizona Tax Free Portfolio
              Arkansas Tax Free Portfolio
              Cash Management Portfolio
              Colorado Tax Free Portfolio
              Connecticut Tax Free Portfolio
              Florida Insured Tax Free Portfolio
              Florida Tax Free Portfolio
              Georgia Tax Free Portfolio
              Government Obligations Portfolio
              Growth Portfolio
              Hawaii Tax Free Portfolio
              High Yield Municipals Portfolio
              Investors Portfolio
              Kansas Tax Free Portfolio
              Kentucky Tax Free Portfolio
              Louisiana Tax Free Portfolio
              Maryland Tax Free Portfolio
              Massachusetts Tax Free Portfolio
              Michigan Tax Free Portfolio
              Minnesota Tax Free Portfolio
              Mississippi Tax Free Portfolio
              Missouri Tax Free Portfolio
              National Municipals Portfolio
              New Jersey Tax Free Portfolio
              New York Tax Free Portfolio
<PAGE>






              North Carolina Tax Free Portfolio
              Ohio Tax Free Portfolio
              Oregon Tax Free Portfolio
              Pennsylvania Tax Free Portfolio
              Rhode Island Tax Free Portfolio
              South Carolina Tax Free Portfolio
              Special Investment Portfolio
              Stock Portfolio
              Strategic Income Portfolio
              Tax Free Reserves Portfolio
              Tennessee Tax Free Portfolio
              Texas Tax Free Portfolio
              Total Return Portfolio
              Virginia Tax Free Portfolio
              West Virginia Tax Free Portfolio
              Arizona Limited Maturity Tax Free Portfolio
              California Tax Free Portfolio
              California Limited Maturity Tax Free Portfolio
              Connecticut Limited Maturity Tax Free Portfolio
              Florida Limited Maturity Tax Free Portfolio
              Massachusetts Limited Maturity Tax Free Portfolio
              Michigan Limited Maturity Tax Free Portfolio
              National Limited Maturity Tax Free Portfolio
              New Jersey Limited Maturity Tax Free Portfolio
              New York Limited Maturity Tax Free Portfolio
              North Carolina Limited Maturity Tax Free Portfolio
              Ohio Limited Maturity Tax Free Portfolio
              Pennsylvania Limited Maturity Tax Free Portfolio
              Virginia Limited Maturity Tax Free Portfolio


                                       By:   /s/James L. O'Connor       
                                          ------------------------------
                                                James L. O'Connor
                                                Treasurer


                                       INVESTORS BANK & TRUST COMPANY


                                       By:   /s/Michael F. Rogers       
                                          ------------------------------
                                                Michael F. Rogers
<PAGE>




     Eaton Vance Municipals Trust
     24 Federal Street
     Boston, MA  02110
     (617) 482-8260

                                                                             
                                       March 22, 1993




     West Virginia Tax Free Portfolio
     24 Federal Street
     Boston, MA  02110


     Ladies and Gentlemen:


              With respect  to our purchase  from you, at the  purchase price of
     $100,000, of an interest (an "Initial Interest") in  West Virginia Tax Free
     Portfolio (the  "Portfolio"), we hereby  advise you that  we are purchasing
     such  Initial  Interest   for  investment  purposes  without   any  present
     intention of redeeming or reselling.

              The amount  paid by the Portfolio  on any withdrawal by  us of any
     portion  of such  Initial  Interest will  be reduced  by  a portion  of any
     unamortized  organization expenses,  determined by  the  proportion of  the
     amount  of  such  Initial  Interest  withdrawn  to  the  aggregate  Initial
     Interests  of all  holders of  similar Initial  Interests then  outstanding
     after  taking  into account  any  prior  withdrawals  of  any such  Initial
     Interest.


                                       Very truly yours,

                                       EATON VANCE MANAGEMENT


                                       By   /s/Curtis H. Jones        
                                            ---------------------
                                            Vice President
<PAGE>

<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE> 6
<MULTIPLIER> 1000
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   12-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          SEP-30-1995
<PERIOD-END>                               SEP-30-1995
<INVESTMENTS-AT-COST>                            40032
<INVESTMENTS-AT-VALUE>                           39865
<RECEIVABLES>                                     1950
<ASSETS-OTHER>                                       2
<OTHER-ITEMS-ASSETS>                                 0
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                   41816
<PAYABLE-FOR-SECURITIES>                             0
<SENIOR-LONG-TERM-DEBT>                              0
<OTHER-ITEMS-LIABILITIES>                          981
<TOTAL-LIABILITIES>                                981
<SENIOR-EQUITY>                                      0
<PAID-IN-CAPITAL-COMMON>                         41010
<SHARES-COMMON-STOCK>                                0
<SHARES-COMMON-PRIOR>                                0
<ACCUMULATED-NII-CURRENT>                            0
<OVERDISTRIBUTION-NII>                               0
<ACCUMULATED-NET-GAINS>                              0
<OVERDISTRIBUTION-GAINS>                             0
<ACCUM-APPREC-OR-DEPREC>                         (175)
<NET-ASSETS>                                     40835
<DIVIDEND-INCOME>                                    0
<INTEREST-INCOME>                                 2449
<OTHER-INCOME>                                       0
<EXPENSES-NET>                                     116
<NET-INVESTMENT-INCOME>                           2336
<REALIZED-GAINS-CURRENT>                        (1158)
<APPREC-INCREASE-CURRENT>                         2810
<NET-CHANGE-FROM-OPS>                             3985
<EQUALIZATION>                                       0
<DISTRIBUTIONS-OF-INCOME>                            0
<DISTRIBUTIONS-OF-GAINS>                             0
<DISTRIBUTIONS-OTHER>                                0
<NUMBER-OF-SHARES-SOLD>                              0
<NUMBER-OF-SHARES-REDEEMED>                          0
<SHARES-REINVESTED>                                  0
<NET-CHANGE-IN-ASSETS>                             362
<ACCUMULATED-NII-PRIOR>                              0
<ACCUMULATED-GAINS-PRIOR>                            0
<OVERDISTRIB-NII-PRIOR>                              0
<OVERDIST-NET-GAINS-PRIOR>                           0
<GROSS-ADVISORY-FEES>                               98
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                                   0
<GROSS-EXPENSE>                                    157
<AVERAGE-NET-ASSETS>                             40126
<PER-SHARE-NAV-BEGIN>                                0
<PER-SHARE-NII>                                      0
<PER-SHARE-GAIN-APPREC>                              0
<PER-SHARE-DIVIDEND>                                 0
<PER-SHARE-DISTRIBUTIONS>                            0
<RETURNS-OF-CAPITAL>                                 0
<PER-SHARE-NAV-END>                                  0
<EXPENSE-RATIO>                                      0
<AVG-DEBT-OUTSTANDING>                               0
<AVG-DEBT-PER-SHARE>                                 0
        

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission